C:\Users\John\Downloads\J\John Dalmas - The Regiment 01 - The Regiment.pdb

PDB Name:

John Dalmas - Regiment 1 - The

Creator ID:

REAd

PDB Type:

TEXt

Version:

0

Unique ID Seed:

0

Creation Date:

30/12/2007

Modification Date:

30/12/2007

Last Backup Date:

01/01/1970

Modification Number:

0

The Regiment

John Dalmas

Volume One of the Regiment Series

Contents

PROLOGUE 4
PART ONE 6
Introduction To Enigma
6
CHAPTER ONE
7
CHAPTER TWO
9
CHAPTER THREE 14
CHAPTER FOUR
17
CHAPTER FIVE
20
CHAPTER SIX
22
CHAPTER SEVEN 27
CHAPTER EIGHT 35
CHAPTER NINE
38
PART TWO 42
The Tswa
42
CHAPTER TEN
43
CHAPTER ELEVEN 51
CHAPTER TWELVE 57
CHAPTER THIRTEEN
63
CHAPTER FOURTEEN
71
CHAPTER FIFTEEN 73
CHAPTER SIXTEEN 75
CHAPTER SEVENTEEN
78
CHAPTER EIGHTEEN
82
CHAPTER NINETEEN

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 1

90
CHAPTER TWENTY
93
CHAPTER TWENTY-ONE 96
CHAPTER TWENTY-TWO 100
PART THREE
110
TYSS 110
CHAPTER TWENTY-THREE
111
CHAPTER TWENTY-FOUR
115
CHAPTER TWENTY-FIVE 120
CHAPTER TWENTY-SIX 121
CHAPTER TWENTY-SEVEN
127
CHAPTER TWENTY-EIGHT
131
PART FOUR 136
Death of a Regiment 136
CHAPTER TWENTY-NINE 137
CHAPTER THIRTY 139
CHAPTER THIRTY-ONE 143
CHAPTER THIRTY-TWO 149
PART FIVE 155
Finding the Trail
155

CHAPTER THIRTY-THREE
156
CHAPTER THIRTY-FOUR 161
CHAPTER THIRTY-FIVE 165
CHAPTER THIRTY-SIX
167
CHAPTER THIRTY-SEVEN
169
CHAPTER THIRTY-EIGHT 173
CHAPTER THIRTY-NINE 180
PART SIX
183
The School
183
CHAPTER FOURTY 184
CHAPTER FOURTY-ONE 193
CHAPTER FOURTY-TWO 198
PART SEVEN
201
Resolution 201
CHAPTER FOURTY-THREE
202
CHAPTER FOURTY-FOUR 206
CHAPTER FOURTY-FIVE 219

PROLOGUE

.... So the woman Ka-Shok, who would become mother of the T'sel, sat in the
shade of a fish-hook bush, looking out through the heat shimmers across the
gravel pan where the only midday movement was a drill bird flying from thorn

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 2

jug to thorn jug, to listen and peep, peck and swallow. And Ka-Shok wondered
what the truth was of our origins. For to her, the old stories of gods and
demons seemed unreal in the world of heat and drought, of hard labor beneath
the stars, of boreworms in the root crops.
It occurred to her then that one should be able to look at a place and see
what had been there in its past, seeing things the way they had been instead
of the way they were at present. If one knew how. It also seemed to her that
she did know how, if she could only do it right.
Now to do something, one must first start. And she decided to start by closing
her eyes to what was there at that time; perhaps then she could see the long
before. So she closed them, but before long went to sleep and saw only dreams
until a scorpion stung her.
That was but her first attempt, for its failure, and the failures that
followed, did not discourage her. Before the season of rains came two more
times, she had begun to see the past; and not only the past of where she was,
but the pasts of other places. And of living people-things that had happened
to them before that lifetime, which she had not expected. And she spoke of
these things to her husband, who thereupon beat her and called her crazy, and
to her daughters and son who, in fear, began to keep her grandchildren away
from her.
But she continued looking, seeing more and more, further and further back,
only saying no more about it. And it was as if this activity, though pursued
in silence, was like a signal fire in the night, attracting seekers. For a
certain few people, both old and young, some of them strangers, sought her
out, confiding in her their dreams and wonderings, seeking her advice. Until
at length, she and some of those few went away, west into the Jubat Hills,
where they lived on the sparse catch of snares and fish traps and the roots of
certain plants, and together they sought back in time, with her as their
guide.
Mostly they kept apart from any others. But this one and that would return to
their homes from time to time. And when anyone asked them what they had been
doing, they answered simply that they had been praying in the hills with an
old woman. For what they had seen seemed at the time too strange to tell
others, who might beat them for it or drive them away.
Nonetheless, bit by bit, others, not knowing why they did so, decided to go
and pray with Ka-Shok, who by then had begun to be wizened and gray-headed.
And they became too many to be fed from snares and fish traps. So one who
owned land and water rights took Ka-Shok and the others home with him, to the
dismay of his son there, and they dug many cells into a hill, that each could
have his or her own. And this man declared rules of conduct, and rules of
duties, that so far as possible they might continue to seek without the
distractions of misconduct, for they did not yet know T'sel.

And not only did they see more and more of what had been in the past, but they
began to glimpse behind the Here, and behind the There. And before Ka-Shok
departed the ancient husk her body had become, more and more seekers had come
to her, until the community moved again, occupying an entire valley and
building irrigation works greater than had been seen before on Tyss.
For they had seen marvels in their past, not only of vessels going among the
stars, but of the place they had come from. And from the seeing, learned much.
And of even greater import, they had begun to perceive the T'sel.

PART ONE
Introduction To Enigma

CHAPTER ONE

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 3

Feature Editor Gard Fendel's index finger, stout and hairy, touched refile,
and the personnel summary for Varlik 681 Lormagen disappeared from the screen.
Not that Fendel didn't know the young man personally and professionally, but
it had seemed wise to examine the background data.
Lormagen had been in athletics as a boy and youth, and ran and used a health
club as assignments permitted. At age thirty he looked physically rather fit.
More important, and Fendel hadn't known this, he'd served a three-year
enlistment in the military a decade earlier. No combat, but he'd know his way
around. The question left was how much stomach young Lormagen had for
discomfort and possible danger.
Fendel's finger moved to his intercom. "Derin," he said, "send Lormagen in."
"Yes, sir."
The voice quality of the intercom system was excellent. The slightly metallic
timbre had been designed in deliberately, for warships and privateers. It
enabled a crewman or officer, intent on something else, to know without
looking that the speaker was not someone in the same compartment, and should
be acknowledged at once if possible. It also made the words sharper and
clearer, helping to ensure they'd be understood.
That had been very long ago, very long forgotten. Now an intercom was just an
intercom, made the way intercoms had always been made. They worked very well.
Varlik 681 Lormagen came in, the door sliding smoothly shut behind him. Gard
Fendel motioned him to a chair.
"Sit, please."
"Thank you, sir."
Leaning his forearms on the desk, Fendel waited until the younger man was
seated.
"You did a very professional, may I say very Standard, job in covering the
Carlad kidnapping."
Varlik darkened just slightly at the compliment. In the context of journalism,
to have one's work called Standard was highly complimentary, if somewhat
inappropriate. "Thank you, sir. You honor me."
"I'm considering giving you a new assignment that's even bigger. One that can
make your byline one of the majors among our subscribers."
Varlik's alertness level rose. He nodded.
"You're aware of the insurrection on Kettle, of course," Fendel went on, "and
that it's continuing. Beast of a place for a civilized man to fight a war, but
there it is.
Well, it seems now that T'swa mercenaries are being sent there to break its
back.
That tells me it's worth having someone there to cover it.
"Two regiments of T'swa, actually, which really catches my interest. I'll
certainly want at least one feature on them."
T'swa mercenaries. Varlik had seen a T'swi once, up close: a heavyset elderly
man with skin incredibly dark, the color of a blued gun barrel; straight,
close-cropped

hair gone white; nose bold, hawk like; wide, thin-lipped mouth; unnaturally
large eyes shaded by bushy, jutting brows. Despite his white business suit
he'd looked so different, so striking, that the image, long unlooked at, was
easily recalled.
When Varlik had commented on the man's appearance, someone had told him he was
the T'swa ambassador to the Confederation. Tyss was the only gook world
allowed diplomatic representation. The ambassador had a staff of two or three,
housed in a cubbyhole somewhere in one of the peripheral government complexes.
It was doubtful that they did anything. The T'swa had been granted the
privilege centuries earlier by one of the Consars, probably Consar XVII, "the
Generous," acting as suzerain and administrator general for the Confederation.
"The Department of Armed Forces," Fendel was saying, "admits that this is only
the second time in well over a century they've contracted for a T'swa

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 4

regiment.
The last time was in the Drezhtkom Uprising, some eighty years ago."
His eyes stayed on the younger man's face, watching for any sign of reluctance
or even tentativeness. He didn't want to send a reporter who'd spend his time
there in an air-conditioned, safe area headquarters.
Lormagen's eyes were steady as he nodded.
"If you're interested," Fendel continued, still testing, "and if I decide to
send you, I'll want you to leave day after tomorrow on a military supply ship.
It's a twenty-
six-day trip, and I'll want you there while the fighting's still going strong.
Those
T'swa are likely to finish off the local gooks pretty quickly when they
arrive."
"Yes, sir. Day after tomorrow, no difficulty. I'd like very much to have the
assignment."
Fendel sat back then, decision made. "Fine. It's yours. Call Captain Benglet
at the
Army's Media Liaison Office and find out the departure details. The supply
ship leaves sometime in the afternoon. And while I'm not expecting full-length
video features, of course, take plenty of cubes. This assignment has strong
visual potential."
He dismissed the young man then and watched him leave. There'd been no trace
of unwillingness. They'd said they wanted someone with energy and imagination;
Lormagen definitely had the energy.
Imagination! Fendel returned to his screen. An odd thing to want in a newsman,
or in anyone for that matter. But there were those whose position put them
beyond argument, or nearly enough for any practical purpose.

CHAPTER TWO

Excerpt from "The Story of the Confederation," by Brother Banh Dys
T'saben. IN, The Young Person's Library of Knowing About
You have already heard, my friend, of the Confederation of Worlds. But as yet
you do not know very much about it. The Confederation of Worlds is an
organization of 27 planets on which human beings live. The primaries of some
of the 27 can be seen from here on Tyss. Ask your master or your lector to go
outside with you some night soon and point out to you those which are visible.
Those 27 are not all of the worlds on which people are known to live in our
region of the galaxy. They are simply most of those which have spaceships, and
with spaceships, the Confederation worlds can usually control the others and
cause them to do certain things that they want them to do. Our own world of
Tyss is not one of the 27, of course, and we do not have spaceships. We have
the T'sel, and that which grows out of it. That is why the Confederation does
not have power over us, although it is all right for them to think they do.
The story of the Confederation of Worlds is quite interesting, and only on
Tyss is it known. The first part of it is also the story of how we came to
live on Tyss.
Very long ago, many thousands of our years ago, people came to this region of
space from another region very far away. They came across space in eight very
large ships, at a speed much swifter than light, and the distance was so great
that it took years to cross it. If you decide to follow The Way of Wisdom and
Knowledge, or possibly if you do not, you will be able to visit that time and
see that long journey for yourself.
They left their homes to escape a great war. 'The people who began that war,
and who commanded it, were willing to kill to force their own wishes on
others. They were willing to kill great numbers of people for that, although
few of those killed had chosen for themselves the Way of War.
It was not like any war ever fought in this region, for they used weapons so
powerful that they could kill all of the people on a planet in one attack. And

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 5

that is what they did-they killed all of the people on certain planets, as a
warning and threat to others.
On one planet, the government on one great populous island nation bought eight
ships, old but large, for they believed that their world would be chosen for
destruction. And besides that, they were a people who despised and rejected
war, because of the kind of war, called "megawar, " which they had in that
region.
Hurriedly they prepared the ships for a very long voyage. Each ship would take
several thousand people, and also things they would need when they settled to
live on some far world, including seeds and certain animals. For there would
be no towns or manufactories* waiting, or even people, but only the native
planet in its wild state. Then each sept on the island selected one in 200 of
its people to go, and when all had boarded, the great ships left, never to
return.
They traveled together on a set course, not stopping anywhere at all until
they were far outside the region they knew about. They wanted to be very far
away from the war before they chose a new home. After that they continued on
the

same general course, but deviated* to one side and another to inspect star
systems along the way for a planet on which they could live.
In this way they discovered the garthid peoples; who look quite different from
humans. The garthids live on planets mostly too hot, and with gravity mostly
too strong, for humans. Indeed, our own world of Tyss would seem cold to the
garthids, although most humans find Tyss much too hot. But nonetheless, the
garthids did not want humans to settle in their sector. So the people of the
ships got from them the boundary coordinates* of the garthid sector and went
on, not visiting any more worlds until they were well away. Our ancestors did
not want anything to do with wars, because the wars they knew had been so
indiscriminate* and unethical.
At last the little fleet of ships came to systems far enough away that again
they paused here and there to explore for a world they could live on. Soon
they found one. It was our own Tyss.
But meanwhile, certain things had happened on the ships. By that time they had
been gone from their home planet for more than four of our years. And what did
they do, enclosed in a crowded ship for more than four years? The crews were
busy, of course, operating the ships and taking care of them. The other people
had certain things to do too, such as taking care of children and cleaning.
But still, much of the time they had nothing needful to do, and they were
quite crowded. So they sat about and talked a great deal. And having nothing
like the T'sel, soon they were bickering. * Before long, some of them came to
dislike others quite strongly.
Factions arose. A faction is a set of people who feel very strongly in favor
of some one thing or set of things, or against some one thing or set of
things. It is a group of people who disagree with others, and it exists only
in `reaction to its polar opposites. Factions are a major cause of destructive
war, which is to say, the kind of war that does not respect the different
Ways.
So before they had been very long on their journey, the rulers of the fleet
recognized that they carried with them the seeds* of the very kind of war they
had fled from! For given time, the factions would surely start to fight among
themselves! Therefore the rulers began to counsel together about what they
might do to avoid war. But they did not have the T'sel: They could not see how
such wars could be avoided.
But they did know that the destructiveness of indiscriminate war is
proportional*
to the destructiveness of the weapons used. Also, the human mind is prone to
explore the operating rules of the physical universe. You already know
something about that. When done in a particular systematic* way, following

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 6

certain rules and limitations, this exploration was known then by the names
"science"* and
"research. "* Certain operating rules of the physical universe, or
approximations*
of them, which science discovered and described, could be used to do things
with;
or to make things with. And the doing and making were known as "technology. "*
The weapons of their huge destructive war had been crafted by technology, by
using the knowledge from science.
The rulers recognized all that.

Now, on the ships, not all of the people together had the knowledge to make
those hugely destructive weapons. For theirs had not been a world which
emphasized science. And indeed, not even their ships' computers, in which they
stored their knowledge, had any great part of the knowledge needed to make
those weapons.
But the rulers believed that the human mind, free to do research, would in
time redevelop that knowledge and once again make those weapons. And this
worried them greatly.
Yet they did not want to give up the machines which enabled them to live the
way they had been used to. And to continue to make those machines and keep
them operating required technology. So they believed they could not do without
the technology.
Thus they decided to abolish research if they could. Without research, without
science, they could not redevelop the knowledge with which to reinvent those
great weapons. Reactive wars they still might have, but they would not be
nearly as destructive as the war they had fled. They would still be able to
kill large numbers of non-warriors-those who had not chosen the Way of
War--but they would hardly be able to destroy whole populations.
To abolish science was the only thing they could think of to do about it, and
they did not at first see how they could accomplish that. All they could do at
once was to erase certain knowledge within their computers. So they erased all
knowledge which they thought might be dangerous.
But they believed that that would not be enough, for it seemed to them that in
time, the knowledge would be rediscovered.
Now, they knew that some of the people with them, called "mentechs," had
worked in primitive technologies of the mind, which they regarded entirely as
an electrochemical* system. So they sent to the mentechs and asked them if
they could suggest anything.
And they could. They thought it might be possible to treat everyone who was on
the ships, and their children forever, so that they would never follow the way
of science. They could still follow freely the way of technology, but
research-the activity of science, the exploration of the rules of the
universe-would become impossible. Hopefully, even the possibility of science,
the thought that there could be such a thing-would no longer occur to them.
The rulers decided to try it.
But, you may be thinking to yourself, that is going about it in a strange and
illogical way. Why not simply decide not to make such weapons? Why not simply
respect the different Ways? But they did not have the T'sel. So they did the
best they could think of.
Soon the mentechs had developed a sequence* of actions, a treatment. This
treatment caused the person to not look for understanding beyond that which
people already had. It would not even occur to them that there was any further
understanding to be had, and they would dislike and fear and reject any idea
of it.
And secret tests showed that it was successful. People treated and then tested
thought exactly the way the mentechs had predicted.
Here is how the treatment worked. The person was given a certain special
substance which, to put it briefly, made him very susceptible to obeying

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 7

commands. Whatever the command might be. The commands given him were, in
summation, * that the understanding of nature was already as complete as
possible; nothing further was knowable. And these commands were enforced by
brief shocks of great pain. It did not take long to do this, and numerous
people could be treated each day on each ship.
Now, people of different septs had been put to live in different compartments,
so far as possible. And when the mental treatment had been tested and proven,
the rulers approached the sept leaders. They told them only that they had a
mental treatment which would make it impossible to develop great weapons. They
did not tell them how it was done, or what the commands were. And they asked
them to prepare their people to accept treatment.
And because they feared and hated the great war so much, many agreed to accept
the treatment. Some accepted because their leaders told them to; other septs
voted, and accepted because a majority agreed. But five septs refused the
treatment.
They voted, and most of their members said they should not accept. They said
that while they abhorred* the great weapons, they did not trust anything which
tampered with the mind and would make them less able in any way.
The rulers then discussed whether they should force the treatment on those
five septs. But they could not bring themselves to do that, because they had
at least some respect for different ways. On the other hand, they could not
make up their minds, at first, on what else to do. So for the time being, the
five septs were kept locked up, totally apart from everyone else, and the rest
of the people were treated-even the rulers. Even the mentechs. And by so doing
they denied themselves the satisfactions of playing or working at science. In
fact, there appears to have been some loss of the willingness to question
authority on anything.
What that meant was that they became less willing to decide each for himself,
and thus tended more than before to follow orders and usual ways in directing
their lives.
Soon after that, something happened that helped the rulers make up their minds
about the five septs. They were by then far outside the garthid sector, and
they found a planet where people could live. It was not a planet where any of
them would want to live, for it was too hot there for the people of that time,
and the gravity* was stronger than they were used to. But people might survive
there.
And because the conditions seemed so severe, it was considered that anyone
living there would never be able to make great weapons. So they put three of
the five septs there, with certain animals and the seeds of certain plants,
which they thought might also be able to live there.
That planet was Tyss, our home, and those three septs were our ancestors. And
here we have lived for a very long time. Now we think the heat natural, and no
more than proper, and the gravity seems just right.
Then the ships went on.
In far later times we learned what happened to the rest of the people. After
Tyss, they found other planets on which people could live. Rather soon they
found another that- was too hot except in a northern region, and they put
there the other two septs that had refused the treatment. And after looking at
several more

planets, they found one which they liked very much. They called it Iryala, and
made it their home.
In time they became very numerous on Iryala, and sent ships out to select
other planets where some of them could go to live. Some people on Iryala
wanted to follow ways that were not welcome there, and some wanted to
adventure, and some, wanting to acquire wealth* and power, * thought it would
be easier to do so elsewhere. After thousands of years, they peopled many

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 8

worlds in this region of space. But Iryala held to itself alone the right to
have manufactories to make spaceships, so Iryala was predominant.
Now, when the people of the ships landed on Iryala, they still had the
machines used to prevent people from doing basic research, and they could
easily make more of them. So it was arranged that each child would also be
treated when it was old enough to survive the treatment.
For thousands of years they have done this, and have never regained the
concepts of science or research. The most they could do was to recombine
information they already knew into new configurations* and test them, which,
of course, was very useful in colonizing Iryala and doing the many things
needful to establish a self-
sustaining* technology there.
But after several centuries, even making new configurations became disapproved
of. So they created the concept of Standard Technology. This assumed that the
existing technology was complete and perfect. Any changes in it, they
believed, would degrade it from that perfection.
Meanwhile, because of the treatment, they could not know what the treatment
was intended to suppress. Except of course at the deepest, least available
subconscious level, the commands were no longer understood by the technicians
who chanted them. The treatment, which they had named "the Sacrament," was
thought of as simply a formula* which would protect the people from great
wars.
And after 20,000 years, knowledge of their origins faded to legends among
those people because of certain things that happened ....

CHAPTER THREE

Mauen 685 Hothmar Lormagen had been home from the shop nearly half an hour.
Small, cute, she looked as pretty as the girls in the ads for the beauty aids
she sold. Varlik was usually home before her, but there was no sign of him,
and no message.
She considered taking out her paints. She was working on a very famous and
popular theme-the Coronation of Pertunis. Occasionally Varlik worked quite
late, and when he did, might have no chance to call. She might have a long or
a short wait, and didn't like to just get started at painting, then have to
stop for supper.
Intelligent and rational, she understood the demands of his job, and was
ambitious for him, but it did have certain drawbacks.
The sun's rays, softened by lateness, came horizontally through open glass
doors, tinging the room with gold. Mauen went out onto the west balcony.
Spring was in full flush, the trees of the park like grounds light green with
new leaves. Partly screened by the halfwoods, she could see the next apartment
building, Media
Apartments Four, a hundred yards distant. To her left, surrounded by its broad
open ring of apartment buildings, stood the heart of Media Village, the towers
of the Planetary Media Center. In that direction, her eyes turned four stories
down to the sidewalk, on the chance that she would see Varlik just returning,
but all she saw was a groundskeeper riding her sibilant lawn mower.
A flutebird sang nearby to the west, a song somehow nostalgic,. though Mauen
couldn't have said why. Then she heard the door open, and turning, saw her
husband enter the apartment. She went in to meet his embrace and kiss. When
they were through nuzzling, she stepped back.
"They gave you your new assignment," she said.
"Yes. How did you guess? Ah. Because I'm late."
She nodded. "What would you like me to key up for your supper?"
"I'll eat whatever you eat; I need some extra togetherness this evening." He
moved toward the balcony, then looked back as she stepped to the services
panel. "Just be sure there's brandy with it," he added.
Outside he leaned on the railing, inhaling deeply through his nose. For him,

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 9

the smells of spring and autumn had special character, and of the two he liked
spring best. He wondered what Kettle would smell like. Not like spring here in
Landfall;
not like anywhere on Iryala, he supposed.
Kettle, a world generally ignored. The public curriculum treated it-treated
all the gook worlds-very slightly: a listing in a table, and perhaps a
paragraph or two.
Kettle was the Confederation's sole source of technite, and had been these
past several centuries. And Kettle was hot, a jungle planet. That was almost
all he knew about it, that and the fact of some crazy workers' revolt there.
Neither the paper nor the video had much more than mentioned the insurrection,
as if it were unimportant.
Mauen came out to stand beside him, her arm around his waist, her head against
his shoulder. After a little she looked up at him. " I ordered a chicken
casserole,

with beng nuts and gondel pods. It will be a few minutes. Tell me about ...
Oh! I
almost forgot! I have news, too!"
"News? What news?"
"Hmm. Maybe I ought to wait till later to tell you. You probably won't be
interested anyway."
He turned and gabbed her, grinning. "You're teasing! And you know what I do to
teases!"
"Um-hm. That's why I tease you." Mauen stepped back from him, smiling, eyes on
his. "Tomorrow morning I go to the clinic. We've gotten approval from the
genetics board-for three! They finally decided that because our C22.1734 match
is so favorable, they can accept the possibility of the C.6.0023 recessives
matching.
They'll dissolve the Fallopian implants tomorrow morning."
Her happy expectancy faltered at his expression. "Is anything the matter?" she
asked.
"How long after the removal before you're receptive?"
"I'm not sure. I'm pretty sure I can have intercourse practically right away,
but I
don't know when I'll be receptive. I can ask them, though. Varlik, what is
it?"
"Come inside and let's sit down. I need to tell you about my new assignment.
I'm going to be away from home for a while."
They went inside and sat-he on a fat, lightweight chair, she on the end of the
matching couch-leaning toward each other, her knee almost touching his. With
the partial setting of the sun, evening had taken the room, the remaining
sunlight dusky rose and failing by the moment.
She said nothing, waiting.
"I've been given a great opportunity," Varlik began. His words sounded strange
to him--forced, recited. And that seemed unreasonable, because they were
patently true. "It's a chance to do a series that can establish me as a really
prominent feature writer. Fendel knew that when he gave it to me; he likes my
work. But it's going to be a bigger story than he realizes."
As he said it, he believed it. He hadn't thought of it that way before, but
now it seemed true beyond doubt.
"Where?" she said.
"On Kettle."
"Kettle?" From her expression, he realized she hadn't heard of the trouble
there;
she'd probably forgotten the planet since school.
"A gook world, the planet Orlantha. Kettle is its nickname because it's so
hot.
There's an insurrection there, and I'm going to cover it."

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 10

"Is it going to be dangerous?"
"Not really. There's some danger in almost anything. Getting out of bed in the
morning. What makes it interesting is that the government is sending in two
regiments of T'swa mercenaries, the `super soldiers' of adventure fiction.
That's where the real story is. Usually they get hired into regional wars
between governments on this and that trade world, and no one even hears about
it until it's over with. Then these hearsay stories come seeping out,
ninety-five percent fiction, mostly in the men's magazines. Remember the holo
drama, Memories of a
Traitor? The mercenaries in that were supposed to be T'swa. What I'm going to
do

is give people an eyewitness report interviews with real T'swa and video
clips--all on the jungle world of Kettle."
It made sense. It was the approach to take, and he could do it nicely. He
pulled his attention into the present again. Mauen wasn't staring, just
looking quietly at him in the dusk, her face a pale oval with dark eyes.
"How long?" she asked.
"I don't really know. It'll take twenty-six days to get there, and presumably
twenty-six back. And I could be there for as long as a dek, I suppose,
although
Fendel is a little worried that the fighting will be over before I get there."
Varlik paused. "Say three deks--four at the outside."
"When do you leave?"
He didn't answer for several seconds. "The day after tomorrow, at 13.20.' But
I
can take tomorrow afternoon off: I took care of most of the preparations
today;
there's really not that much more. And I can do my background study on the
ship!"
He had planned to spend the next afternoon at his desk, calling up material
from the archives bank and the Royal Library, but that was selfish
thoughtlessness.
"You can get off' work tomorrow, can't you?" he asked.
Her response was to get out of the chair and move to the couch beside him.

CHAPTER FOUR

"Reasons" as stated and believed are seldom true, and their seniority is
illusory.
Rather, intentions and events, in their order, precede the reasons perceived
and give them birth. The most common order is intention, event, reason, but it
may also be sometimes event, intention, reason. Be aware also that the
operative intention may not be apparent, even to its originator, on this side
of reality. On this side he may not be aware of his actual intention, which,
of course, originates on the other side.
You may ask how an event can precede the reason. And this brings into question
the nature of reasons. More instructive is the question of how the event can
precede the intention, which brings into question the nature of time, and once
more of reality. But the latter question could only be posed from a this-side
viewpoint, which is, of course, very restricted. -Master Fo, speaking to
Barden
Ostrak in the peanut field behind the Dys Hualuun Monastery (unedited from the
original cube).
It would be Varlik Lormagen's first time off planet. Space travel was
expensive, and why should an Iryalan leave the queen of worlds if he didn't
need to?
He sat in the small observation lounge with the vessel's two other civilian

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 11

passengers, watching a phlegmatic ground crew clear hoses and conveyors, then
move aside on hover carts, away from the impending AG distortion that occurred
when a large ship activated. The ship moved, almost imperceptibly, the ground
crew pausing to watch. One tall heavy man, arms folded high on chest, left a
brief image on Varlik's mind as the ship raised. Liftoff was gradual but
acceleration constant. The ground fell away, the spaceport shrinking. The city
spread its pattern, a grid of indistinct transitways with "villages"-function
centers ringed by apartments at intersects.
Smoothly, with increasing speed, surface features drew together, lost
resolution, until the continent spread white and green and tan to a
perceptibly curving horizon. Lake Kolmess was a cold blue, two-hundred-mile
pennant far to the south-pole-ward here, for Landfall was in the southern
hemisphere. Then the cobalt ocean, marked with white, appeared over a horizon
whose curvature grew as he watched.
He continued watching until their trajectory had left the planet out of sight
of his large bulging window, then looked around him. The other two in the
viewing compartment were a man and woman-a news team from Iryala Video. He
knew who they were, had seen them occasionally but had never met them. There
was no hurry to now; he had twenty-six days. He got up and left, not even
nodding to them.
There were two men in the officer's lounge, an off duty mate and a warrant
officer. Varlik struck up a conversation. The ship was army, the mate a genial
captain in rank who was happy to give him a brief tour. His name was Mika 676
Brusin. And yes, it was perfectly all right to use any of the ship's library
consoles.
There would probably always be at least one available. Varlik got the feeling
that

Brusin was pleased to have him there, that he liked to have new people to talk
with.
When they parted, Varlik went back to the library. The consoles were Standard,
of course. The entire ship was the Standard military cargo design. He'd now be
able to find his way around any H-class military cargo ship. These things
never crossed his mind, though; he took them for granted.
Sitting down, he called up the file on Kettle by its official name, Orlantha.
He'd given even less time than intended, the previous day and a half, to
background study for the assignment. Mainly he'd reviewed the archives for the
little that
Central News had said about the war. Even less had been said about it on
video, which was understandable. There were always wars of one sort or another
on the trade worlds-presumably, it was even worse on the gook worlds-and only
devotees paid much attention. But Kettle wasn't your ordinary gook world,
sitting out there with no one caring much one way or another. Kettle was where
technite was found, the source of the technetium used in steel manufacture
throughout the
Confederation. The amount used in making a pour of steel was tiny, but it was
used in every batch of every alloy; that was Standard.
Kettle had been assigned as a fief to the Confederation planet Rombil, and
Rombil had been mining technite there for 279 years-since the Year of Pertunis
432-
apparently without earlier trouble with the natives. Now the Rombili had more
trouble there than they could handle, and Iryala was bailing them out,
obviously because of the importance of technite.
Varlik called up Kettle's planetological parameters and read over them. Most
were meaningless or unimportant to him, but some stuck. Surface, 86 percent
water.
Surface gravity, 0.93-that sounded nice. Rotation period, 0.826 Iryalan
Standard-
pretty short days. Axial tilt only 2.01 degrees-no seasons, apparently.

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 12

Briefly, a map appeared beside the text. The inhabited continent, which was
the one with the mines, extended from the high middle latitudes in the north
to the low middle latitudes in the south.
And hot! Representative daily high and low temperatures on land were, at the
equator, 120°F and 105°F respectively; at 25° north latitude, 125°F and 105°F;
and at 52° north latitude, 110°F and 90°F. And those temperatures were
ordinary!
Varlik could imagine what a hot spell would be like. In addition, with so much
ocean, the humidity would generally be high; the place was virtually
unlivable.
He scanned the summary on bioclimatic zones. The equatorial zone was defined
by unbroken jungle, and extended north and south from the equator roughly
fifteen degrees of latitude. "Jungle in the extreme," the summary called it,
especially in the zone between 10° north and south. Rain was frequent and
heavy all year.
As on most free-water planets, planetary circulation made even Kettle's
subtropical latitudes relatively dry. The semiarid zones extended roughly
between latitudes 20 and 30 in both northern and southern hemispheres. Some
semiarid land was desert grassland and some was scrub woodland, grading into
forest toward both equator and middle latitudes. Its higher mountains and
plateaus were forested.

The middle latitudes lay above about forty degrees latitude, and much of it
was jungle or other forest. Some, in the rainshadows of mountains, was
savannah or prairie.
According to the summary, the only cool climates on the whole planet occurred
on mountains and plateaus above about 12,000 feet. These areas were described
as generally extremely wet and misty, an "incredible tangle of smallish trees,
standing up at every conceivable angle or lying down, overgrown with vines and
lianas and slippery with mosses and saprophytes."
That didn't sound very good either, he thought, then read on. "The exceptions
are certain high mountains and plateaus in the arid zone, where the climate
tends to be quite pleasant and the landscape ruggedly attractive."
He knew automatically where the Romblit planetary headquarters had to be. And
probably the army's.
He skimmed down over material on the geology, flora, and fauna until he came
to a summary of Orlantha's history. Very little was known of Orlantha until Y.
P.
422, when a survey team found technite there. It wasn't even known from which
Confederation world Kettle had been colonized, or at what remote date. The
people had sunk into stone-age primitivism, and severe environmental
selection, perhaps combined with genetic drift, had produced a very distinct
species of
Homo.
Varlik thought he knew what had happened. Most gook worlds had been settled by
one Confederation world or another using them for human dumping grounds-
cost-free prisons-long ago. Even several trade worlds had gotten started that
way, though in cases where they'd been colonized before the Amberian Erasure,
there was only folklore or learned supposition to tell of it. Ordinarily the
exiles had been sufficiently equipped to maintain some technology, but
Kettle's breeding stock seemed to have been cast away with very little.
Convict dumping had been outlawed when most of the habitable planets in the
sector had been settled.
The rest of the historical material on Kettle dealt briefly and summarily with
the subjugation of tribes and with mining, and he only skimmed it. He decided
to give it a more thorough read tomorrow. Right now he wanted to look into the
T'swa mercenaries, and their homeland, Tyss. It was beginning to seem to
Varlik more and more that the T'swa were the element to stress in his
articles. It was they who would capture reader interest.

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 13

CHAPTER FIVE

Excerpt from "The Confederation of Worlds," IN, The Encyclopedia.
Lodge of Kootosh-Lan.
Pertunis. With the collapse of the brief Thomsid Empire, the Generals' Junta
surveyed the merchant houses of Iryala and subsequently appointed Pertunis of
Ordunak as King of Iryala and Emperor of the Worlds. Pertunis's first official
act was to dissolve the empire formally. While this was no more than official
recognition of the existing situation, it made of Pertunis a sectorwide hero.
Indeed, the Confederation numbers the years of its calendar from Pertunis's
coronation.
Within 34 years, Pertunis had reestablished the Confederation in much the same
form as before the Charter of Halsterbors a millennium earlier. He based it,
however, on a network of new trade agreements, the desire of certain rulers to
safeguard or regain certain fiefs and other advantages, and, of course, on
Iryala's shipbuilding monopoly and military fleet. He did this without any
apparent desire for self-aggrandizement. And it served essentially to
strengthen the unity, homogeneity, and central guidance--the "Standardness,"
if you will, of civilized humanity.
The 26 other member worlds were not without differences and ambitions of their
own. And their ruling classes could see themselves becoming vassals of the
Iryalan throne through the commercial network. But each world had a strong
taste for off-planet goods. And each had evolved an economy and developed a
standard of living that depended on exports and imports. One by one, Pertunis
made them certain guarantees in exchange for their joining the commercial
network or for certain modest fees in currency and services. They were also to
acknowledge the
Iryalan crown as the Administrator General of the network.
Each step into the net seemed the best alternative at the time, the decision
to take it the most logical and favorable. And as one after another joined,
the remainder began to see that, if they excluded themselves, they would end
up in the "trade-
world" category, along with the 14 old "junior autonomies," with minimal
commercial rights and mostly unable to acquire ships or land those they had on
Confederation member worlds. As trade worlds, they would be outside the
Confederation but dependent on it, in positions of considerable economic
disadvantage. Only Splenn and Carjath chose ideology over logic, and in their
newly reduced positions as trade worlds, neither was long able to maintain a
centralized planetary government, nor generally to develop a peaceful and
stable alternative. Which of course suited the Confederation, whose merchants
then played the various states against their rivals.
At this writing, life on Splenn and Carjath remains quite stimulating and
interesting after nearly 500 standard years. Their mostly aged, though well-
captained ships, keep reasonably busy. Some provide a service important in the
far-flung Confederation: smuggling.
All the 26 other ex-senior autonomies finally joined Iryala in the network,
which in the Year of Pertunis 37 was reproclaimed the Confederation of Worlds.

With the firm establishment of the new confederation, Pertunis was able to
give more attention to a project he had worked on at intervals since he'd
taken the throne: the development of a logical system of rules, guides, and
procedures for the operation of organizations-any organizations-but with
special reference to the
Iryalan and Confederation bureaucracies. He worked on this, as opportunity
allowed, into his final illness. It had begun as a means of rationalizing and
lightening the labor of ruling as king and administrator general. In the later
stages of the project he elaborated it in extreme detail, in a considerably

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 14

successful effort to more fully circumvent the bureaucratic stupidities he
observed around him.
Despite certain weaknesses, it is a true masterwork, of major value to those
who are polarized to any major degree. Even to those who are not polarized, it
can be well worth contemplating.
After Pertunis's death, this work was declared by the new king, Wilman IX, to
constitute "Standard Management." It has markedly reduced operational
variation within the Confederation and occupies a place in Confederation life
second only to the Standard Technology of "prehistoric" origin.
But while adding efficiency both to government and business, Standard
Management further calcified the already rigid Confederation culture.

CHAPTER SIX

Like every army messhall, the officers' mess was a study in stainless steel.
Varlik paused as he entered, looking around. Its round tables, more numerous
than necessary for the ship's officers, were segregated into a section for
senior officers and a larger one for junior officers. Just now they were
sparingly occupied.
The mate he'd talked with, Captain Mikal Brusin, looked up and beckoned, and
Varlik walked over.
"Might as well eat here with me, Varl. And meet another guest on board,
Colonel
Carlis Voker." Brusin indicated an officer next to him who wore dress greens
instead of the blue tanksuit of most of the working crew. "Colonel Voker's
been on Kettle. Went back to Iryala to expedite getting some of the equipment
they need, and now he's going back with it."
The mate turned to Voker. "Varlik's the man I mentioned, with Central News,
going out to Kettle to report on the war. Served a hitch in the army a few
years back; you don't find many media people that have done that, I'll bet at
five on it."
Without standing, Colonel Carlis Voker looked Varlik over as if inspecting a
not very bright recruit. After a few seconds Voker stood and put out his hand.
Varlik met it and they shook.
"Served a hitch, eh? Well, at least we won't have to wipe your nose for you
and explain the difference between a rocket launcher and a flare pistol. You
might even be able to hike all day in a cool-suit without collapsing on your
face.
Possibly. If you decide to go into the bush.
Arrogant bastard, Varlik thought, sitting down with the two officers. Still,
it had been a favorable evaluation, even put in rather derisive terms. A
messman came over and took Varlik's order while Brusin and Voker continued
their conversation, a discussion of stations they both knew. They finished
their meal before Varlik was well started, and Voker got up.
"Colonel Voker?" said Varlik.
The officer paused, looking at him, his expression for some reason verging on
a scowl. "Yes?"
"May I meet you after supper and ask you some questions? I know very little
about the war on Kettle, or about its antecedents."
"Antecedents? You won't learn much about those from me. Or from anyone I
know of. But the war I can tell you about. Meet me in the officer's dayroom
in"-he looked at his watch-"fifty minutes."
Voker turned on his heel and walked away. Varlik watched him leave, then
looked at his own watch.
Mike Brusin grinned at him. "He likes you."
"You could have fooled me."
"He's exasperated from dealing with civilian bureaucrats and army data
shufflers for the past ten days-people who use Standard Management to slow
things down instead of make them go smoothly. No, he likes you, about as much

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 15

as he's apt to like any male civilian. He comes from one of those army
families you run into-
army for generations back.

"The colonel feels that most journalists are too ignorant to report on a
military operation. They don't know what they're looking at, so they sort of
dub in their own misconceptions. And he's got a low tolerance of anything he
considers stupidity."
Brusin paused, grinning. "I confess, I set you up for this. I told Voker about
you going to cover the war, and then I watched for you, to call you over. He's
basically a combat man, though he's on General Lamons's staff now; I figured
he could be valuable to you.
"But after he finished telling me what he thought of journalists in war areas,
I
decided not to mention them." Brusin indicated the video team seated with the
junior officers. "They're too ignorant to know the difference between the two
sides of the room, and the differences in service that go with them."
Brusin swigged down the last of his joma, wiped his mouth with the cloth
napkin at his place, then stood up. "I figured he'd talk to you, though.
Anyway, I've got to hit the rack now, Varl. I go on duty again at midnight.
See you around."
Carlis Voker sat in the dayroom reading, and looked up. "You're right on
time,"
he said. "What do you know about Kettle?"
"Not much. Too humid-hot for a real human, and a lot of it too overgrown for
decent surface mobility. Even the gooks didn't live south of the middle
latitudes."
Voker nodded, a jerky nod. " `Didn't' is the word. They do now. There's got to
be thousands of them in the equatorial jungle and the subequatorial scrub.
Lots of thousands."
He looked at Varlik, who sat waiting. Voker went on. "When technetium was
discovered there, the initial intention was to mine and refine the ore
ourselves. It would give Iryala added leverage, because no one could make
steel without getting their technetium from us.
"But about then there was a big upset among member worlds over Iryalan
domination. And the worked-out technite mines were on a planet in the Rombil
sector; Rombil had been responsible for technite mining throughout recorded
history. So Consar XV assigned Kettle to Rombil in fief, with the condition
that a royal embassy and a royal military garrison would be kept at a place of
the royal choosing and at Romblit expense.
"The Rombili run the place, though--mines, refineries, the whole works. Or
they did. There were two technite operations, both in semiarid scrub country,
one in the northern hemisphere, a place called Beregesh, and one in the
southern.
"For more than two hundred and fifty years, occasional slaves and their women
escaped from the compounds. Never any big breakouts, just three or four gooks
at a time; no problem. They could easily be replaced and they weren't a
danger. The country around the mines was unlivable-scrub woodland with almost
no water.
That was the key: water was scarce. And when a heat wave moves through, it can
be 140° for three or four days at a time. The best thing fugitives could hope
to do was work their way up-latitude and try to last twelve or fourteen
hundred miles to where the climate eases up. Which of course they could never
do. A hundred miles north of Beregesh the hills turned into desert
grassland-no shade and no water-while in the southern hemisphere, the
continent doesn't extend far enough.
"So went the theory."

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 16

Voker's lean face had been intense as he'd talked; now he paused for a moment,
his eyes like drill bits, as if to evaluate what his listener was making of it
all.
"Of course, a few gooks might find their way onto the plateau south of
Beregesh, where it's cooler, and the Rombili considered that a potential
problem. So every now and then they'd send floaters over the plateau for any
signs of cook smoke or huts or garden patches. Whenever they'd see anything,
they'd put down a couple of platoons to clean them out. Then they'd bring in
any gook bodies and hang them on the fence of the slave compound as object
lessons-just let them hang there and rot.
"But now it looks as if most of them headed for the equatorial jungles, the
last thing anyone expected. On the face of it, it made no sense. And the ones
that survived must have raised families there. Big families. Gradually they
ended up with a whole equatorial population developing under cover of the
jungle.
"Then, last year, a force of them attacked the Beregesh Compound, wiped out
the garrison, took their weapons, and released the slaves. Not that they
didn't already have weapons. They did: rifles, hoses, lobbers, shoulder-fired
rockets ... And no one knows where they got them. Now they've got more."
Voker sat quietly for a long moment, scowling at his thoughts. Varlik didn't
speak; he sensed there was more to come.
"They had more than weapons," Voker went on. "They'd learned tactics and
coordination somewhere, because about five minutes after the attack started at
Beregesh, another force attacked the planetary headquarters on Wexafel
Mountain, thirty miles southwest.
"The Rombili had a regular resort at Wexafel Mountain, well guarded but not
fortified: a tall wire fence and sentries walking around inside it. Our own
token
`garrison' was stationed there at the Royal Embassy-two platoons-and the
Rombili had two ornamental marine companies. By Kettle standards it's up in
the cool, at
10,800 feet. It's still fairly hot by Iryalan or Romblit standards, but decent
-a compromise between heat and an atmospheric pressure acceptable to lard-ass
executive types. Sea level pressure on Kettle is a little higher than on
Iryala, but only about 85 percent of what they're used to on Rombil.
"Anyway, the gooks wiped them out, too--planetary director and all. I suppose
the staff there was running around in circles yammering about what they'd just
gotten on the radio from Beregesh and didn't even look out the frigging
windows until the shooting started. Probably never even warned their sentries
that there might be trouble. And you can guess what sentry discipline would
have been like after 280
years without an alarm, unless they had a real ass-kicker C.O., which
obviously they didn't."
He shook his head, gaze indrawn beneath a scowl.
"The stupidity didn't end there, though. Three days later another gook force
attacked the guard detail at the southern hemisphere site, Kelikut. And the
Rombili bungled there, too. They'd begun to build log and dirt fortifications
and to patrol a perimeter around the site, but they hadn't sent in
reinforcements. They said afterwards they hadn't thought they were needed.
They hadn't even set out mine fields! They could enfilade the fields
surrounding the compounds with automatic weapons fire, but only from the
compound's watch towers, which were

nothing more than little air-conditioned tin boxes on legs. They stood up
there just inviting someone to hit them with rocket fire.
"Anyway, the patrols were pulled in when it got dark, if you can believe that.
So about midnight the gooks hit the guard compound, a couple of hundred yards
from the slave compound, and they hit the guard posts at the slave compound at
the same time. Total surprise. The Rombili did get one of their patrol

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 17

floaters up, but it didn't do any good. Another wipeout."
Voker's brooding eyes rested on Varlik's.
"The floater hung around a while, and they claim it attacked the guerrillas
effectively. I don't know what they mean by effectively; they lost the place
and all personnel, and all the slaves took off. And it was dark, with no one
around to make a body count. The floater was lucky to make it up north on the
charge it carried."
"Up north?" Varlik said.
"Yeah. The Rombili have a big agricultural operation at Aromanis, 52° north
latitude-several thousand acres of grassland country converted to irrigated
farmland and a lumbering operation a couple hundred miles northwest of there
in the foothills, all using cheap native labor. This being in native
territory, with free natives running around loose, the Rombili had a lot
stronger military force there.
Why they hadn't flown some of them south to the Kelikut site when they lost
Beregesh, I'll never know. Maybe they were too used to getting their
instructions from the big brass at Wexafel Mountain, and no one at Aromanis
was willing to make a decision like that."
Voker leaned back in his chair now, resting his elbows on the table behind
him.
"Anyway, that's how it started, more than a year ago."
More than a year! That stunned Varlik, and Voker read his expression.
"That's right; more than a year. The landing control ship picked up the
distress call during the Beregesh attack, of course, and again at the Wexafel
Mountain attack, and sent a message pod to Rombil. Finally, after they lost
Kelikut, they sent a request for reinforcements."
He looked at Varlik again, mouth a thin line, eyes smoldering. "And that's how
it started. Except it really started a lot earlier. Because someone had to
gather the gooks together and organize them, which couldn't have been easy.
And smuggle weapons to them, in quantity, and train them. We have no idea who,
and even less why, but it's got to have something to do with technite."
His demeanor changed then. He turned to his cup, found it empty, and stood up
with a lopsided, humorless grin. "You've got twenty-five more days to Kettle,"
he said. He took his cup over to the stainless steel joma urn to refill it,
talking without looking back. "That little mystery ought to give you something
to chew on along the way. Solve it and you'll really have a story."

Voker wasn't interested in talking anymore that evening, so after a short cup
of joma, Varlik went to his tiny cabin and lay down to think. What Voker had
told him was shocking. Why hadn't any of it been mentioned in the media so
far? It was easy to understand why so little attention would be given to an
ordinary gook

war, but this one wasn't ordinary at all. Kettle was the technite world, the
only one known, and the gooks held the mines.
What the government had released to the media had mentioned none of what
Voker had told him. The reader or viewer had been left to assume that it had
just sort of grown out of native dissatisfactions, or minor incidents between
the natives and the Rombili, the way you might expect an insurrection to
start, especially when the natives were supposed to be stone-age primitives.
And Voker said it had been going on for more than a year! Something smelled
rotten all right.
Varlik got up abruptly. It was pointless to think about it with no more data
than he had. He left his cabin for the library again, to see what he could
find to fill the holes.

Voker didn't stay in the officers' dayroom when Varlik left, opting instead to
read in his cabin. But Varlik Lormagen stayed in the back of the colonel's
mind. It seemed peculiar to give the time he had to the young newsman. But

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 18

Voker wasn't a man to question his own actions, his own intuition. He'd go
with it and see what, if anything, developed.

CHAPTER SEVEN

Finding technite deposits is facilitated by two observations. First, all past
known technite planets, and now Orlantha, were found in the five-parsec Rombil
Sector.
And second, all known technite sites, including now the Orlanthan sites, are
within some area of impact terrain very rich in radioactive elements. The
apparency is that, a rather long time ago, each technite area was struck by a
large, more or less coherent radioactive mass from space. What the origin of
such masses might be is not known.
From: Summary Report of the Orlonthan Survey, Royal Library, Landfall, Iryala,
Y.P. 423.
In the library, Varlik looked at what little the library had on the planet,
this time scanning more closely the brief technical summary from the
planetological survey. It still didn't do him much good. Then he called up
technetium. A silvery-
gray radioactive metal, said the summary, known only from a rare ore called
technite. Atomic number 43, half lives up to 2.4 x 106 Standard years ...
From the beginning of history, technite had been mined first on a planet
called
Technite 3, then Technite 4, Technite 5, and finally on Kettle, the first
known technite planet to be human habitable, if just barely. Like Kettle,
Technite 3, 4, and 5 were all in the five-parsec Rombil Sector. Other planets
in the same sector, with evidence of ancient mining, are assumed to have been
Technite I and 2.
Records of their exploitation do not exist, as the putative Technite 1 and 2
workings predate the organized historical record that began with the First
Empire.*
Technite is sufficiently radioactive that miners as well as refinery crews had
to wear heavy and cumbersome "hot-suits" and breathe bottled oxygen, as
protection against radioactive dust. Exhaust fans ran constantly in the mines
and refineries to minimize suspended dust in the air. The refined technite was
shipped off-planet for extraction of its technetium, as the extraction process
required considerable support technology.

It occurred to him to call back the information on Tyss, the homeworld of the
T'swa mercenaries, but data on Tyss proved even skimpier than data on
Orlantha, because there'd been only a cursory planetological survey. The T'swa
sounded like naturals for fighting on Orlantha, because if Orlantha was
nicknamed
"Kettle," Tyss was often referred to as "Oven." Temperatures ran even hotter
on
Oven than on Kettle, though the atmosphere was generally much drier; Tyss was
a world characterized by deserts, as Kettle was by oceans and jungles. And if
Kettle was unique among gook worlds for its technite, Tyss was unique for its
exports of fighting men. It wasn't even usually referred to as a gook world
like all the other
"resource worlds-worlds without significant statutory rights."
The entry listed a minimum of physical parameters and no history at all. He
could see nothing relevant that he'd missed earlier. At the end it was
cross-referenced to
T'swa Mercenaries and to Philosophies: Exotic. He'd already read the entry on
T'swa mercenaries, which in two paragraphs only mentioned their exceptional

skill in individual and small-unit combat and barely named some of their more

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 19

significant military actions. It made him wish he'd had a day or two more on
Iryala, where he'd had access to the most complete library bank in the
Confederation.
He decided to call up the cross-referenced entry on philosophy, and found it
obscure and uninformative. The unifying element in human life on Tyss, it
said, was a philosophy, T'sel, the literal meaning of which was "life on
Tyss." It claimed to allow for and codify "every human bent," whatever that
meant, and classified the various "Ways" of T'swa life, with a chart showing
the categories:

THE MATRIX OF T`SEL
FUN
PLAY Play just for fun
STUDY Study for fun; learning secondary
COMPETE Compete for the fun of winning
WORK Work at playing
Fight Fight to control pleasure
WISDOM/KNOWLEDGE
PLAY Study as play; learning unimportant
STUDY Study for wisdom &/or knowledge
COMPETE Compete to be the wisest or most learned
WORK Work at learning
FIGHT Fight to control knowledge
GAMES
PLAY Games as play; winning unimportant
STUDY Study for advantage
COMPETE Compete to win
WORK Work for advantage
FIGHT Fight to subdue
JOBS
PLAY Job as play; reward unimportant
STUDY Study to enhance job accomplishment
COMPETE Job as a challenge
WORK Work for survival
FIGHT Fight for monopoly
WAR
PLAY War as play; victory unimportant
STUDY Study for power
COMPETE War as a contest
WORK Soldering
FIGHT Fight to kill or Destroy

It didn't mean much to Varlik. He read on:
Very briefly, at any time in a person's life, one is said to have a clear
mindset for one or another attitude-the rows of the chart--and after childhood
these tend to be more or less permanent, with changes toward the lower levels
more likely than

upward changes. Further, a person is said to be born with a proclivity for
certain fields of activity-one will tend to put one's self or find one's self
in situations that fall within the columns of the chart. And someone whose
mindset is for Work will perform differently on a job from someone whose
mindset is for Fight.
As for the terms, Play is a nonpolar activity-one without winning or losing
positions from the standpoint of the player. The only function of Play is the
pleasure of the player.
To Compete is to engage in a polar activity-one that has a winning position, a
losing position, and partisan spectator positions. The intention is to win,
with no intention to destroy or subdue. The primary rules governing Compete,

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 20

which are universal laws, are generally inaccessible to the competitor. The
secondary rules, however, which define and control the specific games, are
known or readily knowable and are generally enforced.
Work is similarly polar, with success, failure, and partisan spectator
positions.
The primary rules are generally unknowable to the worker. Secondary rules are
generally in place and knowable but in practice are more or less circumvented,
ignored, or altered.
Fight has winning, losing, and partisan spectator positions, and differs from
Compete in that the intention is to subdue and/or destroy, and in having
secondary rules which are bypassed at the opportunity and convenience of the
participants.
Study is also polar, with succeed, fail, and watch positions. (I have some
difficulty understanding this level, which Master Gao says is because it is
the level I am at, and said that from it I might well attain a great deal of
knowledge but not much wisdom. I'm afraid that for me it will have to
suffice.)
Levels below Play involve increasing amounts of seriousness. There is no
seriousness in Play.
Master Gao also pointed out that the chart is a two-dimensional simplification
with the sole purpose ....

Varlik shook his head impatiently and simply skimmed to the end of the
article.
He'd had the idea that he would arrive on Kettle armed with a mass of data,
well digested, to serve as a framework for understanding, with pigeonholes to
fit his observations into. Well, he'd have to do the best he could with what
he had.
Absently he called for a printout, then cleared the memory. He'd have to try
Voker again the next day and see what he could learn about T'swa equipment,
tactics, and strategy.
Meanwhile, it was too early to go to bed. He keyed the author index, then
called
Hasniker, Gorth to the screen. Hasniker was a popular adventure novelist who
reputedly researched his story situations diligently. Varlik slowly strolled
the annotated titles and, sure enough, there was one that dealt with T'swa
mercenaries: A Crown Prince on Ice. Maybe, he thought sardonically, Hasniker
had found something he hadn't.
The next morning, the female half of the video team came into the messhall
while
Varlik was eating breakfast. Mike Brusin's attention left his plate to pass
Varlik's right ear, and Varlik rotated his head enough to see. She was walking
over to

them, a husky young woman looking like an ex-athlete who'd gained some weight.
"Mind if I sit here?" she asked.
"Be my guest," Brusin replied.
Varlik rose while Brusin was speaking. "I'm Varlik Lormagen, with Central
News."
"Konni Wenter, Iryala Video," she answered, and sat down.
The messman arrived to take her order, then left.
"Where's your partner?" Brusin asked.
"Sleeping in, I suppose."
"I thought he might be." Brusin grinned. "He sure knows how to pour it down.
Holds it well, but that much is bound to have aftereffects."
She avoided the invitation to talk about her partner.
"Who do we see to get video cubeage of the war equipment you're carrying to
Kettle?"
"You talk to Major Athermon, the ship's executive officer. That's him over

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 21

there, with the thinning blond hair. And he'll want you to clear it with
Colonel Voker, sitting across from him, in green. Colonel Voker is in charge
of the ordnance."
"What do you do?" Konni asked.
"I'm the watch officer in charge of the third watch, and I'm also the
supercargo."
Brusin paused to grin. "And the self-appointed, agreed-upon shepherd of
guests.
Which one of you is in charge-you or Mr. Bakkis?"
"Bertol's the boss, but he usually puts me in charge, except on a shoot, as
long as everything's going all right. He's the creative genius and cameraman.
I'm the expeditor; I arrange things and do interviews."
Bertol Bakkis, thought Varlik. That was the name. The man had won prizes for
his coverage of-what was it? The Omsedris flood and-the big fire in the
Kolmess
Forest.
Varlik finished his chops and fries, then glanced toward Voker. He'd hoped to
sit by the colonel again this morning, but the man had been sitting with
others, with no available seat adjacent or across from him. Varlik held up his
cup and received a nod from the messman, who headed for the joma urn. He'd
wait and catch Voker before he left, or follow him, if necessary.
His attention went back to the conversation between Brusin and Konni Wenter.
Apparently Brusin was proving uninformative, because Konni turned unexpectedly
to Varlik. "What have you been able to learn about Kettle and this war?" she
asked.
"Not much," Varlik answered. He'd keep what he knew to himself, although he
felt uncomfortable about it. It was his professional edge. "How about you?"
She made a rude sound, not loudly. " I planned to spend a day or two in the
royal library, but it only took me about an hour. There was a lot of
planetological data, including the mineralogical survey and some old stuff on
tribal customs. That's all."
He decided not to ask if she'd found anything on the T'swa mercenaries.
Perhaps she didn't know they were involved. Then it struck him that he hadn't
brought up the T'swa with Voker, either, and Voker hadn't mentioned them on
his own.

Two of the men at Voker's table got up and left, leaving only the ship's
executive officer still sitting with him. Meanwhile, Konni Wenter was just
starting to eat.
Varlik got up, excusing himself, and walked toward the E.O.'s table, joma cup
in hand. Voker and the E. O., Major Athermon, had finished eating and were
talking, not the most propitious situation to interrupt. Athermon looked up
with a slight frown as Varlik arrived. Varlik bobbed a small head bow.
"Excuse me, Major Athermon, Colonel Voker. Major, my name is Varlik
Lormagen, with Central News. I just want to ask Colonel Voker if I can meet
with him sometime this morning." His eyes moved to the colonel. Surprisingly,
Voker smiled.
"Sure, Lormagen. Major Athermon just said he needed to check the bridge." He
turned to Athermon. "Lormagen served an enlistment in the army a while back.
Made sergeant. Central News is sending him out to report on the Kettle war."
Athermon looked at Varlik and nodded, a nod that was curt without being rude.
"Well," said Athermon, "it would be unreal to tell you to enjoy your
assignment.
Let me wish you long life." He turned to Voker. "Have a good day, colonel. It
was nice talking with you."
"Thank you, major. Same to you." Voker and Varlik watched the executive
officer out the door before talking further, then Voker spoke mockingly. "Did
you have any inspirations after we talked?"
"No, sir. I made further use of a library console, and found essentially

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 22

nothing.
Nothing of value on Kettle, and almost as little on Tyss."
The colonel's eyebrows raised fractionally and he looked around them. "Tell
you what," Voker said, "why don't we talk in my cabin? It has the advantage of
privacy."
Voker got up without waiting for a reply, and Varlik followed him out of the
messroom, down a wide corridor and up a companionway, saying nothing, then
down another corridor, narrower but nicely carpeted. Ranking officer country,
Varlik thought to himself.
Voker's cabin, though small, was twice the size of the cubbyhole Varlik
occupied.
It even had its own computer terminal. Voker motioned him to a chair, opened a
knee-high refrigerator, and took out a bottle.
"Whiskey do?" he asked, and held up a bottle of smooth Crodelan. "One of the
little bargains available on out-worlds." He put ice in two glasses, poured a
liberal shot in each, then handed one to Varlik and sat down. " I like this
stuff too well, so I ration myself to two a day. Might as well have the first
one now." He took a small, critical sip. "You mentioned Tyss. I take it you've
heard the rumor about
T'swa mercenaries. Where?"
A rumor! It could be false then. If it wasn't true, he needed to rethink some
things.
"From my boss," Varlik answered. "But he considered it fact. It's probably the
reason he sent me to Kettle."
"Interesting. Do you know where he heard it?"
"No, but I could make an educated guess. Central News has close connections
within His Majesty's administrative staff. We're often chosen to, uh, release
selected `rumors' or `leaks' to test public reaction. Not that this was
anything like that, but it could easily have come from the same kind of
source."

Voker looked thoughtful. " I heard it suggested some four deks back, but
General
Lamons turned it down."
"Why is that?"
"First, he doesn't believe in elite units. They offend his sense of
Standardness.
Plus the T'swa are as nonStandard as you can get." The colonel's eyes met and
held Varlik's as he said it. "Actually, neither Standard Management nor the
army's supplemental policies say that elite units aren't all right. Or that
nonStandard contractor forces aren't."
Voker slowed as if for effect. "Besides which, there are places for
Standardness and there are places for innovation-creative imagination. Every
damned thing man has or does was an innovation at some time or other, and
imagination before that."
Varlik didn't flinch, but inwardly he squirmed at the concept. Voker saw it,
and his slight smile came out awry. "Besides that, Lamons considers that to
use mercenaries in a situation like this would be an affront to the Iryalan
Army."
"The T'swa would seem to be almost perfect for Kettle, though," Varlik said.
"Exactly. They're adapted to the climate, they're specialists in wildland
fighting, and they're more expendable than our own people. T'swa casualties
are more acceptable to the public as well as the government. This was pointed
out to
Lamons, but he refused the logic."
Voker swirled the dark liquor in his glass, eyeing it thoughtfully. "I
wouldn't be surprised if what you heard about bringing in T'swa is true,
though. Not a bit. The suggestion seemed to have high-ranking interest back
home. Someone may have bypassed Lamons and gotten the idea to the Royal

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 23

Council."
"What, specifically, could the T'swa do that the army can't?" Varlik asked.
"Besides stand the heat."
"Huh! What can the Royal Ballet do that the army can't? And a lot of things
that the army can do, the T'swa can do quicker and more efficiently." He
grimaced wryly at Varlik. "I regret to say."
"Have you ever worked with T'swa?" Varlik asked hopefully.
"No, but I've read a couple of contract monitor debriefs from trade worlds,
and the
War College study on the T'swa, such as it is. How much do you know about
them?"
"Not much," Varlik admitted ruefully. "Only that they're supposed to be
almost-
super-soldiers. Most of what I've read is adventure fiction, I'm afraid. I
haven't been able to find anything else."
Voker grunted. "And you checked the ship's library? I'd have expected better
of it;
any base library would have the War College study on them. Not that many read
it; like I said, the T'swa aren't Standard."
Again Varlik's stomach twisted: The colonel had said the word "Standard" in a
tone bordering on condescension.
"You used the term `super-soldiers,' " Voker went on. "As individuals, that's
not an exaggeration. They start their training as little kids. The T'swa
philosophy has it that a person is born imprinted with a preference for a
particular kind of life, and they claim they can tell what it is when the kid
is only five or six years old.

"I know that doesn't make any sense genetically, but it's the basis they
operate on, so that's the age they start training them-five or six. From then
on that's pretty much all they do-train as warriors and study T'swa
philosophy.
"They have discipline, of the kind that works best: self-discipline. And
maximum individual skills. And their small-unit performance is supposedly the
best. Their drawback, such as it is, is that they won't operate as an integral
part of large units, armies, corps, divisions. That's undoubtedly part of why
Lamons doesn't want
'em: he doesn't know what to do with 'em. Their contracts specify that they
operate on their own, subject only to agreed-upon objectives. And they don't
hesitate to refuse assignments if they don't fit the contract terms.
"The thing to do with T'swa is, first you know the contract thoroughly, then
pick something you need done that no one else can do and that fits the
contract terms, which are broad enough. Then you tell them to do it. Nothing
hard about that.
House-to-house combat, for example: they're great for cleaning out a town. Or
fighting in wild country. But to use them, it helps to have a couple teaspoons
of imagination."
"What would you tell the T'swa to do?" Varlik asked.
"Easy. I'd tell them to find and hit the guerrillas' main headquarters,
capture as many top-ranking officers as they can, and bring them in. Take
explosives and blow out a clearing big enough to come in with floaters, then
lift out with their prisoners."
"That doesn't sound easy to me."
"I didn't mean it would be easy to do. The decision would be easy for me."
"Do you think they could pull off something like that?"
"I wouldn't be surprised. I wouldn't bet a dek's pay on it, but I'd go a
week's. Or maybe I would go a dek's pay. Anyway, it'd be worth the try. The
T'swa don't mind casualties; they just like to fight. And if they got some
really high-ranking prisoners, we could probably find out who's behind the
uprising-who provided the weapons, the training. Maybe even why. If we knew

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 24

that, maybe we could end this war by hitting the source, whatever that is.
"One thing I do know for sure: I don't want to spend, the rest of my career
trying to root gooks out of the bush at a hundred and thirty degrees of heat."
"How does General Lamons intend to handle the situation?"
"Land heavy forces at Beregesh, take over the surrounding area, fortify the
perimeter to keep out the gooks, then rebuild the refinery and reopen the
mines."
"Is that practical?"
"If we're willing to commit, say, six divisions there. Lamons is assuming that
the gooks have ten or fifteen thousand troops, and I wouldn't argue about
that. There are two main problems: One, protecting the engineering and other
units while they build an infiltration-proof defensive perimeter that's got to
be-oh, maybe twenty miles long. And two, the steambath Beregesh environment.
In the mining districts, the troops have to wear cool-suits to function, and
they're uncomfortable and damned clumsy. The climate's bad enough up north at
Aromanis, but that's a resort compared to Beregesh. At Aromanis we don't need
cool-suits."

Voker stopped and regarded Varlik as if something was dawning on him.
"Lormagen," he said, "do you have it in mind to feature the T'swa in your
articles?
Is that what you plan to do?"
"That's what I was thinking about."
"You don't know what you're letting yourself in for. They may be the most
interesting thing to write about, or to read about, but frankly, you'll never
keep up with them. I'm not sure any Iryalan would be able to, even if they'd
have him."
Voker leaned forward, forearms on knees. "Tell you what. You forget about the
T'swa and I'll feed you all the leads you can follow up on."
"I really appreciate the opportunity," Varlik answered slowly, "and I hate to
turn it down. But what I really want to do is go with the T'swa and let people
see them in action-in reality, not in fiction. At least I want to try.
There'll be more public interest in them."
To his surprise, Voker grinned. "Got you," said the colonel. "And you'd make a
bigger name for yourself. In your shoes I'd feel the same way." He stood, took
a case from an open-front cupboard, put it on his bunk, and opened it. There
were a number of cubes in it, and he took one out.
"Here," he said, holding it out. "Conversational Tyspi, self-taught. Maybe it
didn't occur to you, but the T'swa have their own language; several gook
worlds do, more or less. All T'swa mercenaries supposedly speak decent
Standard, but among themselves they'll probably talk their own lingo. You'll
want to understand as much of it as you can." Varlik took the cube as Voker
continued. "Although anyone who thinks as differently as they must ... But if
you can even sort of talk their language, they'll probably like you for it."
He didn't sit down again, but stood as if waiting for Varlik to get up. "And
if you're going to tag along with them, you'll have to be in great physical
condition.
You've got twenty-five days!" He stepped to the door and held it open. Varlik
arose, uncertain. "You don't think a man in a cool-suit can keep up with the
T'swa, do you?" Voker asked. "You'll have to be in incredible condition and
able to take the heat unprotected."
It hadn't occurred to Varlik, and his face showed it.
"Although it just might be possible," Voker said. "If you've got the guts for
it.
You don't look too bad physically. A prospector team was stranded on Furnace
One for three weeks after their suits gave out, and three of them survived.
Out of eight. And Furnace One is a lot hotter than Kettle. Like a sauna. Of
course, they didn't have to exert themselves."
Voker's grin was wide now. "Come along, bucky boy. We'll get you fixed up with

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 25

a firefighter's outfit and start you on a good tough stamina routine in the
officers'
gym. Sweat all the softness out of you and get you ready for the heat. Those
firemen's suits can simulate Kettle's climate; with their cooling systems
disconnected, they'll keep body heat in as well as they keep external heat
out."

CHAPTER EIGHT

In Tyspi, besides the masculine and feminine personal pronouns he and she, him
and her, and the impersonal pronoun it, there are neuter personal pronouns,
which prove to be quite convenient where male or female identity is not
relevant. And outside the military, the neuter personal pronoun is used more
than the masculine and feminine pronouns, which in itself tells us something
about the T'swa.
-Lecture by Barden Ostrak to the Philosophical Society.
During the 25 remaining days to Kettle, Varlik, enclosed in a fireman's suit,
worked out every morning in a cycle of varied and almost nonstop strenuous
exercises, mostly steady-paced but occasionally sprinted. Sweat ran down his
body and squidged in his socks. He'd complained to Voker, his self-appointed
and unwanted overseer, that it was better for the body to have alternate days
off. But
Voker had scorned the notion, said they weren't trying to build bigger
muscles, just toughness, and bullied and browbeat a grim Varlik through it,
skirting collapse.
In fact, every day during the first week, Varlik had truthfully expected to
collapse from heat prostration. And there'd have been some satisfaction to it;
it would have made Voker wrong.
The colonel worked out too, mostly on gymnastics and hand-to-hand combat
drills. He exercised strenuously enough, but without a fireman's suit and with
numerous breaks to supervise Varlik. When Varlik pointed out the difference,
Voker, leaner and harder than any colonel Varlik had ever imagined, pointed
out that he wasn't going off to follow the T'swa.
Varlik's first two workouts had been an hour each, and left him utterly
exhausted.
By the fifteenth day, the workouts went on for three hours with a pair of five
minute breaks, the soreness forgotten, and Varlik was pleased with his sinewy
new physique.
After lunch and a short nap, he studied Tyspi till supper. His progress with
the language cube was less satisfying than the physical training, partly
because there was no one on board to test him. The colonel had never gotten
around to learning it. Varlik could follow the conversation exercises on the
recordings well enough, but that wasn't. the kind of barracks talk he expected
to hear. He couldn't imagine mercenaries speaking with the precise and
deliberate diction of the lesson recordings.
After supper he studied Tyspi again, to crowd in as much competence as
possible.
Relaxation consisted of a drink and idle conversation with Mike Brusin before
bedtime, sometimes with Voker sitting in. Occasionally Konni Wenter joined
them, twice with a torpid, almost unspeaking Bertol Bakkis, his eyes opaque
with seeming disinterest. When they appeared, Varlik kept his mouth shut,
excusing himself as soon as he gracefully could.
Following his very first workout, Varlik had asked Colonel Voker if he would
record for him a summary of the war to date, to go with his description of its
start.
Voker had answered that he might if he found time for it. Varlik hadn't
pressed

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 26

the matter. The colonel had already been more than generous with his help and
confidences.
Occasionally Varlik had misgivings about attaching himself to the T'swa, and
not just because of the Hasniker novel and other fiction depicting the T'swa
as ruthless and cruel. Voker had said they began their military life at age
five or six!
What would men be like who'd spent their childhood in barracks, preparing for
life as mercenary killers?
They weren't even Homo sapiens; they were Homo tyssiensis.
At last Varlik finished his final workout. Tomorrow before lunch they would
arrive on Kettle. As he sat freshly showered, putting on his shoes, Voker
turned to him. "Lormagen," he said, "I've got something for you in my
quarters. I wrote it last night. It's handier than having it on a cube: You
won't need a player when you want to refer to it."
Varlik followed him to his cabin, where the colonel gave him an envelope, not
thick at all. When he got to his own cabin, he opened it to find a summary of
the war indexed by year and dek.
Yr 710.1--Rebels capture mines, as already described.
710.3--Romblit reinforcements arrive Kettle-one division with support units.
Brigade assault landing at Beregesh, mine and refinery area retaken and
secured"
with no resistance or enemy presence. Found refinery demolished, ditto other
structures and mine shafts. Then Kelikut retaken with no resistance; similar
destruction found. Troops begin to construct temporary camp and defenses.
710.4--Construction crews arrive from Rombil, begin reconstruction of mines,
refineries, etc. Guerrillas infiltrate both areas at night, in force, massacre
Romblit construction crews, destroy equipment, pin down garrison remnants.
Reserve regiments flown in, land under heavy small-arms fire. Eventually,
troops and remaining civilian personnel evacuated under fire, as they cannot
reconstruct and maintain air-cooled mines, refineries, camps, in combat
situation. Enemy well trained, very effective. Enemy casualties believed
substantial due to floater gunnery.
710.6--Rombil lands two additional divisions up north at Aromanis base, along
with 1,000+ construction workers and heavy equipment, to establish major
military base of operations. Also prefabricated cool-huts, etc., for transfer
south to
Beregesh. On Rombil, government calls up reserves, begins training. Iryalan
government sends military "observer" team to Kettle, headed by General Lamons.
710.8--Full Romblit division lands at Beregesh with strong floater support,
under heavy fire from log-and-earth bunkers, including lobbers and blast hoses
not evidenced before. Casualties heavy, particularly due to destruction of
unarmored troop landers in flight by M-3L rockets, also not used before. Area
taken and secured.
710.8.10--Beregesh area fortified under frequent harassment. Casualties
moderate, chiefly to patrols.
711.1--Construction crews begin 'round-the-clock work to rebuild refinery and
reopen mines. Progress rapid. Considerable pressure from gov't. for
technetium.
711.3--Refinery rebuilt to 0.4 of old capacity. First cars of ore from new
shafts, using imported contract workers. Enemy floaters, previously unknown,
make

surprise attack. They bomb and demolish refinery, mine head, worker
dormitories, barracks. Mine field breached by aerial bombing, enemy assault
troops overrun part of area before withdrawing. Romblit troop casualties
moderate; worker casualties heavy because of destruction of refinery and mine
head. This firmly demonstrates enemy policy of with holding unexpected
resources for surprise use later.
How far resources will permit continued escalations is not known, but I

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 27

suspect not much further.
711.5--Surveillance platforms (first direct Iryalan participation) parked on
strategic Heaviside coordinates. General Lamons returns to Aromanis with
Iryalan
Royal Guards regiment and with orders from His Majesty. First Romblit reserve
division arrives. More Romblit air attack squadrons begin to arrive.
711.6--Iryalan 12th Division arrives. General Lamons relieves Romblit General
Grosse as planetary commander. Iryalan Army assumes direction of the military
situation on Kettle, without however relieving Rombil of responsibility as
fief holder. I get sent to Iryala to expedite shipping of needed ordnance.
711.9.14--We will arrive at Kettle, you and I. You're tougher than I thought,
and you'll need it all. Good luck!
It wasn't all Varlik could have wished, but it was more that he'd thought he'd
get.
It was something to work from; he could fill it in later, on Kettle.
The last sentences had affected him emotionally, although he didn't examine
the fact. Praise and respect were not freely given by an officer like Voker;
to receive them could create a magnetic attachment, a sense of loyalty. The
colonel knew the value of loyalty in a military organization, and that
officers who enjoyed the greatest loyalty were hard taskmasters who demanded
much. They drove their men hard, made them perform beyond their self-image,
then gave the survivors their respect, at least, and privileges as possible.
Their men, in turn, tried to live up to expectations.
Voker had just handled Varlik that way. And with that, Varlik Lormagen was
fully committed to going with the T'swa. He didn't analyze it, but to do less
would have seemed a retreat from a commitment that Voker respected or even
admired.

CHAPTER NINE

0n the approach to Kettle, there were again only three people in the small
observation lounge-the same three. As he took a seat, Varlik nodded and
murmured a quiet hello, actually to Konni. He was surprised that Bakkis was
there. The evening before, the man had gotten visibly drunk for the first time
on the trip, and it had taken a lot to do it. Drunk, Bakkis had had even less
to say than usual.
From space, close on, Kettle was beautiful, showing a lot of blue and cloud
white.
Inside the atmosphere, the view was still magnificent. At first there was the
impression of vast dark forest feathering into greenish tan grassland.
Gradually the artificial rectangles of the agricultural district and nearby
military base became prominent until, with the intervening prairie, they
dominated the view.
On landing, they were called to the airlock-the three of them plus Colonel
Voker and two ship's officers. When the door dilated, Varlik realized why they
weren't using the ordinary personnel exit: The air temperature outside was
somewhat hotter than normal for 52° north latitude on Kettle-115° F at
midmorning, nearly twenty degrees hotter than any air temperature he'd
experienced before. While in the intense sun ...
Still, he was encouraged. As they walked to the waiting personnel carrier,
forty yards away, he did not find the heat oppressive, merely impressive. The
air-
conditioned vehicle lifted a foot or so on its AG pressors and sped off down
the travelway as if there were some hurry. There didn't seem to be; the young
private at the wheel just liked to drive fast. Varlik was glad his stomach
didn't feel like
Bakkis's must.
The Aromanis Agricultural District was almost three centuries old, and at the
edge of his sight he could make out tall planted trees, undoubtedly irrigated,

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 28

that seemed to line other travelways. The military base was on native prairie
without a tree of any description, its grass flattened, beaten, and worn. The
drilling troops they passed marched in a cloud of dust that rose tawny gray
around them.
Long rows of tents extended from the road, mere roofs above raised floors of
boards, their sides rolled open to the usual prairie breeze. At short
intervals stood low, premolded buildings topped by air-coolers--the company
orderly rooms, mess halls, dispensaries, and other accessory facilities of the
units they passed.
Quickly enough they approached a broadly rambling complex of connected modules
with, in front, the twinstars flag of Rombil beside and slightly below the
Royal Starfield of the Confederation. There were numerous cooling units on the
roofs, and a vehicle park spread before it. Their driver parked some seventy
yards from the entrance.
"Soldier," Voker said quietly, "why aren't you parking near the entrance?" The
question was like the purr of a jungle cat.
"Colonel, sir," the driver said, "that area is unofficially reserved for
assigned vehicles, sir. And this is a pool vehicle."
"Fine. What is my rank again?"
Belatedly the driver sensed he was in trouble. "You are a colonel, sir.

"Again?"
"You are a colonel, sir!"
"Fine." The purr again. "What is your name and serial number, private?"
The young man answered like someone holding his breath. "Private Jaster
Gorlip, 36 928 450, sir."
The response snapped like a whip. "I didn't ask for your rank, private. I can
see your rank. I asked for your name and serial number." Then abruptly the
soft purr.
"Without any unasked for additions now, what are they?"
"Jaster Gorlip, sir; 36 928 450, sir." The driver was answering now like a
recruit to his drill sergeant.
Again the purr. "And what is your unit, private?"
"First Army Headquarters Battalion, sir."
Varlik found himself sweating despite the air-conditioned coolness.
"All right, Private Jaster Gorlip, 36 928 450. Let us out thirty feet from the
entrance."
Carefully the private drove to a position thirty feet from the entrance,
stopped, jumped out, and opened the doors for his passengers, holding Voker's
open for him. When they were out, and before the driver closed the door, Voker
said, "Thank you, private. Hmm. I seem to have forgotten your name." He turned
on his heel then and led the three journalists to the entrance. "Reservist,"
he murmured to Varlik, and chuckled. "He assumed we were new here, and thought
he'd play a little game with us; make us walk in the heat. Regular army would
have known better."
He caught Varlik's eye and smiled amusedly. "You wouldn't have done that when
you were in, would you?"
"No way. Not with a colonel, not with a sergeant. Maybe with a green junior
lieutenant, but I doubt it."
Voker laughed, then held open the door of the headquarters building for them.
Inside was not exactly cool, but relatively so by local standards: perhaps
ninety, Varlik thought. There was the sound of coolers, communicators, voices.
"The place has grown since I left," Voker muttered. "Let's see if they've left
the
Information Office where it was two deks ago." They had, and after knocking,
Voker introduced them to a lieutenant, who looked surprised and pleased to
have them.
Lieutenant Brek Trevelos was probably, Varlik decided, the source of the non-
news that had been released to the public at home. But the policy would not

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 29

have been his own; lieutenants didn't set policy, nor did colonels, for that
matter.
Cheerful and bright looking, Trevelos made sure they'd entered the planetary
adjustment factor into their watches, correcting them to Kettle's day length.
Then briefly he summarized the army's buildup and preparation here, not
mentioning, however, any of the history that Colonel Voker had confided. After
that, instead of using his desk comm, he opened the door into an adjacent,
somewhat larger office, crowded with several desks.
"Sergeant Wagar!" Trevelos called, and a man came over. "These are newspeople
visiting us from the capital." The lieutenant gave their names. "I want you to
call the vehicle pool and have them send over an air-conditioned car and
driver. When

it gets here, I want you to take our guests over to QM and get them fitted
with whatever field clothes they need; three sets each. After that, you'll
give them a tour of the base. Show them everything. I expect you won't be done
by lunch, so at noon, you'll take them to the officers' mess and pick them up
there afterward to complete the tour." He turned brightly to the three. "How
does that sound?"
Without waiting for their answer, the sergeant went out to make his call. "And
now," Trevelos went on, closing the door, "perhaps you have some questions
you'd like me to answer while we're waiting for your vehicle."
"Yes," Konni said. "Where will we be quartered?"
"Forgive me, Miss Wenter, I should have mentioned that. We have special air-
conditioned quarters for journalists-six sleeping rooms and a large common
room.
They've never been used. I'll call and have three rooms made up and the
coolers turned on so they'll be comfortable. Sergeant Wagar will take you
there at the end of your tour, or sooner if you'd like. I suggest you wait an
hour, though, for the rooms to be prepared.
"Now, if you'll excuse me for just a moment..." He murmured a call code into
his communicator and waited for a brief moment. Then faintly they heard the
tinny voice at the other end, a voice with no face, for there was no screen.
"This is
Lieutenant Trevelos, Information Officer," Trevelos said. "Three journalists
just arrived from the capital. Their baggage needs to be picked up and
delivered at media accommodations. Do you know where that is?"
The tinny voice said something back, about twenty words worth. Trevelos
thanked him and hung up, then turned to the three. "A Captain Brusin on the
IWS
Quaranth has already had them sent. Now, is there anything else?"
"I presume we'll be able to stop along the way and ask questions," Varlik
said.
"Or shoot some video cubeage. "
"If you'd like. But this tour is mainly for orientation. You'll be assigned a
vehicle to yourselves tomorrow, more than one, if you'd like-and be able to go
about more or less as you wish."
It occurred to Varlik to ask about the T'swa then, but he didn't. He still
hoped to send home a feature on them before Bakkis and Wenter could, and it
seemed possible that they hadn't heard about them.
Then Trevelos issued them media passes, which they signed. The passes would
admit them to the officers' mess, commissary, and lounges, among other things.
And sooner than they would have thought, their driver arrived.
When they'd had their tour and Bakkis and Wenter had gotten out at the media
quarters, Varlik asked the driver to drop him off at headquarters. They left
the video team, Konni looking questioningly after him. At headquarters, Varlik
went straight to the Information Office and knocked. Trevelos answered him in.
"What can I do for you?"
"I wondered," Varlik said, "where I can find the T'swa mercenaries."

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 30

On Trevelos's face, a look of surprise was followed by one that might have
been concern. "The T'swa mercenaries?"
"Right. My editor was told by a spokesman on His Majesty's staff that T'swa
mercenaries were being contracted with for Kettle. Two regiments." Varlik was
not given to lying, and he heard himself say this with some surprise. But it

seemed to come out believably enough. "My instructions are to get interviews
with them. Where will I find them?"
Trevelos looked clearly worried now, which immediately struck Varlik as odd.
Captain Benglet, back on Iryala, had accepted his interest casually enough,
and
Voker ....
"Um. Well." Trevelos wasn't sure how to respond. "We don't have any T'swa on
Kettle."
"When are they getting here?"
The lieutenant lagged for three or four seconds, then gave in. "They're
supposed to land about midnight tonight, in two transports. But not here.
They'll land at their bivouac area over east about thirty miles; a landing
site has been marked out there for the ships."
"I see. I'll want a vehicle and driver then, at about 19.10 hours local. I'd
like to see them come in."
Trevelos nodded. "Of course," he said, and waited for Varlik to leave.
"I'd like you to make the arrangements now," Varlik said, "so I'll be here if
there are any questions, or if there's anything I need to know."
Again Trevelos nodded, and murmured a code into his communicator. Again a
tinny voice responded. Trevelos spoke.--
"This is Lieutenant Trevelos, Information Officer. I want a field vehicle at
media accommodations at 19.10 hours tonight. It will pick up a Mr. Varlik
Lormagen, a newsman, and transport him to the mercenary bivouac site. The
driver will have to know how to get there, and where media accommodations is."
The tinny voice spoke briefly.
"Good. That'll be fine. At 19.10." He hung up and looked at Varlik. "It's all
arranged. You took me by surprise. We hadn't realized that anyone off command
lines had been informed about this."
"And I hadn't realized you didn't know," Varlik replied. "I guess we surprised
each other. Thank you very much for your help."
He started back to media accommodations on foot. Mercenary bivouac area. Odd,
he thought, how the command here seems to feel about the T'swa. They hadn't
wanted them in the first place, and getting them regardless, were putting them
thirty miles away, apparently with no accommodations. Were the reasons Voker
had given him all the reasons there were?
Probably, he decided. The military command mind didn't need good reasons. It
could be arbitrary, it could be very spiteful, and it was in a position to
exercise and enforce both, especially on a planet twenty-six days from home.
It was 120° in the nonexistent shade, a breath-stifling heat that had the
sweat oozing again before he'd walked a fifth of the four hundred yards there.
After supper he'd shower and lie down, he decided, sleep if he could. It
promised to be a busy night, and there was the matter of adjusting to the
short days here, and the short hours.

PART TWO
The Tswa

CHAPTER TEN

A rapping drew Varlik out of sleep, and he sat up abruptly.
"Come in," he called. He got off the cot, wearing fatigues but barefoot. His

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 31

alarm clock looked reproachfully at him. Apparently he'd forgotten to set it
-a hell of a way to start. A corporal, husky and square-faced, stood in the
short hallway looking in, and gestured at the rectangle of notepaper Varlik
had taped to the door.
"Mr. Lormagen?"
"That's right. Come in. What's your name, corporal?"
"Duggan, sir."
"Sit down, Corporal Duggan." Varlik motioned to one of the two folding chairs.
"What do your messmates call you?"
"Pat, sir. Short for Patros."
"Pat it is, then. Mine's Varlik."
Varlik pulled on his boots and pressed them snugly closed, snapped his
recorder on his belt, slung his video camera under his left arm, slipped the
band of his visor-like viewer over his head, then left with the corporal. The
night felt strange to him, unreal, like one of the occasional dreams he had of
being back in the army in some impossible situation or other. Outside, the air
reminded him of a hot pool-
-all right for sitting in. The vehicle was an uncooled hovercar with the top
and windows retracted. The corporal held the door for him, Aside from their
headlamps, almost the only lights in camp were at the few locations where work
went on at night-motor pools, the hospital, and, of course, Army Headquarters.
The perimeter, about a mile outside the encampment itself, was a barbed wire
fence, tall and silent; outside that, accordion wire; and beneath the ground,
string mines, no doubt. String mines, at least. A concrete and earth
blockhouse stood by the steel-bar gate, which a guard opened for them while
others no doubt watched from the blockhouse. Presumably there were other
blockhouses at intervals around the camp.
Then they were out, accelerating across the prairie, the treated travelway
giving way to the prairie's loose dry soil. A trail of dust rose with their
passage. Here the way was only barely marked, as if a reaction dozer had
scraped a minimal scalp across the grassland, careful to displace as little
soil as possible-almost as if it had backed, dragging its blade behind. At
intervals stood marker rods, slender, chest high, catching the headlight beams
on reflective surfaces.
The air was still hot, the temperature surely well over a hundred, Varlik
decided, and he wondered if the nights here were long enough to allow much
cooling. The air that swirled about them seemed hotter, in a way, than it had
in stillness outside the hut. But it wasn't really oppressive, not with the
sun's fierce rays departed. A
person could adapt to Kettle, he thought, at least at 52° north latitude.
"What do you think of the camp's defensive perimeter, Pat?" he asked. "Is it
adequate? Or is it even necessary?"
Duggan answered without taking his eyes off the cone of their headlights.
"You'd need to ask the general about that, sir, or one of his staff. But one
thing you ought

to be warned about-don't go trompin' around outside the fence. You're likely
to lose a leg, all the way to your windpipe. And that's if someone don't shoot
you first. The gooks on this part of the planet have been pacified for three
hundred years, damn near, and from what I've heard, they've never been known
to join together in anything. But it looks to me like the brass isn't taking
anything for granted."
He drove in silence for a minute or so before saying anything more. "And we
may not see them, but there's security patrols flying around over the country
in light scouts, with scanners and ultra-aud. There's probably one of 'em
readin' us right now. We give off a radio signal they recognize. No signal
means `investigate possible hostile.'
"And besides that, there's heavily armed recon floaters that go back and forth
over the whole damn region, watching for anything like a mobilization or large

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 32

movement of gooks. Just in case."
They had left the near-flat vicinity of camp for broadly rolling country, and
the camp's few lights had disappeared behind the first gentle hill. What he
was seeing now, Varlik realized, was the raw, native planet, marked only by
this meager track and the cone of their headlights. Here, low rounded ridges
ran almost north and south, and on their east-facing slopes, prairie gave way
to savannah, its widely scattered, globular trees lurking darker in the night.
Varlik wondered if large animals roved here, and whether any were inclined to
attack people.
Probably none could catch a hovercar if they tried.
The sky was innocent of city glow, stars myriad against and around the Milky
Way's white swath. The present human sector was farther in toward the hub than
mankind's earlier home, and the star display a bit richer, although Varlik
knew nothing of that. He only knew it was beautiful. Scanning it for a
recognizable constellation, he found none, and wasn't sure whether that
reflected his sketchy knowledge of constellations or his displacement in
space, or possibly the fact that he was in the middle northern latitudes here
while Landfall was in the southern hemisphere at home.
His misgivings about the T'swa returned again, to mind and gut. He was on his
way to meet them, to arrange to live with them, share a squad tent with some
of them. A picture flashed in his mind, not for the first time, of large,
black, hard-
bitten men who held life cheap. They were gambling, a fight broke out, knives
flashed ...
Maybe he'd end up with Colonel Voker after all.
And the T'swa would arrive in the middle of night. Captain Trevelos had said
they would bivouac, which implied an unimproved area. When they got off the
ship, would they have to dig latrines in the darkness and set up kitchens
before they retired, besides erecting tents? Welcome to Kettle! They'd be in a
great mood!
Or maybe they preferred it that way. Outside the Confederation worlds, and
maybe some of the trade worlds, attitudes deviated a bit from Standard. And
the
T'swa were gooks-barbarians in uniforms, more or less. You couldn't know what
they'd consider satisfactory.
After a while the mild hills gave way to an area almost as level as the
military camp they'd left, and the hovercar slowed. "It's right about in here,
sir," said

Duggan. It was the first either of them had spoken for quite a few miles.
"Hard to locate exactly in the dark. What we did was, we brought a reaction
dozer out, and it sort of scalped a perimeter line around a big square so the
ships can find it on the scanners at night. Or they can hang around up there
till it gets light, or just set down blind by gravitic coordinates, I suppose;
but if they tried that, they might miss the place, depending on how good their
coordinates are set."
The corporal's speech was Iryalan instead of Romblit, his diction marking him
back-country rural; a lot of soldiers were.
"Would it make any difference where they put down?" Varlik asked. "Couldn't
they as well camp in one place as another, way out here?"
"Not very well. We drilled some water wells for 'em; they're going to need 'em
when the sun gets up. They're really gonna need those water wells. I've heard
their world is as hot as this one, but if they're human, they're gonna want
lots of water."
He stopped, and they settled mentally to wait. "Pat," Varlik asked shortly,
"what do you think of the Rombili?"
Duggan didn't answer at once, sitting back with one arm leaning on the top of
the door. "The Rombili? They seem all right to me. They kind of screwed up the
war, but it's easy to see how that would be; nobody had any idea that all

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 33

those sweatbirds were running around loose down there, or that they had
weapons or anything. I've talked to quite a few Rombili, and they're not much
different from us."
"Sweatbirds. Is that what you call the gooks here?"
"Right. They got a funny build-long legs, big chest, and kind of skinny. All
they need is a long neck and beak for catching fish, and they do have quite a
nose.
Longish necks, too."
"What do you think about T'swa mercenaries coming out here?"
"Seems good to me." He turned his face to Varlik, a brief reflection of
starlight in one eye. "Let the T'swa fight the gooks. I hear they love wars;
why not give 'em this one? I'd like to see two divisions of 'em, not just two
regiments. Specially if they're as good as you hear."
Varlik watched the man remove something, a small package, from a pocket of his
fatigue shirt, take something from it with his fingers, and put the something
into his mouth. The spicy smell of nictos reached Varlik's nose. For a moment
the corporal chewed, compacting the plug, then spat onto the prairie.
"Is that how most of the men feel about the T'swa? They wish there were two
divisions?"
"Or a whole army." His eyes returned to Varlik. "We're not afraid of the
gooks.
Don't get me wrong. But they've got big jungles down south, hotter than a
cookpot. I mean, it's bad up here, but it's supposed to be a lot worse at
Beregesh.
So there's this bunch of crazy sweatbirds down there, and it's gonna be bloody
work doin' anything about 'em. If it wasn't for the technite, I'd say let 'em
have the place. And we probably would, too."
He spat again and said nothing for half a minute. Then, "That's kind of what
we're trying to do anyway, I guess. What General Lamons has in mind, accordin'
to rumor. Just take back the country around the mines, fortify hell out of it,
and let the gooks have the rest of the planet. Except for Aromanis.

"And stop usin' slaves. That's where the Rombili screwed up. If they'd have
just started mining with mechanicals and contract workers, the gooks wouldn't
have even known the Rombili were on the planet."
The corporal paused then, as if uncertain, and peered at Varlik in the
starlight. "If
I tell you somethin' private between the two of us, will you keep it that
way?"
Lormagen extended his right hand. "I guarantee it." They gripped on the
promise.
"My best buddy's a computerman, and he called up the staff briefing file on
Kettle, to read it. The gooks never even lived where the mines are until the
Rombili took slaves down there. And the first batch they took there, a lot of
'em died, because they made 'em work without cool suits. And the women they
took down there, some of 'em died when they got pregnant. So the gooks that
could take it lived, and the toughest got away to the jungles and had families
there. And that's the strain we gotta fight."
He spat again, shrugging. "Not even a gook likes bein' a slave."
Varlik nodded, and the conversation died of contagious introversion and the
night.
They watched the sky and waited, and after a few minutes they didn't really
watch any more, only sat with their faces aimed upward a little.
Then Varlik began to feel something, and his alertness sharpened. He became
aware that his driver too had taken life. Carefully they scanned the sky, and
realized that within the blackness was a different black, an area poorly
defined that showed no stars, moving from what he thought was the east. As
they strained to see into it, it grew, encroaching upon the Milky Way, slowly
crossing it. Varlik didn't think to lower the visorlike camera monitor. With

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 34

it down he could have peered beneath it to see normally or cast his glance
upward a little to watch through the eye of his camera, which adjusted
constantly to target illumination.
Abruptly the night was broken from above by a powerful beam of light that slid
across the ground, passing near them, then made an angle nearby.
"Consar's royal balls!" Duggan swore. "I parked in their landing square. Must
have missed the dozer scalp somehow; maybe there was a gap in it at the
travelway." He laughed as he swung the car around and moved away. "All this
empty prairie out here and I parked where they're supposed to put down." They
hurried up a mild slope, Varlik with camera busy, then stopped again three
hundred yards distant while the powerful light continued to trace a rectangle
on the ground. Abruptly it went out, and gradually the vague blackness became
a ship settling groundward, no lights showing.
Brief minutes later it rested on the prairie, its powerful lights flooding the
area on one side. A second ship took shape above, and five minutes later it
rested some hundred yards from the first. More lights brightened the area
between the ships, while others flooded thinly a larger area beyond them.
Squares opened in the hulls. Hundreds of uniformed men began to file from some
of the smaller openings, moving on the double. Some trotted into the thinly
lit area, while most formed ranks near the hulls.
Cargo movers floated out with boxes and duffle bags stacked beneath them,
setting down their burdens along a line midway between the ships. Then they
floated back through the gangways and out of sight for more. A long low pile
of material took shape quickly. At one end of it, men were calling and
gesturing, and

from the ranked troops, squads quick-timed over to pick up gear and trot away
with it.
Suddenly, from the darkness to one side of Varlik and Duggan, a voice spoke,
seeming not more than a dozen yards away. "Hoy!" it said, quietly but firmly,
a neutral, nonthreatening, but attention-taking sound. Varlik's and Duggan's
eyes snapped in that direction but saw nothing. Nothing but night.
"Who are you, and what are you doing here?" the voice asked. Its Standard was
accented but easily understood.
Varlik's eyes checked the power light on the small recorder at his belt, then
he answered in Tyspi. "I've come to speak with the T'swa. My name is Varlik
Lormagen, I am from Iryala, and I am ..." He had no word for journalist. "My
job is to tell the people of the Confederation what T'swa warriors are like."
A ring of chuckles sounded softly all around them, and Varlik felt his hackles
rise.
Even on his bare forearms the hair stood up like tiny antennae. But there was
no malice in the laughter. None whatever. Obviously he and Duggan had been
spotted on scans from the ships, and a patrol had been sent to check them out.
"You are speaking with a T'swa warrior now," the voice said. "Our commanders
are occupied. We will wait here."
This had been said in Tyspi also, and Varlik was surprised to find that the
diction was as clear, the speech as easily understood, as the lesson
recordings had been.
He spoke now in Standard. "Is it all right to talk with you while we wait? If
so, I
would prefer to speak Standard just now. My driver doesn't know Tyspi, and it
would be more courteous if we spoke so he can understand. "
There were no more chucklings around them. "Standard will be satisfactory,"
the voice said in kind, and now, by starlight, Varlik could make out the T'swi
as the man walked toward them, a little taller than himself, looking bulky and
powerful.
Holding the video camera in one hand, Varlik lowered the monitor with the
other.
In it he could see what the camera saw: dark face, large eyes, hawk nose, wide

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 35

lipless mouth, and a helmet that seemed quite standard. About ten feet away
the
T'swi stopped. His sidearms were a holstered pistol and a short sword. He held
a rifle ready in his hands.
The sword surprised Varlik. He'd assumed that the swords the T'swa carried in
adventure stories had been the writers' creation. Swords were a primitive
weapon, seen on gook worlds and perhaps on parts of some more primitive trade
worlds.
And while the T'swa were gooks, they were not supposed to be primitive in the
military sense. Even Colonel Voker considered them superb troops.
Now that they were here, in front of him, Varlik had to grope for questions.
"How many of you are there?" he asked.
"We are two regiments."
"About thirty-eight hundred men, then?"
"My regiment is the Red Scorpion Regiment. We recently finished a sporadically
rather vicious war on Emor Gadny's World, and our numbers are reduced to 934
officers and men."
"In a regiment? You came straight here without refitting or replacing your
casualties?"

"No. We refitted on Tyss, and spent two months enjoying our world and our
people, healing our wounds and replacing such weapons as were worn out or
lost.
We do not replace casualties."
Didn't replace casualties! Varlik wondered if somehow he had misunderstood the
T'swi. "How many were in your regiment when you went to-what world was that?"
"Emor Gadny's World. An interesting place-beautiful but difficult. We went
there four years ago with about twelve hundred. Before that we were on
Gwalsey, a dull war, and before that, Splenn. We went to Splenn a virgin
regiment, with a full complement of 1,720 officers and men. That was more than
fourteen years ago, Standard."
"But..." Varlik could not comprehend. They didn't replace their casualties!
"How can you call yourself a regiment, then? How many did you say you have
now?"
"Nine hundred and thirty-four effectives." The T'swi chuckled. "Abundantly
effective effectives. And we will be the Red Scorpion Regiment until there are
none of us left."
Varlik pursed his lips and whistled silently. This was something the
fictionists hadn't mentioned, probably didn't know about. He imagined for a
moment three scarred and gray-haired veterans charging an enemy-or slipping up
on them in the dark, more likely.
"How long do you think it will be before you'll be in action? Do you have any
idea?"
"It depends on the urgency of the situation. Normally, after landfall we spend
two weeks in reconditioning, per contract. The opportunities for exercise are
somewhat limited on a troopship, and our manner of combat requires physical
excellence."
This guy, thought Varlik, talks like someone out of staff college, not like
anyone who'd be sent out to lead a patrol. "What rank are you?" he asked.
"I am Sergeant Kusu. This is my squad."
"What's your education?"
"We have been educated as warriors of Tyss, by the Lodge of Kootosh-Lan."
Varlik glanced down at the recorder and camera. The tiny red glints reassured
him; he wouldn't want to lose any of this. "The Lodge of Kootosh-Lan. I know
very little about the T'swa. Does the name Kootosh-Lan have some special
significance?"
"Kootosh-Lan founded the lodge, in the year 8,107 of our calendar. That was
more than 14,000 of your Standard years ago."
Varlik tried carefully to see the black face more exactly, to read character

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 36

and mood. If that is history instead of folklore, their recorded history is a
lot older than ours. He decided to approach the matter indirectly, see if the
story had mythic elements. "Was Kootosh-Lan a great warrior?"
A couple of chuckles were audible behind him. "Kootosh-Lan was no warrior at
all. She was a teacher, the most renowned master in the history of Tyss. It
was she who traced out and codified the Way of the Warrior, then established
the first warrior lodge, that those who chose the Way of the Warrior could be
properly prepared. "

This Kusu, Varlik told himself, is a great interview. Answers everything
directly with full pertinent details.
The sergeant's gaze had moved to the ships; Varlik's attention and camera
followed. No longer did the cargo movers float in and out of the freight
doors.
Troops still picked up gear and carried it away. In the diffusely lit area on
the far side was a lot of activity now; they were setting up camp there.
"One ship will leave soon," said Kusu.
"How soon?"
"A few minutes."
Incredibly quick. They probably drill disembarking, Varlik decided. "Will the
other ship stay?"
"Briefly. While camp is being set up."
"Did the troops unload their own materials, or was that done by crewmen?"
"The ship's crew operates the cargo movers. The ship is T'swa, a troop carrier
leased from your own world, and its crew is trained and experienced at
unloading military material. They are to their jobs what we are to
warring-expert. The Way of jobs is not less an art than the Way of war. Are
you familiar at all with the
Ways?"
Varlik recalled vaguely the chart in the Exotic Philosophies entry. "Very
slightly.
I recall seeing a chart showing Ways of, uh, Work, and Fighting, and ... Study
was one. There were others." He wished he could read the T'swi's reactions.
Then a movement caught his attention; one of the ships was lifting, and he
thumbed the camera's trigger again. In little more than a minute it was lost
to darkness. The other ship showed no sign of leaving; its floodlights still
illuminated the bivouac area.
Sergeant Kusu interrupted Varlik's watching. "Follow me; I will take you to
our colonel now."
Somehow it sounded more an order than suggestion. Kusu had probably been told
to bring in whoever was waiting out here. "Okay?" Duggan asked. Varlik nodded.
As the corporal activated the AG unit, the burly T'swi turned and trotted off
down the slight slope toward the landing site. The others waited behind and to
the sides until the vehicle began to follow Kusu, then moved along in its
wake.
They drove right through the mustering area. Considerable material remained on
the unloading site, unattended now. Two cargo movers were parked there,
waiting to transfer more of it, perhaps to the kitchens when they were ready.
In about two minutes, Duggan drew the car up to the regimental headquarters
site, where already a considerable tent had been erected. A miniature ditch
was still being dug around it, to catch and carry off the water from its roof
in case of rain.
There was a great deal of crisp and purposeful activity roundabout. Squad
tents were being raised. These men knew what they were doing, and did it
rapidly, with a modest amount of quiet, cheerful talk in Tyspi.
At the regimental headquarters Kusu reported, then introduced Varlik to
Colonel
Koda. Except for the patrol's black, the T'swa uniforms were a curiously,
irregularly blotched green, Koda's included. In the monitor, the colonel

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 37

looked no older than the sergeant and carried much the same belt gear. Only
the shoulder insignia were different. They were standard-cloth wings versus
the sergeant's

sewn-on patch with the initial T.* Colonel Koda examined the Iryalan for a
brief moment, then spoke in Standard with a slight accent that was mostly a
matter of precise diction.
"Varlik Lormagen." He said it as if tasting the name; his eyes were alert,
direct but unthreatening. "And you want to tell your people about T'swa
warriors. Very well, you can report to Lieutenant Zimsu of the First Platoon,
Company A, in the morning. He will expect you. You can accompany the platoon
in its daily routine and observe T'swa warriors to your fill." Then he spoke
briefly to his aide in
Tyspi before turning again to Varlik.
"Thank you, colonel," Varlik said. To his surprise, the T'swa colonel flashed
a quick grin.
"You are welcome," the colonel replied, then dismissed him unmistakably,
simply by removing his attention totally.
Unaccompanied now, ignored, Varlik and Duggan climbed into their vehicle and
drove away, picking a careful route through the encampment. Hovercars do not
ride an air cushion; they operate on the same gravitic principle as floaters.
But as hover vehicles are functionally limited to near contact with massive
bodies, the turbulence of rapid passage can raise dust. Duggan's caution among
the tents avoided this. Even so, he cleared the area quickly enough, and swung
around in an arc that would find the marker rods.
Once more on the track, they started back for the Confederation military base,
not speaking till they topped the first low hill. Then Duggan swung the
vehicle around and stopped for a last look. At almost the moment they stopped,
the floodlamps of the ship flicked off, leaving the plain in darkness. There
were not even the white sparks of handlamps.
"What do you think of them, Pat?" Varlik asked.
"The T'swa? First-rate soldiers. They set that place up quicker than I ever
would have thought. And that patrol! Whoosh! They could have shot us before we
ever knew they were around; could have slit our throats, as far as that's
concerned."
Duggan shook his head in wonder. "They're good, all right. Better'n good."
He paused. "You coming to see 'em again tomorrow?"
"Right."
"Going to stay with 'em while you're here?"
Varlik's misgivings were gone, leaving only a light unease in its stead. The
T'swa had seemed both civilized and intriguing, unlike anything his
imagination had conjured up.
"You can bet on it," he said.
Duggan nodded as if approving, then swung the car around and started back
toward the base. They hardly said anything all the way there.

CHAPTER ELEVEN

Varlik arrived at officers' mess thick-headed and sluggish from the
combination of the short Orlanthan diurnal cycle, the army's daybreak
reveille, and having gone to bed so late the night before. Before hitting the
sack, he'd copied and edited his cube, intercutting his narration, covering
not only the T'swa but the
Aromanis camp and the heat, with a brief statistical description of Kettle
he'd excerpted in the ship's library. It was his first feature on Kettle and
the T'swa.
Now, as he stepped into the relative coolness of the mess hall, the pungent
smell of fresh-brewed joma met him, along with the different pungency of fried

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 38

bacon.
He'd have liked to take the empty seat at Colonel Voker's table, but the brisk
and businesslike pace of eating there warned him away and, at any rate, the
media people had their own table assigned here. It might be a breach of
etiquette to sit elsewhere uninvited. So instead he crossed to where Konni
Wenter and the typically withdrawn-looking Bertol Bakkis sat eating.
A messman in crisp white apron had seen Varlik enter and, tracking him with
his eyes, slanted quickly over, stainless steel thermal pitcher in hand, to
pour his joma and take his order. Varlik gave it, then unfolded the waiting
white cloth napkin onto his lap as the messman left.
"I saw you leave last night," Konni said.
Varlik looked up, noticing Bakkis's opaque gaze on him.
"You did? I'm surprised," Varlik said. "It was close to 19.20 when we left."
"Nineteen-fifteen; I looked. I couldn't get to sleep, so I'd been out walking
around to get tired. I saw a car pull up, and five minutes later you left in
it."
"Right."
She said nothing then, as if waiting, and he ignored her, testing the scalding
joma with a cautious upper lip, deciding that cream was in order, for cooling.
If she wanted information, she'd have to be specific.
"Where did you go?" she asked finally as he put down the cream and reached for
the sugar.
"Off base." Varlik's eyes moved to Bakkis for a moment; the heavyset cameraman
had shifted his attention back to his plate, half cleaned of its eggs and
bacon.
"I'd hoped," Konni said, "that we might cooperate here, to some degree at
least.
It's not as if we're rivals."
She'd hit close to home, and it annoyed Varlik. He finished sweetening his
joma before turning his eyes to hers. "I'm afraid I tend to be a loner," he
said stiffly.
The messman was approaching with Varlik's breakfast on a large plate, and
Varlik gave his attention first to receiving the food, then to opening and
buttering a hot roll.
"I suppose you've heard about the T'swa regiments."
The voice as well as the words startled Varlik, and butter knife poised, he
turned abruptly to Bakkis. The man had never spoken to him before. "We plan to
find out where they keep them," the cameraman went on, "and go out there
today. You're welcome to ride with us if you want."

"That's where I was last night," Varlik found himself answering. "I was there
when they landed, about thirty miles from here."
"Two regiments, were there?" Bakkis asked.
"Right. Just the way I'd heard back in Landfall."
Bakkis nodded, face still inscrutable. "Do you plan to go back there today?"
"Yes. Matter of fact, I do."
"Be all right to go together, or do you want to go alone?"
Varlik was amazed. He'd thought of Bertol Bakkis as a lump of barely aware
flesh, its intelligence pickled in ethanol, operating in some obscure,
automatic way along a subconscious thread of journalistic intention. Now the
man was talking as casually and intelligently as anyone might, and for the
moment it was
Konni who sat quietly.
Bakkis had been the icebreaker. While they finished their breakfasts, the
three of them talked about the T'swa, about Varlik's brief talk with Colonel
Koda, and the invitation to attach himself to Koda's regiment.
"I suppose you got some cubeage of the landing," Bakkis said.
"Some. If you'd like to copy the field cube with your equipment," Varlik found
himself saying, "you're welcome to."

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 39

"Thanks. I will. And when we get back to our quarters, I'll have Konni
interview you on camera. That will make the field shots more meaningful to
viewers, and it'll set people up for the feature articles you send."
It made so much sense to Varlik that his earlier guardedness seemed
incomprehensible and petty.
After Bakkis had copied parts of his T'swa cube-the landing and the
bivouac--and shot Konni's skilled interview, they went to the communications
center. On the way, Varlik apologized, not very articulately, for his
boorishness, and Konni, for whatever reason, had stiffened at the apology.
Bertol's reaction, somewhat amorphous, seemed to say that he hadn't felt
aggrieved, but thanks anyway.
The temperature had soared, and sweat had soaked through Varlik's twill shirt;
workouts aboard the Quaranth had developed his sweat gland function well
beyond the ordinary. After filling out brief forms and labels, they left their
packaged cubes with the sergeant there for dispatch to Iryala in the day's
message pod. Even by message pod, the sergeant told them, it would take 9.83
standard days for reports to reach Iryala-11.90 Orlanthan days.
From the communications center, it was no more than an eighty foot walk down a
corridor to the information office. At their knock, Trevelos called out to
enter, and they did, Varlik holding the door for the other two. Trevelos's
almost boyish pleasure of the day before was gone. The expression that met
them now was stiff and guarded.
"How can I help you?" he asked.
It was Varlik who answered. "We'd like a vehicle."
Trevelos's expression became stiffer, yet vaguely unhappy. "I'm afraid I can't
do that."
Varlik was dumfounded. "Why? Yesterday you said we could have one or more if
we wanted."

Trevelos's discomfort was tangible. "I'm afraid I overspoke myself. If you
want to go somewhere, perhaps I can arrange a chauffeured vehicle."
"Okay. We'd like to be taken to the T'swa camp."
Trevelos didn't answer for several seconds. "I'm afraid that's impossible. The
T'swa camp is of limits."
"Off-limits? Why?"
"The T'swa's privacy is to be strictly respected."
"But lieutenant, I was there last night and had a direct invitation from
Colonel
Koda of the Red Scorpion Regiment to stay with them, to describe them and
their training for the Iryalan public. He told me he'd expect me today."
Trevelos actually blushed. "I'm afraid I can't help you with that, Mr.
Lormagen.
Perhaps something else."
Hormones-something-surged through Varlik's body, with a feeling first of heat,
then of internal numbness, incredulity, as he stared at the information
officer.
Then Bakkis spoke, his tone casual.
"What, specifically, did the general order, lieutenant?"
Varlik's eyes turned to Bakkis's sweaty, somewhat florid face, then to
Trevelos again. Bakkis had put his finger on the problem, Varlik was sure:
Lamons. But the only result was that Trevelos looked less uncomfortable, as if
with a shifting of blame from himself to the general.
"I do not feel I should discuss my orders."
"Of course." Bakkis had taken over, and Varlik was willing, for now, that he
should. "We can understand that," Bakkis went on. "In that case, we'd like to
see the agricultural operation."
Trevelos brightened. "Certainly. When would you like your car?"
Bakkis looked at Varlik. "Varl?" he said.
"Uh-why not now?" At the moment he didn't care-he had no real interest in the

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 40

Aromanis farms, but it was an answer.
Trevelos looked almost happily at Bakkis. "I can have a car and driver here in
fifteen minutes. And I'll call the farm headquarters so you can have lunch
there.
Their executive dining room has a marvelous reputation among the general's
staff;
almost everything they serve is fresh, and the cooks are excellent."
Bakkis asked that they be picked up at their quarters in fifty minutes-half a
local hour. After the lieutenant had made arrangements with the motor pool,
the three journalists said goodbye and left. When the office door had closed
behind them, Bakkis muttered an obscenity, but without heat, and started
toward the communications center. "I'm going to dispatch my office and ask
them to get this restriction lifted if they can. They were especially
interested in the T'swa.
Meanwhile, let's keep Trevelos happy and relaxed."
So Iryala Video had also been especially interested in the T'swa. "Messages
will take ten days Standard each way," Varlik pointed out, "plus whatever time
it takes at the other end to get an order issued-if it gets issued."
They had stopped outside the comm center door. "The next time we see
Trevelos," Bakkis said quietly, "I'll tell him we've dispatched our offices
for a reversal, and that we appreciate what he's done for us. He'll assume
we're content to wait, that we're trusting our offices to take care of things
for us. That's the way

he'd do it. Maybe that will relax him about our wanting to get to the T'swa.
Then, in three or four days, we'll try to get a car without a driver, to hop
around and interview some Romblit troops. He's already feeling propitiative,
and if he'll go for that, screw the restriction; we'll go see the T'swa."
Varlik wondered if that would work, and if Bakkis actually believed it might.
One thing was certain: He'd drastically misjudged this man back on the
Quaranth.
The trip to the farm had been more interesting than Varlik had anticipated.
The travelways were lined with tall native trees. The headquarters buildings
were comfortable, rambling, air-conditioned, and beautifully landscaped, with
everything marvelously clean and well tended. The cuisine was better than
anything he'd experienced before. The Romblit personnel there seemed competent
and friendly. Security personnel were numerous, well-armed, and relaxed-were
paramilitary employees of Technite, Ltd., the firm that had long operated the
Orlanthan fief for the Romblit government. The army apparently restricted
itself to patrolling the surroundings, leaving the on-farm scene at something
like prewar normal.
Remarkably little powered machinery was used in the agricultural operations;
hand labor was compellingly cheap, apparently, and probably more precise for
many tasks. Even the removal of weeds in large row, crop fields was done by a
line of tall thin workers, the hoes in their hands rising and falling in
unison.
The field workers and domestics had given Varlik his first look at sweatbirds.
They were a brownish people, slender except for barrel chests, their coarse
brown hair straight and almost crested, their flaring eyebrows like tufts of
golden-brown feathers that presumably served to divert sweat. And even those
who served in the dining room showed little sign of subcutaneous fat. They
reminded Varlik of kerkas, the tall wading birds of Iryala; their noses really
were relatively long and pointed, and their necks too long as human necks go.
Their physical structure seemed designed to maximize the body's surface/mass
ratio for dispersing body heat. They were quite different from the husky Tswa,
whose phenotype had evolved under considerably heavier gravity.
Varlik had wondered what the local sweatbirds thought of the war; perhaps,
he'd told himself, they didn't even know about it, although all the nearby
military activity must have told them something was happening somewhere.

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 41

After the farm, Bertol and Konni had been ready for a shower, to be followed
by editing their field cubes in air-conditioned comfort. Varlik, though, had
decided to take care of one final job, and jogged through dusty 120° heat to
headquarters.
After the aesthetics of the farm, the drab and dusty military base seemed
utterly graceless. He knocked at the information officer's door and identified
himself, and
Lieutenant Trevelos's voice bade him enter.
"How can I help you?" the lieutenant asked when Varlik had entered.
"I'd like to see the Orlanthan briefing. It will give me a much better sense
of the overall situation here."
Immediately the lieutenant looked worried, then apologetic. "Mr. Lormagen, I
really dislike telling you this ..."
"But you can't let me see it."
"That's right. You're neither a staff officer nor a command officer."

Varlik nodded slowly. "Well ... thank you, anyway."
He turned and left, jogging back to his quarters for the postponed shower.
While showering, he rehearsed several scenes with General Lamons, none of
which, he knew, would ever occur. A couple of them were probably physically
impossible.
Then he too sat down to play his field cube of the day and record his article.
When he'd finished, he had to admit it was good, something that readers would
appreciate. But it wasn't what he was here for.
After supper he found out where Colonel Voker was quartered a one-room but of
poured concrete in officers' country. Varlik stood hesitantly, unsure he
should be there, then knocked. The colonel opened the door and scowled out at
him.
"What do you want?"
"I seem to be running into brick walls at the information office. I hoped you
could advise me. Again."
Voker's surliness softened slightly, and he gestured Varlik in. His quarters,
though military, managed, through the prerogatives and resources of a senior
officer, to reflect his personality. The windows were curtained. A small and
clearly expensive tapestry softened one wall; a burnished wood bookcase with
expensively bound books stood against another. The air conditioner held down
the interior temperature to a luxurious 85°. Next to a lightly upholstered
chair, a book lay open, face down on a small stand, and a red light glowed in
an expensive cube player beside it.
"Specifically?" Voker asked.
Varlik told him of the prohibition against being taken to the T'swa camp, and
of
Trevelos's refusal to let him see the briefing on Orlantha.
"And this Colonel Koda invited you to stay with them?"
Varlik nodded. "Right."
"Huh." Voker gazed reflectively at him, lips slightly pursed, then abruptly
grinned-a grin of pleasure tinged with something else. Malice. "So you still
want to live with the T'swa. Well, fine. Be at the headquarters entrance at
05.50 hours tomorrow morning. And carry everything you absolutely need on your
person, in case you luck out and make it to the T'swa camp-recorder, camera,
toothbrush.
The minimum. Don't be obvious no suitcase. From there it's up to you-your wits
and your guts. And your luck.
"And as far as the briefing cube is concerned, you got the essential picture
from me aboard the Quaranth."
He stepped back to the door and put his hand on the handle. "And I don't mind
telling you, I'll be interested in seeing what happens in the morning."
At 16.00 hours, Lieutenant Trevelos, reading a novel on the computer screen in
his office, was interrupted by a knock. Irritatedly he cleared the screen

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 42

before saying, "come in." It was Colonel Voker who opened the door, and
Trevelos got quickly to his feet.
"At ease, lieutenant. I just came by to ask a question or two."
Trevelos receded into his chair. "Of course, sir." He looked around. "Would
the colonel care to sit?"
Voker waved it off. "The reporter, Varlik Lormagen, and I got to know one
another on the Quaranth. I ran into him on my way over here, and asked how
he's

doing. He told me he's been refused access to the Orlantha briefing. Can you
give me the background on that refusal?"
"Yes, sir. Last night Mr. Lormagen went out to the T'swa area, and somehow the
general heard about it this morning. It made General Lamons very unhappy, and
he made it extremely clear to me that under no conditions was I to allow the
media to go there again. He was particularly unhappy about Lormagen, and told
me-these are his exact words-`You are not to allow this young fart any special
privileges.' " Trevelos shrugged, spreading his hands.
Voker nodded thoughtfully. "I get the picture. Thank you, lieutenant. And have
a good evening."
In the corridor, Voker allowed himself a chuckle. The situation was exactly as
he'd suspected. In fact, he'd have given odds on it, but it was nice to know
with certainty. Tomorrow he'd see just how good, and how lucky, young Lormagen
was.

CHAPTER TWELVE

At the Aromanis Base of the Orlanthan Counterinsurency Army, the working day
began at 05.00. Varlik, Konni, and Bertol Bakkis were outside the headquarters
building entrance a quarter-hour later, at 05.25, twenty-five minutes before
the time Voker had told him. All three were in field uniform, each with a
musette bag slung on one shoulder, video camera on the other. The sun was up,
but by only a hand's breadth, and it was still "cool"-about ninety-five
degrees.
Konni Wenter was thinking how hot it would be in another hour-worse, another
two hours-and whether Lormagen had been truthful when he'd told them he didn't
know what was supposed to happen, only that something was. And what his real
reason might have been in suggesting they be here with him.
Varlik was glad they'd come. He had the definite idea that he was on
somebody's shit list, and that he'd be much more subject to counteraction if
he were there alone, perhaps being told he couldn't loiter outside the
entrance. This way it wasn't Varlik Lormagen standing here, but a group of
journalists.
Bakkis's mind was on idle, thinking nothing, an ability he'd always had when
there was nothing requiring his conscious attention. He'd been fifteen years
old before he'd realized that everyone didn't do that. Only an occasional
thought drifted unbidden through his mind. Just now he was aware of moderate
soreness in his thighs and abdomen; the evening before he'd gone to the
officers' gym, a set of connected modules with assorted equipment, and begun
the distasteful task of becoming physically less unfit.
At 05.45, a sergeant came out, followed by a captain, and told them politely
to move aside a few yards, which they did. Moments later they could see a
hovercar approaching, open to the heat. They watched it come up the surfaced
travelway, through the vehicle park, and pull up before the entrance. The
occupants were
T'swa, their skin blue-black.
As the vehicle slowed, entering the vehicle park, more men issued from the
headquarters entrance. Varlik glanced at them, relieved to find that none wore
the novaburst of a general. The time, Varlik realized, was definitely at hand;

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 43

what he didn't know was what to do about it. Almost unaware of what he was
doing, he moved closer, out of the background, visor down, belt recorder on,
camera in his hands, its red light blinking. Bakkis advanced beside him.
Varlik's eyes were on the T'swa as they dismounted from the light field
vehicle.
One of them was Colonel Koda, and one of the others also wore the stylized
wings of a full colonel. All wore garrison caps tilted to the right, and by
daylight their bristly, close-cropped black hair, like their skin, had a
distinct bluish tinge. It was when Koda's feet were on the ground that Varlik
stepped forward. A
subcolonel in charge of the reception group glanced at Varlik angrily, his
mouth opening to speak, but Colonel Koda, stopping to look at the reporter,
spoke first.
"Lormagen! My visitor at the landing! I had expected you yesterday. Are you no
longer interested in my invitation?"
"Very interested, sir. I was refused transportation to your camp; otherwise,
I'd have been there.

The white subcolonel's brows had knotted, his mouth a rictus of consternation.
, "Ah!" said Koda. "Are you a soldier? Or under military command?"
"No, sir. I'm a journalist. But I depend on the army for accommodations and
assistance."
"Then it was only a matter of transportation?"
"That's right, sir."
"Are you available for additional employment, if it does not interfere with
your existing assignment?"
This, Varlik realized, was the moment of decision. "Absolutely, colonel."
They stood there for just a moment while the subcolonel fidgeted inwardly.
"Well, then," Koda said casually, "perhaps you will consent to be my civilian
aide my press aide. I have never had a press aide before, but I imagine that
your new duties will not interfere with those of your present employment.
Perhaps they will even expedite and mutually strengthen each other."
Varlik felt a grin seep up from somewhere to spread over his face.
"I'd like that very much, sir."
"Good. You are now officially in the employ of the Red Scorpion Regiment, of
the Lodge of Kootosh-Lan, of the United Lodges of Tyss, as the regimental
press aide. You will accompany me until I instruct you otherwise." Koda turned
to the other T'swa colonel and nodded. The other in turn spoke to the Iryalan
subcolonel.
"Colonel, we are ready to be presented to your general."
The subcolonel was outranked. Stiff, expressionless now, he turned to the
headquarters entrance and led the T'swa party-the two colonels, two majors who
were their executive officers, and two captains who were their aides, plus
Varlik
Lormagen-in to meet General Lamons. A standard army headquarters had a
briefing room, and it was there that the general awaited them with several
other officers, including Colonel Voker and Lieutenant Trevelos. Lamons stared
the
T'swa coldly into the room, not noticing the uniformed Varlik behind them.
"Colonels," said the general, " I am General Lamons, commanding." He gestured
to the officers on either side of him. "This is my executive officer,
Brigadier
Demler, and this is Major General Grossel, commanding Romblit forces on
Orlantha. The other gentlemen are our immediate staff: Welcome."
He was reciting; there was no welcome at all in his words. Chairs stood around
a long table, but they were neatly, uniformly shoved beneath it; General
Lamons had no intention of inviting them to sit, let alone offering them the
quasi-
ceremonial courtesy of joma. As he'd spoken, the general's eyes had noticed

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 44

Varlik, clearly no T'swi, and with his last words of welcome, he looked at the
subcolonel who stood beside the T'swa.
"Colonel Fonvill, who is that white man with them?"
"He's their press aide, general."
"Press aide?!"
Trevelos elaborated in a tentative voice. "He's Varlik Lormagen, sir. The
journalist from Iryala."
Lamon's face darkened, and he barked out a command as he speared Lormagen with
his eyes. "Provost marshal, get that man out of here! Confine him!"

The provost marshal hadn't had time to move when the second T'swa colonel
spoke, his voice a flat snap, his black eyes glittering not with rage but with
intention.
"General, no one will touch that man!"
The general's head jerked as if slapped, his mouth slightly open, face
darkening even more, his eyes narrowed. Then, in a calm voice, the T'swi
continued. "I am
Colonel Biltong, commanding officer of the Night Adder Regiment. More
pertinent to the discussion of the moment, I am also the contract officer of
the
Lodge of Kootosh-Lan for this expedition. You received a copy of our contract,
but perhaps you have not fully familiarized yourself with it. We are a
military force of a foreign nation, contracted to Confederation service here.
Journalist
Lormagen is the civilian employee of one of our regiments. Our personnel are
not subject to arrest on your order, except for proper, documented, and
verified criminal cause, as expressly provided by contract. Any breach of that
contract on your part is grounds for our departure."
Lamons's jaw tightened. "Colonel," he bit out, "I would be delighted to
contribute to your departure. The sooner, the better. I did not ask for you, I
do not want you here, and I will not brook insubordination."
"General, I appreciate your feelings," Biltong said mildly, "but let me point
out that if we leave through a breach of contract on your part, the very large
advance payment made to our government by your own, and your government's
considerable expense in our transportation, are not reimbursable. Per
contract. If you were held accountable for that sum, five million dronas on
the advance alone, you would be a ruined man, financially and professionally."
The black eyes looked around the room, taking in the faces, shocked or
deliberately expressionless, evaluating each in that one glance. The general
was not an easy man to serve under; thus, amidst the embarrassment, there was
a certain amount of concealed pleasure among his staff:
"Beyond that," Biltong continued, "insubordination is not an issue here.
Neither I
nor my troops are your subordinates; mine is a contracted independent force.
It would be well to read the contract, general; I can recite it verbatim. Now,
I
believe we have business to discuss. "
No one said anything for perhaps ten interminable seconds. Varlik was aware
that his military-length hair, already more or less erect, had become almost
rigidly so, as if the follicles had spasmed. When at last the general spoke,
his voice was rough with emotion.
"Here!" he said, and thrust papers at Biltong. "Your orders."
Biltong took them casually, seemingly without any sense of upset at the
hostility he'd met, or of pleasure at his victory thus far. He scanned the two
sheets, then looked up at Lamons again. "According to these," he said, "we are
ordered to fly to Beregesh in two days, take the area from insurgent forces,
and hold it. General, are you familiar with our contract at all?"
"I obtained and read a copy of your standard contract as soon as I heard you
might be coming."

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 45

"But apparently not thoroughly. And have you studied the specific contract for
the employment of our two regiments on this particular planet?"

Lamons seemed to go mentally inert, as if afraid to know what lay behind the
question. Biltong turned to his executive officer, who carried a time-worn
attache case.
"The contract, please." The man gave it to him.
"General, I understand your confusion. First, your experience has given you no
reason to anticipate such a nonStandard situation, nor such nonStandard
persons as ourselves. And secondly"-he paused, and held out the contract to
Lamons-"in some respects, this is not the usual T'swa contract. Incidentally,
I'm not giving you this copy; you've been sent one of your own, I'm sure,
which you can study during the two weeks our regiments will spend
reconditioning here. But just now
I'd like you to look at the signature of the contracting party. It is not, as
you will see, your Department of Armed Forces."
For a moment the general only stared at the proffered sheaf of pages, then
took them, turned quickly to the signatures page, and paled visibly.
"That's right, general," Biltong continued, quietly now. "Our contract is with
the
Crown, in the person of His Majesty, Marcus XXVII, King of Iryala and
Administrator General of the Confederation of Worlds. That is his signature."
Every white man in the room stood stunned, even Varlik.
"For the benefit of the moment, I will point out that even the usual T'swa
contract authorizes us two full weeks to recondition ourselves. Further,
Section 3 of Clause
IV.B deals with proper use of T'swa units, and Section 4 states that the T'swa
commanders can refuse any assignment that does not meet contract
specifications.
Incidentally, that section is not often invoked; we are, after all, in the
business.
But to use special assault troops in routine holding actions is, in the
language of the contract, `a misuse of the contracted force.' It subjects our
regiments to debilitating casualties in an action which could as well be
carried out by Standard units, wasting our potential as a special force."
Biltong continued more briskly now. "Next, about facilities. To the best of my
knowledge, T'swa contracts invariably, and this one definitely, specify that
contract forces will have made available to them full and equitable support by
the contracting entity and its agents, meaning you in this instance, general.
And by established legal precedents, that means we are to be provided
facilities and other resources equal in kind and quantity to those of the
military forces of the contracting entity in comparable circumstances.
"That, of course, has been drastically omitted in this case. However, assuming
the situation is corrected without delay, I am willing to register no
complaint with His
Majesty about the primitive bivouac conditions we've been provided, or their
remoteness from base facilities such as hospital, supply depot, and
communications center.
"Regarding the communications center, we will of course require unrestricted
and uncensored use of message pods, to make regular and irregular reports to
our contract control office, which is our embassy on Iryala, and to our lodge
on Tyss.
Both will be expecting them. Not that censorship would be practical in any
event, since our reports are made in Tyspi."
Lamons's bristly stiffness was entirely gone; he stood a defeated man. Now
Biltong proceeded to inject the seeds of a working relationship. "It is
unusual,

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 46

General Lamons, for there to be an initial misunderstanding when a T'swa
regiment collaborates with Confederation forces. Confederation general
officers are usually unprepared, initially, to assimilate the real meanings of
T'swa contract terms, or to understand the uses of T'swa units. We are-too
nonStandard for that.
And I suppose that, as their adjustments offend the military sense of
propriety, none of this is reported in print or taught in your Academy.
"Usually the commanding general of the contracting entity, considering his
many and varied responsibilities, will avoid the distraction of working
directly with us by assigning an officer of suitable rank to liaise with the
T'swa force. And if the liaison officer is one with an interest in the use of
small assault units, this will result in more effective planning and
coordination.
"We realize that you face a difficult military situation here, and we wish to
be of maximum value to you. And not only does the Iryalan Crown have an urgent
interest in renewing and securing technite production; it is personally very
concerned over the severe military environment on Orlantha. It believes that
we, with our unusual experience in wildland conditions and our tolerance of
high temperatures, will prove to be an important factor in avoiding a
protracted struggle, which the Confederation cannot tolerate. His Majesty
expects our ambassador at Landfall to provide him with weekly summaries and;
of course, both you and I want the military situation to progress as smoothly
and swiftly as possible. "
Unexpectedly the T'swi thrust out a hand to the general, who received it with
his own, unprepared. They shook hands then, the volition being the colonel's.
"My aide, Captain Dotu, will be here tomorrow to meet with your liaison
officer,"
Biltong continued. "We will want them to begin at once to plan our combat
utilization. I will send with Captain Dotu a communications sergeant, who will
be in charge of our communications at your communications center. The contract
calls for providing him a special office there.
"And general, I regret any trauma this meeting may have caused, and I am sure
we will soon find ourselves working together very effectively." Biltong bowed
slightly. "To His Majesty's pleasure and our joint success, which are one and
the same."
Both Biltong and Koda came to sudden attention then and saluted sharply. The
general, after momentary surprise, returned the salute, and the T'swa,
including
Varlik Lormagen, exited, leaving the general still in shock.
They walked briskly, never pausing, out of the building. Their driver was
parked only a few yards away. They climbed in as he started the engine. A
moment later they pivoted and left, cruising leisurely out of the vehicle park
and down the main travelway. The gate guards, seeing their shoulder insignia,
saluted, opened the gate, and let them pass.
Varlik stared back over his shoulder at the retreating base, with an
unexpected sinking feeling. He was leaving behind him civilization as he knew
it-air-
conditioning, comfortable beds, showers, people whose ways he understood ...
and a very hostile general who'd never let him function there now except as
the press aide of Colonel Koda.
He looked at the calm, cool colonel beside him.

"Colonel Koda?"
"Yes, Lormagen?"
"What are my duties as your press aide?"
"It is time for the T'swa to make use of something the Iryalan and most other
armies have used for a long time-a publicist."
"But I don't know enough about Tyss to prepare publicity for your people. And
besides ..."

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 47

"Not for our people, Lormagen. We need you to publicize us on Iryala, to your
own people. I suggest you use your usual resources for dissemination-the
offices of Central News and any others available to you. Those were
journalists outside headquarters with you, were they not? I presume they'll be
happy to receive information from you, certainly until we can arrange for them
to visit us."
Varlik was aware that the other colonel, Biltong, was looking on, listening.
"We can discuss it further later," Koda was saying, "but I believe I said it
when I
first proposed this to you: It seems to me that you can go about your
journalistic duties for your regular employer quite largely as you'd intended
in the first place.
That may well be all the publicity we need.
"At least to begin with, you will live with the First Platoon, Company A,
First
Battalion, accompany them in their training, learn about them. It would be
well also to train with them yourself, so far as you are able. Then you can
truly tell the people of Iryala what the T'swa are like, and what kind of
warriors we are. And when we go south to fight, you can come with us, unless
it seems too dangerous, and tell your people what the T'swa are like in
battle."
Koda looked away then, sitting calm and quiet, surveying the Orlanthan
grassland, as if Varlik had been dismissed, and the rest of the way to the
T'swa camp they said almost nothing to each other.

CHAPTER THIRTEEN

You ask how the newly entitled T'swa warrior, a youth barely full-grown who
has lived from childhood in a warrior lodge, never been off his home world,
never seen a city or a ship or a foreigner, seems so considerably educated in
what you term "the liberal arts." The answer Is that on Tyss, all learn the
T'sel, which is translated as "the Ways of Life on Tyss." However, it might as
accurately be translated simply "the Ways of Life," for it applies as well
anywhere; it is universal. But only on Tyss is it recognized and
practiced-thus the term T'sel. And it is useful to rational living, which is
to say wisdom, for anyone-the follower of any Way-whether on our world or
yours. It is not simply a subject for scholars. It is also a subject for
warriors, for example, including the young men you have observed and spoken
with.
As to how every T'swa warrior can speak your language fluently, be conversant
with your history and culture as well as his own, and know more than a little
of your technology-it is largely a matter of learning them, which is less
difficult than you might suppose for one who knows the T'sel. When your
children undertake to learn, they are beset by many hindrances, encounter many
obstacles-those from without and, more importantly, those from within. But
when our children are still small, they are early helped to ... let us say,
dissolve the inner obstacles and hindrances, at which point those hindrances
outside them, already at a practical minimum, become of much less effect and
more easily deflected. With that, learning becomes swift and smooth.
And the use of knowledge far easier, which use is part of wisdom.
The Confederation, I must tell you, is fortunate that the T'swa do not lust
for power, for we are the swiftest of learners, and the greatest at the
exercise of knowledge. But we have looked far, and have seen that such a lust
degrades the field for all-for the one who lusts as well as for all others.
And indeed, when one knows T'sel, there is no lust. Nor can the T'sel be known
while there is lust.
It is not the having of power which ruins; that belief is an error, though an
understandable error. There is nothing wrong with having power. Rather it is
the lust itself that ruins, the scale of ruin increasing exponentially with

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 48

the success of the lust
-Lodge Master Gun-Dasaru to Barden Ostrak following the graduation of the So
Binko Regiment of the Lodge of Kootosh-Lan (unedited from the recorded
comments).
The day promised to be even hotter than the two before, and a line of towering
thunderheads were visible along the southwest horizon when the T'swa officers,
with Varlik, arrived at the bivouac. On the flat ground behind the encampment,
Varlik could see hundreds of men in groups, doing what appeared to be
choreographed tumbling in a thin haze of dust. Even at a distance it was a
remarkable sight.
And they definitely were not the entire T'swa force; perhaps the rest were on
a field march, he told himself.

The hovercar stopped outside the headquarters of the Red Scorpion Regiment, a
largish tent that nonetheless seemed to Varlik too small for its function. Its
sides were rolled up for maximum ventilation. There he, Colonel Koda, and the
colonel's executive officer and aide got out, and the vehicle left to deliver
Colonel
Biltong and his own E.O. and aide. Inside the tent were only three men besides
themselves. Koda, in Tyspi, told the sergeant major to have Varlik put on the
rolls as civilian aide in charge of publicity, on the usual warrior's
allowances, and to assign him to Lieutenant Zimsu's platoon for purposes of
quarters, supply, and mess. When he'd finished, he turned to Varlik, speaking
again in Standard.
"Sergeant Kusu told me you spoke Tyspi with him. Did you understand what I
just told the sergeant major?"
"Yes, sir," Varlik answered, and repeated it quite closely in Tyspi, without
too much stumbling or hesitation. " I expect to do much better with
experience," he added.
"Excellent." The colonel's eyes reexamined the Iryalan. "You are very unusual
among your people."
Despite himself, Varlik was pleased and embarrassed at the comment. After a
pause, Koda continued. "Lormagen, I feel very--optimistic over what we did
this morning, you and I. Colonel Biltong and I have intended, since we
received this assignment, that the people of Iryala should get a much improved
understanding of the T'swa through our regiments, and I have no doubt that you
will prove most helpful in this."
Again the colonel withdrew his attention, this time to his desk and in-basket.
Varlik looked around, found a folding camp chair, and sat down. With nothing
to do for the moment, he felt the heat as a heavy fluid settling around him.
The sergeant major, a one-eyed man scarred from hairline to jaw, had used his
field communicator, and in two or three minutes another enlisted man entered
the tent.
Speaking Standard, the sergeant major introduced the soldier as Bao-Raku, with
no mention of rank, and told Varlik to follow the man. Then the sergeant major
too withdrew his attention, definitely the T'swa form of dismissal, and Varlik
left behind a quick-footed, if limping, Bao-Raku.
It took less than a minute to walk to the headquarters tent of Company A,
First
Battalion. It was not at all like any company orderly room or field
headquarters that Varlik had seen in the Iryalan army; it had three small
folding tables and a small file cabinet, no computer, and five visible folding
chairs. No one at all was there except he and Bao-Raku. The T'swi pulled out a
file drawer, removed a chart, sat down, and looked up at Varlik who, after
waiting a moment for an invitation, sat down himself, unbidden.
Bao-Raku also spoke in scarcely accented Standard. " I am to assign you to a
squad in the First Platoon. Do you have a preference?"
"Not really, unless ... Except for Colonel Koda, I'm acquainted with only one
other man in this regiment, a Sergeant Kusu. I don't suppose he's in this

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 49

company;
though. "
"Sergeant Kusu is the leader of the Second Squad, First Platoon. Is that the
squad you prefer?"
"Yes. "

Coincidence? Or had Koda sent him to this platoon because Kusu was here? That
didn't make any sense, but it occurred to him nonetheless.
The company clerk, Varlik supposed the man was, got up. "Have you any clothes
besides those you are wearing? Supply will have difficulty providing you with
uniforms that fit, until we've had a chance to procure some from the Iryalan
Quartermaster."
" I have some on base. I can get them when I go there next."
The man nodded. "Good. And you have eaten today?"
"Yes, I have."
"Then I will take you to your squad."
Without saying anything further, the T'swi went out the door and, despite his
limp, broke into a lope, Varlik hurrying behind him through the encampment
over trampled bunchgrass clumps. By the time they'd run the quarter mile to
the drill ground, sweat was running from Varlik's every pore.
The T'swa troops were in separate groups of ten, squads apparently, each with
its own drill square defined and separated from its neighbors by harness
belts, with.
knives and canteens attached, which had been removed for the drill. Each squad
trained independently; in a sense, each individual or pair seemed to work
independently, for there was no apparent leader. Yet their movements were
integrated, whether by long practice or some nonevident communication, Varlik
couldn't tell.
"That is the Second Squad of the First Platoon," Bao-Raku said pointing. "They
will take a break soon, and you can talk to Kusu then."
Varlik nodded, and the clerk turned and loped away in the direction of the
company area. Varlik returned his attention to the drilling troops, recording
with his camera.
In part the drill resembled tumbling, in part some strange and acrobatic
ritual dance, but withal, it was clearly training for some art of combat. Some
of the movements were broad and flowing, others abrupt and accompanied by
audible, forceful expulsions of breath. There were gliding movements, striking
movements with hands and feet, some independently by an individual trooper,
some with two interacting. Or a man might grasp another and throw him to the
ground with a quick sweeping movement or a short choppy one, perhaps to be
followed without pause by another, somehow all synchronized with the movements
of every other.
Men rolled smoothly, swiftly, leaped high, bodies amazingly flexible despite
their physical bulk. Varlik watched entranced, even as he recorded the scene.
Then, without command, the entire drill stopped, and each T'swi went to his
belt and drank from one of his two canteens, synchronization suddenly replaced
by individuality. After drinking, men sat on the ground or stood around, most
talking or laughing quietly together, while others lay quietly, perhaps with a
forearm shielding their eyes from the sun.
Varlik walked over to Kusu, who looked up and rose at his approach. The T'swa
face was gray and grinning, greased with muddy sweat.
"So you came," Kusu said in Tyspi, and reached out a hand. " I am glad to see
you."

Varlik took it and was startled. He'd expected its hard, beefy strength; what
surprised him was its hardness of palm and the inner surface of the fingers,
as if they'd been armored with tempered leather. He didn't have callus like
that even on his feet! It seemed impossible that it resulted from training-it

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 50

almost had to be inherent, he thought, inborn-and for a moment his surprise
impeded answering.
"Yes," he answered, also in Tyspi. "With the help of your colonels. I'll tell
you about it when we have time. I came to report to you; I've been assigned to
live with your squad. How long is your break?"
"We still have two or three minutes. But we have only one more drill cycle, of
about ten minutes. Then we break for lunch. Wait and watch if you wish."
Varlik retreated outside the square and waited in the intensifying heat.
Someone whistled shrilly, a quick piercing pattern, its instrument human lips,
and those who'd lain down or sat got up at once, all moving into a pattern of
positions.
When the drill began again, Varlik once more recorded with his camera until
they were done. When it was over and the T'swa formed ranks, Varlik, on his
own volition, fell in with them at the end of Kusu's squad, feeling awkward
and out of place but doing it nonetheless, then semi-sprinted with them to the
encampment's edge, where they halted and were dismissed.
He was enormously pleased that he'd done it, grinning through his sweat as
they walked among the tents to that of Kusu's squad, rubbernecking now as he
walked.
T'swa grinned back at him as they went, the grins friendly, and a few thumbs
were raised in his direction, a salute of friendship common enough at home
among friends, but surprising him here.
The tent was floored with dirt, and had five cots along each side, with a
duffel bag at the foot of each and a barracks bag beneath. From the roof pole
hung an insect repeller. On each of the cots sat a field pack attached to a
harness, the harness also holding assorted pouches and pockets. A rifle lay
beside it.
An eleventh cot stood in the middle of the tent, like the others complete with
pad, pad cover, and thin pillow. "That must be yours," Kusu said pointing.
There was even a towel, wash cloth, belt with canteens and knife, a potlike
helmet with liner, and a small block of what he surmised was a cleaning agent.
Bao-Raku must have brought the things, Varlik told himself. And he'd been half
afraid-more than half, that these would be cruel and vicious men! Instead,
this.
And no one had sneered or needled or even been condescending.
Meanwhile, one of the T'swa had taken a plastic jerry can of water and poured
some into each of a row of the potlike helmets outside. There was no rack for
the helmets; there'd been nothing to build one with. They'd simply been set
into shallow holes dug for them. Borrowing a trenching tool from the nearest
T'swi, Varlik quickly gouged out a place and put his own helmet into it, then
poured in water and, on his knees, joined in the pre-meal wash-up-face, hands,
wrists.
The T'swa had stripped to their waists, and he was deeply impressed by the
massive yet sinewy torsos and arms he saw, muscles sliding and bunching as
they washed. Varlik was muscular by Iryalan standards, sinewy now as well, and
as tall as most of the T'swa, but almost any of them would outweigh him by
more than twenty pounds, all of it muscle.

He wondered what they'd do at day's end in lieu of a shower. In novels, gooks
were usually filthy, but clearly not the T'swa, not where there was any
choice.
When they'd washed, he followed the casual train of still shirtless black men
to the A Company mess tent.
Apparently they ate without shirts if they wished! Such a thing was
unthinkable in any Standard army. Varlik felt ill at ease now in his shirt,
and moved quickly through the mess line. The food seemed of low quality,
though doubtlessly nourishing. It consisted of a single, to him
unidentifiable, mixture from a pot.
Each man scooped his own serving into a broad bowl. In place of joma was some

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 51

unfamiliar drink, tepid and sweet. Each squad had its own table with a bench
on either sidelong enough, with a little crowding, for an extra man. Following
the example of the T'swa, Varlik poured a sauce onto his food, fortunately
with caution, for the sauce was hot, curry like.
There was not much conversation at the meal, and what he heard seemed small
talk, although some of it he couldn't follow. Most of the words he knew, but
the referents weren't always familiar; he lacked the contexts necessary to
give parts of it meaning. An uneasy feeling touched him, not for the last
time, a certain sense of unreality that he could not dispel. These T'swa were
so nonStandard!
Men began to leave, and he left too, his food unfinished, like them scraping
his bowl into a garbage can before stacking it. Then he returned to his tent.
He too was sweaty, and somewhat dusty. To avoid getting dirt on his bed he lay
down on the ground outside, in the shade of the tent. It wasn't as if he was
tired. He wasn't, despite the heat, and the humidity which seemed to be
increasing. But the others were resting and there wasn't much else for him to
do.
Minutes later Kusu arrived, strolled over to him and squatted down on heavy
haunches as Varlik sat up. "We are going on a field march this afternoon,"
Kusu said, in Tyspi again. "But not a very hard one; we're too soon off
shipboard. You are welcome to come if you'd like."
"Of course I'll come," Varlik replied. "It's the sort of thing I expected to
do. In fact, I trained for it on shipboard, doing heavy workouts in a
firefighter's suit, every day coming out from Iryala. If the march is too much
for me, I'll find out soon enough by trying."
Kusu nodded. "You have almost an hour then to rest before we fall in. I
suggest you sleep; I intend to. And if you are coming with us, you'll need to
bring your canteens."
Varlik got up, filled his canteens from a jerry can, then lay back down again,
draping the harness belt over his body. He closed his eyes and put his field
cap over them, not anticipating sleep, but intending at least to rest. Sleep
came nonetheless, to be broken by another shrill pattern of human whistling
that brought him awkwardly to his feet, sluggishly aware of hustling bodies.
He fastened the belt around his waist, then trotted after them, the dopiness
dissipating with exertion, to where the T'swa were forming ranks on the
mustering ground.
In ranks, he became aware that the others carried rifles and wore field packs,
with magazine and other pouches clipped to their harnesses in front and
assorted smaller pouches secured to their belts. Then, without verbal command,
another

quick whistle pattern started the column in motion at a brisk swinging stride,
a column of fours broken into platoons.
He looked around him more alertly now as they moved away from the bivouac
area. Rolling hills lay ahead, and in moments they were running through belly-
deep prairie grass, where somehow the air seemed hotter, as if the mass of
plant stems had trapped or perhaps exuded heat. At about sixty degrees from
their line of march and a half-mile distant, he saw a vehicle coming along the
track from the
Aromanis base. Even from there he recognized it as a staff car, not open like
the
T'swa field vehicle but enclosed and undoubtedly cooled. Apparently the
general wasn't waiting till tomorrow, but had sent someone to meet again with
the T'swa.
Probably to determine what was needed and wanted in the way of proper
facilities for the regiments.
For a brief few seconds he played with the fancy that they had come here to
claim him back, and began to imagine the T'swa refusing to give him up. Then a
single whistle shrilled, breaking his fantasy, and the column began to jog

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 52

through the tall grass. In half a hundred yards the ground began to slope
upward. The column alternately ran and walked, roughly in quartermile
installments, the sun beating down on them, the ground heat stirring into
sullen life with their passage. At the end of a local hour, another whistle
stopped them. After drinking, and licking the salt that a T'swa trooper had
offered him, he lay down like the others on the lumpy ground for a break.
There was no shade, and the heat was suffocating near the ground. Varlik began
to realize what kind of campaign environment this planet was-even here, more
than halfway to the pole.
Silently he thanked Colonel Voker for ramrodding him through the twenty-six
days of fire-suit workouts on the Quaranth.
Then, in about ten minutes, whistling got them up again. They formed ranks,
there was another whistling command, and once more the column moved out,
walking the first quarter mile, then running again, then walking, and the air
he sucked into his lungs seemed stifling hot. After a bit, his legs began to
go wooden on him, and he began to worry, wondering if he'd make it. The last
thing he wanted to do was fall out, perhaps collapse, so he gathered himself,
willing energy to his muscles, strength to his knees. He realized that his
eyes had been directed at the ground and the boots of the man in front of him,
and raised his face to look ahead.
The long row of thunderheads, though still distant, was nearer now, billows
towering to form a single anvil top, an opaque veil of rain slanting from its
bluegray base as it marched on legs of lightning, too far away for thunder to
be heard. It seemed to Varlik that if he could hang on till it reached them,
he'd be all right.
His eyes soon turned back to the ground without his realizing it, but he
persisted, running slack-mouthed, sucking the hot air, his right hand at
frequent intervals wiping sweat to keep it from his eyes as much as possible.
Then there was whistling again, another break, and somehow he was still with
them. Again he drank, the water hot as soup, gratefully licked offered salt,
and flopped on the ground, closing his eyes, his face turned away from the
sun.
Behind the lids was red, with idly floating spots like tiny oil globules. Then
a voice called his name-Sergeant Kusu's voice and Varlik first sat up, then
with an

effort stood. A hovercar was coming up from behind, seemingly a T'swa vehicle-
and they watched its approach until it drew up a dozen yards to the side.
"Get in," Kusu said gesturing, and despite himself, Varlik started to object.
"No, get in," Kusu repeated firmly. "You'll do no one a service collapsed in
the base hospital, or maybe dead. It's been standing by, waiting for a call,
and I've been watching you. You've done extremely well, but it's time for you
to ride."
Varlik found his legs taking him to the vehicle, and he got in, feeling not so
weak after all. The sides were open, but the vehicle's top was up to keep the
sun off.
The steady-eyed driver handed him a vacuum flask, surely a luxury among the
T'swa, with some cool liquid that seemed to be fruit juice.
"Steady there," the driver said, "don't make yourself sick," and Varlik paused
in his drinking. Then, after a pause and one more swig, he handed it back, and
the
T'swi capped it and put it in a bag without taking any himself. In another
minute there was whistling again, the ranks reformed, and the battalion moved
out, jogging through the grass, the hovercar keeping pace to one side.
Varlik started to take off his shirt to let the hot air flow over his body,
the better to cool himself, then became aware of the forgotten camera he'd
carried inside it, and raised it to record a few minutes of the march, enough
to include one of the run segments, while murmuring comment for its sound
pickup. When he felt he'd recorded enough of that, he tucked the camera away

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 53

again, wondering if any of the T'swa felt resentment at his riding. Somehow,
he didn't think so.
He was surprised at how far they went in the hour before the next break, over
the rolling hills, curving around to head eastward again in the direction of
the bivouac. He licked salt again, drank more of his hot water, then more from
the vacuum flask, and all in all felt much recovered. After they stopped, he
got out and walked over to Kusu. They shared salt, and he drank again.
"I feel a lot better now," said Varlik. "I'd like to finish this on foot with
the rest of you."
Kusu looked him over, smiling a little, and nodded. "Fine," he said, "if you
want to. But the last will be the hardest, and there will be no disgrace in
riding again if the need arises."
Varlik nodded back, then took out his camera and recorded the resting T'swa,
their shirts sweat-soaked, rings of whitish salts marking where it was most
concentrated. And they look as content as anyone I've ever seen, he thought.
The
T'swa in Gorth Hasniker's novel couldn't touch the reality, at least in
character.
Briefly, he wondered what these men would be like in combat; he couldn't
picture them cruel.
Then the command came whistling and he put the camera back inside his shirt as
they formed ranks. Another whistle and they started off. They walked twice,
then the second run continued until he realized they were to trot the rest of
the way, and his heart sank. This was what Kusu meant by the last hour being
the hardest.
Only once more did they slow to a walk, just long enough to drink and let the
water settle in their bellies before the whistle brought them to a trot again.
Just once he looked back over his shoulder, praying that the rain would
arrive. It was nearer, in fact not terribly far, and he let that hearten him.
Rain! Cooling rain!
Thunder rolled. Then his attention was trapped again by the travail of
running.

Topping a long low ridge, he saw the encampment ahead, no farther than half a
mile, and for just a moment his heart leaped with exultation. Then a whistle
shrilled, once and long, and the battalion broke into a gallop, almost a
headlong run, so that he veered off to the side to keep from being trampled,
speeding up as best he could, seeing black men in sweat-soaked mottled green
run past him. He sucked wind into tortured lungs, felt his legs flagging,
staggering, slowing to an unsteady shuffling jog. He was unaware of Kusu
running backwards to keep watch on him, of the hovercar close behind, but kept
doggedly on, gasping, halfblinded by stinging sweat, until he stumbled onto
the mustering ground. The nearing thunder hadn't registered on him, nor had
the puffs of cooling breeze. The
T'swa had already been dismissed but had not dispersed. They were waiting more
or less in ranks, grinning, all eyes on him, and somehow, as he staggered up,
he did not collapse. And when he stopped before them, they applauded, big hard
hands clapping, throats cheering. Those nearest stepped up to him, clapped his
back, shook his hand.
And when they stopped, Varlik became aware of another sound, behind him, a
soft murmur. He turned, stared, fumbled at his shirt. A wall of rain was
sweeping from the southwest across the steppe, its murmur gaining force.
Sudden wind whipped. A hammer of thunder smote the earth so that even the
T'swa flinched, and the first fat drops splatted around them, the T'swa's
white teeth flashing a choir of grins, then rain swept over them, a body of
it, an assault of it, and instantly they were drenched, water streaming over
black faces that beamed and gloried-desert people receiving the gift of storm.
And Varlik's camera, in his right hand, sheltered by his field cap, was
registering all of it on the molecules of its cube.

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 54

CHAPTER FOURTEEN

Excerpts from The Concise Pocket Guide to Land Warfare Weapons; Evening
Books, Ltd; Landfall, Iryala. 78 pp, 1251.89.
Model 1 Rifle
The .24 caliber M-1 rifle can be used with solid steel bullets as well as with
rifled explosive bullets, known as "blast slugs," that burst on impact. The
barrel is 21.8
inches long, and the weapon weighs 7.32 Ibs. without clip.
The M-1 rifle fires a blast slug with a muzzle velocity of 3,750 fps (feet per
second) or a 90-grain steel slug with a muzzle velocity of 3,480 fps. The
cyclic rate on automatic fire is 4 rounds per sec. The slender cartridges are
two inches long and slightly stepped down for the bullet. The M-1 is very
accurate. Firing an eight-round marksmanship trial with it from a prone
position, free-hand and with open sights, the best marksmen can lay down a
16-inch pattern inside a two-foot bull's-eye at 500 yards, singleshot and
without appreciable crosswind.
Clips come in two sizes: 25 and 40 rounds. Customary combat practice is to
fire bursts of 3 to 6 rounds.
Blast slugs are usually used in combat, steel bullets in training.
Model 2 Rifle, "Blast Hose"
The blast hose has a bore of .28 caliber, and almost invariably, rifled blast
slugs are used in combat. The blast hose weighs 20 Ibs. without the 5-Ib. box
magazine, and is customarily fired from a barrel bipod for reasons of
controlling the recoiling weapon and better supporting the weapon's weight.
The rate of fire is 8
rounds per sec, and the blast slug weighs 148 grains. An eight-round burst
from this weapon can fell a fourteen-inch hardwood tree. Each infantry squad
carries a blasthose.
Model 1 Sidearm
The M-1 sidearm is a quick, emergency-response weapon carried by officers and
certain auxiliary personnel. It is 8 inches long and used for close fire. The
bore is
.16 caliber, and while solid bullets are used in training, the blast slug is
always used in combat. Like the rifle, it can be fired on automatic or
semiautomatic. A
clip holds 18 rounds, and the rate of automatic fire is five rounds per
second.
Model 3L Rocket Launcher
The M-3L Rocket Launcher is 40 inches long, has a bore diameter of 1.23
inches, and is fired from the shoulder using a simple, side-mounted optical
sight. It weighs 5.31 Ibs. exclusive of clip. The spin-stabilized rockets are
8.17 inches long. They are fed from a top-loading clip of eight and are fired
semiautomatically.
Rockets for the M-3L are of three main kinds-armor piercing, penetrating, and
impact rockets. They vary in both propulsion explosive and strike explosive,
and of course the casing. Often a rocket man will carry clips of each of the
three kinds of rockets.
Model 4 Rocket, "Floaters Bane"
The floaters' bane rocket is similar to the M-3H rocket. It is 55 inches long,
has an inside diameter of 1.23 inches, and is fired from the shoulder. It is
aimed,

however, simply by pointing, depending on the target seeking capacity of the
rockets to hit the target.
The spin-stabilized rocket is 17.81 inches long, including the target seeker.
The target seeker homes on all models of standard floaters and hover vehicles,

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 55

via their electrogravitic fields. Targets can, in turn, cause rockets to
explode prematurely by emitting directed electrogravitic counterpulses.
Model 1 Lobber
The M-1 Lobber has a length of 26 inches, a bore of 2.87 inches, and weighs
19.83 Ibs., complete with base plate and bipod, which provide support and aim
the weapon. The lobber is used to fire rockets over intervening barriers. The
computerized bipod sets the tube at appropriate horizontal and vertical angles
using range, azimuth, barrier, and wind data.
The rockets themselves are programmed by a separate charging computer, using
similar data to those used in aiming the tube. The firing sequences vary in
both outward burn and downward burn, to help deliver the rockets at
appropriate angles and velocities of impact. Rockets are of three kinds:
impact (exploding on impact), penetrating, and armor-piercing.
Grenades
Grenades are of several kinds, ranging from 2.17 inches to 2.68 inches in
diameter, and weigh between ,4.83 and 7.17 oz. They include antipersonnel
grenades with fragmentation casings; blast grenades, with a much more powerful
explosive; incendiary grenades; and several kinds of chemical grenades.
Grenades are armed by twisting the two polar hemispheres into a reversible
locked position-
the reversible "readiness" step-then pressing a triggering socket firmly with
a finger. Once triggered, the grenade will explode either on impact (blast
grenades, for example) or after five seconds.
Model 1 Light Combat Sphere, "Killer Ball"
The Killer Ball is a highly mobile, normal-terrain, self-aiming,
remote-controlled surface weapon. Control is usually from the heavily armored
Model 7 floater.
Diameter of the cleated track is 47.91 inches. Lightly armored and weighing
4,264 Ibs., exclusive of drive charge, it depends on nimbleness and speed to
avoid fire from, for example, the Model 3-H rocket launcher.
Driven by the 450 kw, DW-3C solid-fuel engine, the Killer Ball is immune to
target-seeking rockets. It is armed with a single 65 kw pulse burner capable
of the lethal penetration of ordinary concrete walls and all but the heaviest
concrete and earth bunkers.
The Killer Ball will climb slopes as steep as 25-35 pct., depending on the
surface.
(A 35 pct. slope is equivalent to a 35-ft. climb over a horizontal distance of
100
ft.) It will also cross marshes if they overlay firm substrates at depths not
more than 20-25 inches. It is particularly useful in supporting infantry
attacks on towns that do not have sophisticated fortifications.

CHAPTER FIFTEEN

The rain would have been considered warm on Iryala, but on Kettle it cooled.
They walked to their tents in it and stripped off their wet uniforms, draping
them over the guy ropes where the rain continued to soak them. The T'swa had
no body hair, not even pubic hair. Then Varlik followed the naked T'swa
through the thunderstorm again, each carrying his soap and helmet, to the
nearest hydrant.
There they lathered themselves, Varlik had the advantage, his moderately hairy
skin lathering more readily, then drew water and poured it over one another.
Cleaned, they returned to their tents through the slackening rain, where they
sat on the edges of their cots and used dirty undershirts to wipe the mud from
their feet before putting on dry trousers and wet boots.
The slimmest T'swa in the squad loaned Varlik dry trousers which were only a
little too large. Meanwhile, Varlik felt considerably recovered-tired, but not
exhausted-again thanks to Voker's hard training, he told himself.
By the time they went to supper, the rain had stopped, and steam rose from the

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 56

hot earth. The air was like a Turkish bath. Supper was another mixture, not
very different from what he'd eaten at midday, but nonetheless more appetizing
to
Varlik now. The evening was growing dark when he strolled back to the tent
with
Kusu, his belt recorder operating as it generally was among the T'swa.
"What do you do when it gets dark here?" asked Varlik. "Go to bed?"
"That is a matter of individual preference. Some will reread favorite books.
Others will talk with their friends, or do certain things-personal things we
learn as children. They are not known to the Confederation Worlds; when you
see someone kneeling quietly, perhaps on a small pad, he is doing one of those
things.
And some will no doubt wander out into the-grassland-to the east, away from
camp and our disturbances-to sense the life there." He looked at Varlik. "What
will you do?..
"I need to go somewhere where I won't disturb anyone, and narrate on cube my
impressions of today and the T'swa."
"Ah. Of course."
"You said some of you will read. Where do you have lights?" He gestured about
him. "The only lights I've seen are in the mess tent."
"That is where they will read."
The mess tent as a place to read! It didn't really surprise Varlik. The T'swa
were different in so many things, and he was getting used to them. "How much
can they see of the local lifeforms at night? At least now, with no
moonlight."
"It is more than seeing, although we T'swa see considerably better at night
than you do."
"Really?"
"Yes. In the early generations on Tyss-for many generations, actually-our
ancestors worked their fields by night. In fact, they lived much of their
active lives at night, when it was not so hot. So far as possible, they spent
the daytimes in holes dug into the north slopes of hills, to escape the worst
of the heat. It is even hotter on Tyss than here, you know, and it was hotter
then than now.

"Those were very hard years. Many died of heat and hunger, especially babies
and pregnant women. In time, those genetic lines that continued saw better at
night than their ancestors had, and tolerated greater heat. Even today, some
field labor and other strenuous outdoor activities on Tyss are done at night,
although the climate no longer seems cruel to us."
The two men, one black, one white, went into the tent. Only two other men were
there, lying silent on their cots. Kusu lay down on his, and Varlik also. "Is
it all right to talk here," Varlik asked softly, "or will it disturb the
others?"
"They will not be disturbed."
"How do you know about those early times? I've assumed that Tyss was settled
before the historical era."
The T'swa sergeant nodded. "It was. Our knowledge of history reaches further
back than your own."
"By how much?"
"By rather a long time." Varlik wasn't sure he should ask his next question,
but so far the T'swi had seemed very open, and he was curious. "We've assumed
that the resource worlds, and probably some of the trade worlds, were
colonized by dumping convicts there in early times. Was that how Tyss was
settled, do you know?"
The T'swi smiled. "One could say so."
For a moment Varlik was silent. Then he asked, "Did I offend you with that
question?"
Kusu chuckled softly, a sound which Varlik thought might have been echoed by

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 57

the other two at the edge of audibility.
"No, Varlik Lormagen, you have not offended. You are a considerate and
courteous man. I am glad to answer your questions, so far as I can; I consider
you my friend."
Then Kusu stretched out on his cot, and Varlik sensed the withdrawal that
meant their conversation was ended. Quietly. he took his recorder and wandered
out to the tiny vehicle park, to sit in the unmuddy privacy of a T'swa
hovercar and record his still-fresh thoughts and impressions. Briefly, when he
had finished, he watched the moon Gamma, barely large enough to show a
demidisk, like an overlarge star low in the east, then started back to his
tent in the steamy, star-vivid night. Tomorrow, if he could find a ride, he
would go to the base camp, pick up his other things, share his audio and video
recordings with Bertol and Konni, and send off a report to Iryala via the
message pod. And a letter cube to Mauen.

CHAPTER SIXTEEN

Excerpts from Briefing on T'swa Mercenary Forces, Department of Armed
Forces; Document 711.5 290 196.
Introduction
All T'swa military units are light infantry.
The T'swa rarely, perhaps never, fight with war machines. This is practical
because they do not accept assignments where they anticipate facing war
machines or needing them. To date, at least during recorded history, they have
been employed only on trade worlds and resource worlds, where the multiplicity
of national states and the frequency of foreign rule and Confederation trade
prerogatives bring about wars and revolts.
Occasionally, regionally entrenched revolutionary movements on trade worlds
have been able to hire T'swa. Only the wealthiest revolutionaries are able to
afford them, however.
T'swa mercenaries are very highly regarded as units and as individual soldiers
by those who have employed them. They are especially valued in wildland
fighting and for clearing hostile towns, actions in which superlative
individual and small-
unit skills are most advantageous.
T'swa Military Organization
The foundation of T'swa military organization is the "lodge," of which there
are five, each located in a different region of Tyss. Physically, each lodge
is said to consist of a ring of barracks and training facilities around a
central administrative installation and school.
The regiment is the largest military unit used, supposedly without exception.
The lodges form, recruit, and train the regiments. The lodges are also the
contracting agents with whom prospective employers must deal. (There is no
planetary government nor any national governments on Tyss. Trade and
transportation remain primitive enough and the population orderly enough that
local governments, trade associations, lodge councils, etc., suffice.)
The lodges select and recruit children, reputedly of ages five and six, and
their training begins at that age. At age 11-12, the trainees are formed into
proto-
regiments, and from that point, regimental personnel continue to serve
together as a unit. After seven years, the proto-regiment graduates as a
combat regiment, at which time it becomes available for service, and usually
will go into combat within the year. The first contract of a virgin regiment
is often part of a mufti-
regimental operation, in partnership with a seasoned unit, but this is by no
means always the case.
One of the advantages of the long T'swa training is the degree of
cross-training possible. Every man is able to function in every post with
every weapon used by the T'swa. The officers are of the same age and

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 58

experience as the enlisted ranks, apparently being selected on the basis of
demonstrated superior ability during the training years. But every man is
supposedly capable of leading his platoon or company, or even regiment.

As in standard armies, the basic T`swa unit is the squad; however, the T'swa
squad contains only 10 men. The platoon is made up of four squads, a platoon
leader (lieutenant), a platoon sergeant, and two medical specialists, or 44
men.
The company consists of four platoons and a command staff of eight: the
company commander (captain), an executive officer (senior lieutenant), first
sergeant, two communications specialists, and a three-man medical team, or 184
personnel. The battalion consists of 560 personnel; the regiment 1,720, all
ranks.
That does not include a variable number of base personnel who do not accompany
the regiment into the field. Except in virgin regiments, where kitchen and
clerical duties rotate among the ranks, base personnel are men with physical
impairments, apparently resulting from combat or training injuries.
You will have noticed several peculiarities which will be gone into later.
First, however, we will look at what we will term the "shrinking regiment."
The strength cited above 1,720 effectives, all ranks, is the initial strength.
As casualties reduce squads to six men or fewer, decimated squads are
consolidated within the platoon or company. As platoons lose personnel below
some variable level, usually about 30, platoons are consolidated within the
company. Higher level units are also consolidated as necessary.
The process of consolidation may, for example, result in platoons with only
three short squads, a company with only three short platoons, and a battalion
with only two short companies.
Of course, none of that is unusual in combat. What is unusual is that
afterward, the units are not brought back to their full complements.
Casualties are never replaced.
All of the consolidations described above will be made before the regiment is
reduced below three battalions, but in time the regiment will inevitably be
reduced to two battalions. As time passes and the attrition of personnel
continues further, the regiment will be transformed to a single battalion,
redistributing remaining personnel within it. However, the regiment still
carries its original designation--the Blue Tiger Regiment, for example even
though it operates only as a battalion. If a contract continues long enough,
casualties may reduce a regiment to company size or smaller.
The unit of hire is always the regiment, but the fee charged varies with the
regiment's effective strength. Not infrequently, two or three
battalion-strength
"regiments" may be sent. They will function as a single regiment under a
senior colonel, but will continue to carry their separate "regimental"
identities.
Apparently there have never been T'swa units larger than regiments, and they
never function as ordinary regiments belonging to a division. They operate
simply as assault forces or hunter-killer groups. This is written into their
contracts. They will refuse to fight on any other basis, standing on their
contractual prerogatives
....
T'swa Relations With Employers
T'swa mercenaries are invariably loyal. We have been unable to find any
verifiable report of T'swa mercenaries having broken a contract. But if a
contract with them is broken by their employer, they will invariably extricate
themselves from the fighting as promptly as practical, and will usually depart
the planet. They

have been known, however, to take punitive action against the contract breaker

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 59

on the authority of the regimental commander. The T'swa mercenary lodges,
which commonly operate their own (leased) troopships (!), have even been known
to make a punitive strike against particularly treacherous contract breakers,
at a time and place of particular inconvenience to the contract breaker. This
attitude of the
T'swa has become especially well known among the governments of trade worlds,
from whom come most of their employment, and a contracting authority seldom
breaks a contract with T'swa mercenaries.
The T'swa warrior lodges never contract to undertake punitive expeditions
against populations. They will, however, put down uprisings, and they are in
fact most renowned for their exceptional value in breaking guerrilla
insurgencies. Their approach to this kind of action, interestingly enough, is
restricted to recognized guerrillas. They claim the ability to identify
combatants through the recognition of what they term "auras." An aura (if it
actually exists) is presumably an electromagnetic field around the individual
human being.
Weapons Procurement
With one exception, all T'swa weapons are standard, and since Y. P. 461, the
T'swa have purchased their weapons from the Royal Armory on Iryala.
(Previously they had been purchased from various worlds, based on the most
favorable delivery price available.) The single nonStandard weapon is the
bayonet, also produced by the Royal Armory, exclusively for the T'swa. The
routine issue of standard weapons within a T'swa regiment is nonStandard,
however. And as they commonly operate without the service of major ordnance
depots, the weapons they take with them on a contract substantially exceed the
standard complement. Those carried in any particular action vary depending on
the nature of the action.
Bayonet
The bayonet is a form of short sword, appropriate to personnel from primitive
worlds. The blade length is 18 inches. It can also be attached to a rifle
barrel for use as a clumsy thrusting weapon. Apparently the bayonet is routine
issue for all
T'swa ranks, including officers, whether or not they carry rifles. The T'swa
are said to be well drilled in their use. Bayonets are reputed to be effective
psychological weapons when used by well-drilled troops against irregular
forces.
Individual Firearms
Enlisted ranks normally carry the M-1 rifle, and by all reports, every T'swa
is military personnel trained to a high level of skill in its use.
Commissioned ranks normally carry the M-1 sidearm, but reportedly, platoon
leaders may also carry the M-1 rifle in combat situations....

CHAPTER SEVENTEEN

The air-cooled staff car was approaching the T'swa encampment in the second
hour of daylight when it passed the open-topped T'swa vehicle. Voker saw young
Lormagen riding with two T'swa, and wondered how the journalist's first day
had been.
The young man was naive, but he had persistence and at least a modicum of
guts.
And more importantly, he had luck. He'd need it, Voker told himself, he'd need
it.
A few minutes later Voker's car crossed a low ridge, from which he could see
the
T'swa camp. When he'd first visited it, the day before, Voker had been
astonished.
It seemed impossible that Lamons could have read the briefing and a T'swa
contract-any T'swa contract-and then tried to palm off a place like that on
them, especially with a lumbering operation and cement plant in the Aromanis

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 60

District, and a supply depot set up for major base expansion.
Standardness, with a large S or a small one, is a two-edged knife, he told
himself, and we keep cutting ourselves with it. There were too many minds that
couldn't function in the face of something nonStandard.
They went idiot. Not that he'd voice that observation out loud.
At least the rain had settled the dust here, he told himself as they pulled up
outside the headquarters tent of the Night Adder Regiment, and the soil wasn't
a kind that made problem mud. As he stepped out of the staff car, the morning
heat blanketed him. The waiting captain offered a handshake; the T'swa didn't
seem to salute except ceremonially. The captain's hard palm didn't startle
Voker. He'd gotten over that the day before, had concluded that the thick
calluses protected the hand from hot surfaces, which on Tyss was probably
almost any surface. It might be a genetic adaptation or simply have developed
in childhood and youth in connection with some aspect of training.
Colonel Biltong and Colonel Koda were waiting in the tent for him; they stood
up and shook his hand perfunctorily with hands as hard as the captain's, then
invited him to sit. He did.
"Gentlemen," said Voker, "I gave our rough plans and specifications to the
base engineer, Major Krinder. He and his staff worked up a materials list last
night and they'll start work on your new camp today, two miles southeast of
the army's base camp."
The T'swa nodded almost in unison. There'd been room for them inside the base
perimeter, with the security and convenience that would provide, but they'd
insisted on being outside, as if they felt no concern about possible Bird
attacks.
Voker had found it hard to believe they'd be careless after all their years of
war.
Perhaps they'd welcome an attack.
"Today," he said, "it's time to look at possible actions for your regiments.
What kind of briefing have you had on the situation and combat environment
here?"
"We received copies of your army's Orlanthan briefing cube before we left
Tyss,"
Biltong said. "And we have an action to suggest. We generally prefer to engage
a new opponent briefly, and so far as possible on our own terms, before any
major campaign. To learn what he is like, and what the field of operation is
like.

Therefore, we would like to stage a raid in force on the two mining sites,
simultaneously. My regiment will hit the Kelikut site, and Colonel Koda's the
Beregesh site, by night."
"You'll find both sites strongly defended," Voker replied. "How do you propose
to go about it? How much preparatory aerial bombardment will you want?"
"None. No aerial bombardment of any kind. We propose an attack by stealth.
Marauder squads will parachute in from 30,000 feet, from several miles away,
and strike enemy installations by surprise. We will want to examine aerial
holos of the sites in detail, to help in planning."
Voker was staring, incredulous. "From -- 30,000 feet? They'll be scattered all
over the district!"
"Not at all. It is a technique we T'swa are trained in, and use rather
frequently. We will choose a night when the greater moon is large. We see
almost like cats at night. Our marauders will freefall to within a few hundred
feet, each squad body-
planing to remain in contact and reach the drop site.
"While the insurgents are being distracted by the marauder squads, the
regiments proper will put down by armored troop carriers, different companies
at different points, and attack enemy fortifications in force, doing as much
damage as possible. We will then disengage, leaving the marauder squads behind
briefly as a rear guard to provide covering fire and confusion while the major

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 61

part of the assault force withdraws to pickup areas. "
"How will you get your rear guard out?"
"Once evacuation of the main forces is well underway, the rear guard will
disengage and make their way out of the area by stealth, so far as possible,
to be picked up by light utility floaters well away from the insurgent camp.
We'll be very interested in how the enemy responds, and how much difficulty
the marauder squads have in disengaging and getting away."
Voker contemplated the two calm-seeming T'swa. Not calm, seeming, he told
himself. These bastards are calm! "Frankly, gentlemen," he said, " I can
visualize offhand about twenty things that could go wrong, resulting in your
regiments being chopped up and your marauders wiped out."
"of course," Biltong replied, "there is always that possibility. But the
demands on your air crews should not be excessive, and our people are
extremely competent.
Your adjectives `resourceful' and `proficient' come to mind. And
`nimble-witted,'
if I may coin a term using Standard roots. Each of our people has survived
fourteen years of war."
High-elevation parachute jumps? Body planing! Voker had never heard of such
things. How nonStandard can they get? he asked himself. Without noticing, he
began to feel excited.
"Colonels," Voker said, " I suggest we all go to base headquarters. We can
find there all the aerial holos you'll want, and a large-scale tank to project
them in."
When they left Colonel Biltong's headquarters tent, Colonel Koda took 'with
him the audio recorder that he'd transcribed the conference on. It might be
useful to their new publicist to have a record.
Varlik quickly fell into a routine that combined his desire to live with and
learn about the T'swa and his other responsibilities as a
journalist/publicist. He would

spend one day with the T'swa, the next at the main base, narrating his reports
and editing his cubes. There was never any difficulty now with his coming and
going, and he gave Bakkis and Konni access to his material.
Meanwhile, progress on the new T'swa camp was rapid, the sort of thing that
can happen when an army puts its manpower resources to work on a project. The
base construction battalion was turned loose on it, and on the seventh day the
T'swa moved in. Now their tents had floors, there were showers and wash
stands, and their jungle boots padded on boardwalks when they went to meals.
And with the new camp, the video team was allowed to visit the T'swa, shooting
their own pictures. One afternoon they even rode along behind Company A on a
training run, their cube showing Varlik running with the T'swa. He'd begged
them to record some other outfit, but they'd have none of it.
The T'swa would have twelve full days to enjoy their new facility before their
first action on Kettle, because when Lamons had been informed of their
projected raids, he at once decided to follow them up promptly with a
full-scale invasion and takeover of Beregesh. General preparations for the
invasion had already been planned and were well underway, but even so, his
staff had insisted that sixteen days, around the clock, was the minimum time
needed to complete preparations.
With alternate days to recover in, those parts of the T'swa training regime
that
Varlik took part in were not too hard for the young correspondent. Not quite.
The close combat drills he didn't even attempt. Parts of the bayonet drills he
did attempt, though his muscles screamed obscenities at him. The speed marches
he survived, sometimes taking a break in the hovercar that was always at hand.
And the holo-briefings on the Beregesh mining site he found exciting. His
bowels found them uncomfortably exciting.
Then one evening Colonel Koda sent him to the airfield with B Company, which

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 62

had been selected to provide the Beregesh marauder squads. The T'swa strapped
on their freefall chutes and loaded into several small utility floaters for a
practice jump, Varlik with the First and Second Squads of the First Platoon.
He wore no chute; he was along for the ride.
When they took off, the troops were as bland and cheerful as always. Varlik
was nervous, even though he wasn't going to jump. Shortly, they put on their
oxygen masks. At what he'd been told was 30,000 feet, the troop doors were
retracted; the air that swirled in was shockingly cold. This time their drop
zone was their old camp site in the prairie, from which they would jog the
twenty-six miles to the new one. The T'swa lined up as casually as if for
breakfast, but wearing gloves and encumbered with chutes, weapons, and the
heavy coveralls that would protect them from scrub vegetation when they jumped
at Beregesh. Their protective mesh face masks were tilted up to make room for
oxygen masks; they'd clip them into position at a lower altitude.
The blackness snarled and whipped about the door as they waited, and Varlik,
camera busy, hoped desperately that he wouldn't be sick in his oxygen mask.
The red light beside the door changed to yellow, and the floater slowed,
stopped. Then it flashed green, and five T'swa trotted out the door into icy
nothingness, Varlik dutifully recording the process.

The floater made three small circles then, simulating flight to another drop
site, and at the end of each circle, five more men jumped. The greater moon
was early in its first quarter, its light not enough to do an Iryalan much
good, but by it the
T'swa were supposed to see and body plane to the old campsite, where a target
had been bulldozed that they could see from high in the night.
When the second stick of jumpers stood up, Varlik crouched beside the door,
grateful now for coveralls and heated gloves. Camera in hand, he followed
their drifting fall in his monitor until the floater's circling put them out
of sight.
And when the last stick had gone, an exhausted Varlik, chilled and shivering,
slumped down on a bucket seat while one of the air crew closed the troop door.
He visualized the T'swa falling spread-eagled, planing through quiet darkness,
eyes on the drop site and sometimes on the altimeters at their chests. To an
Iryalan, the very concept was outrageous. Yet despite that, and despite the
bone-
numbing fear he'd felt when they'd jumped, he wished he was with them, though
it seemed to him he'd surely have soiled himself before stepping out the door.

CHAPTER EIGHTEEN

In a time which your people have long forgotten, when the many nations of man
spoke each its separate language, it was well known that children up to a
certain age-about seven of your years-could learn to speak foreign languages
quickly and with ease. Then, over the course of a few more years, it became
much more difficult, the degree of difficulty varying markedly among
individuals.
In part the same is true of learning the T'sel. But in learning the T'sel, the
effect of age seems more marked, for we have been able to teach some of your
people to speak Tyspi-all of the few who wished sufficiently to learn it-but
we have never succeeded in leading one of them to the T'sel. Of course, only
perhaps a dozen before you have asked to be taught. But if you really wish
your people to know the T'sel, it would be advisable to send small children
among us and let them live as T'swa until they are well grown. Send children
of five of your years. Then they would come to know T'sel without effort. They
would know it as do those born to it, but with an additional viewpoint, for
even as little children they would have an initial affinity with their own
world and culture, and a greater personal, nonverbal knowledge of them than

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 63

you might suspect.
And once trained, it is they who would be best suited to bring the T'sel to
your world.
But even then, unless new techniques were developed, I suspect that most
interested adults on Iryala would, in the main, only learn about the T'sel,
and that is not having it. They would no doubt have pieces of it, which would
not be without value to them and to Iryala, but it would be exceptional for
one to gain the entirety. Therefore, it would be most effective if those
children, once grown, returned to Iryala and formed a small community of their
own, where more children could learn. If nothing else, that would save others
from suffering the heat of Tyss.
Meanwhile, you do not yourself have that option for learning. But you are
here, and much of value can be accomplished, so let us begin. Perhaps you will
find your stay with us sufficiently rewarding that you will decide to see to
the other when you have returned to Iryala.
And if you wish to propagate on Iryala an interest in the T'sel, let me
suggest further that you not propound it, or expound on it, or talk much about
it at all. Say only a little, to this one and that, and very casually, as if
you found it mildly interesting but not important. Those who wish to know will
no doubt hear of it, and of you, without effort on your part, and if any seek
you out and question you, perhaps you will wish to speak with them about it at
greater length.
-Master Fen Dys-Gwang to Dr. Barden Ostrak, by the waterfall at Tashi Dok
(unedited from the recorded comments).
The two T'swa regiments stood in the late afternoon heat, heavily laden with
weapons and gear, waiting to board the armored troop carriers, while Varlik,
sweating copiously, walked nearby with busy camera.
Around them on three sides of the broad landing field were acres of ordnance,
other equipment, supplies, minutely organized, with an armada of tarp-covered

cargo movers parked and ready, waiting for the intensive activity of the
morrow and days after, when the invasion proper would take place. Varlik
wouldn't try to cover that; for better or for worse, he was committing his
time and efforts to covering the T'swa. Even Bertol and Konni were giving the
T'swa raid their full attention today. With their deluxe Revax camera, they
would go with the Night
Adders to Kelikut to film the raid there.
Lieutenant Trevelos and his own small staff of cameramen and copywriters would
cover the actions of the Confederation Army, and their material would be
available to Central News and Iryala Video.
The T'swa marauder groups had already left, on utility floaters like they'd
jumped from in practice, and Varlik had recorded their departure. Now he moved
to the assault floater that would carry the first and second platoons of
Company A, and stood beside the ramp. An order was whistled-he knew the code
well now and he recorded the approach and loading of the T'swa. They loaded
quietly, showing no sign of nerves, only a clear and quiet sense of controlled
exhilaration.
Even as he recorded, their exhilaration troubled Varlik. Not that he begrudged
them, but it seemed unreal, scarcely conceivable, that men who had known
battle so intimately and for so long, had seen so many of their fellows killed
or maimed, could feel that way. He himself felt nothing remotely like
exhilaration; he was grateful that he had his work to do, to hold his
attention and keep down the intensity of his fear. When all the T'swa were
aboard, he followed; his seat was waiting for him at the end of First Squad,
First Platoon.
The assault carriers were not large. With floaters, because they could take
off and land vertically and had a long range, there was little advantage in
larger craft for combat landings. These, which carried only two platoons each,
could put down on rough ground, in small openings, and relatively few men

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 64

would be lost if a ship was destroyed by heavy rockets.
A row of padded bench seats ran down each side of the craft, and two more rows
extended back to back down the middle, divided by a padded back rest, neck
high.
The result was two wide aisles with facing seats. Now the aisles were partly
filled with gear, notably large petards, and pole charges fitted with shoulder
straps, their poles telescoped. If a rocket should penetrate the hull, the
result could be spectacular.
With the state of his nerves, Varlik was grateful there'd been so little delay
in boarding. Once closed, the carriers were cooled somewhat, and when they
lifted, pressurized. Now there would be the long haul to Beregesh, 1,900 miles
south, where the climate would make Aromanis seem balmy. He was glad the
attack would be by night, that they'd be back in the air before dawn, and
these thoughts he recorded.
Out by dawn. That was assuming everything worked out more or less as planned.
Colonel Koda seemed confident, but Koda -Koda was Homo tyssiensis, not Homo
sapiens. That also he murmured into the voice pickup at his throat; he could
edit it out later if he wanted to.
Varlik used his camera again, recording the T'swa troopers who sat facing each
other along the sides, seemingly relaxed, though only a few were talking. It
would be hours before they landed, and he wondered how he, at least, could
survive the

trip, commenting to the cube that there weren't even windows available to look
out of.
The T'swi beside him was a man named Bin, not much older than himself but whom
he thought of, as he thought of all the regiment, as considerably older.
"Bin, how do you feel about the possibility of dying?" Varlik asked quietly.
As usual, he spoke in Standard when recording, knowing that the T'swi would
answer in kind.
Bin looked at him and smiled mildly. "How do you feel?" Bin countered, not
bothering to keep his voice especially low. "We're in the same squad. It seems
to me that you are at greater risk than I, because I have experience of
battles and surviving them. How do you feel about the possibility of dying?"
"But you're T'swa," Varlik persisted, "and it's the T'swa that people on
Iryala want to read about and see and hear on video."
Bin only grinned at Varlik, his T'swa eyes failing to look ingenuous despite
their size and roundness.
"Well, tell me this, then," Varlik said. "How many of us do you suppose will
be alive at this hour tomorrow?"
"Hmm." Bin appeared to calculate in his mind, frowning soberly. "I'd say ...
There are eighty-nine of us on this floater now, not including the crew. While
tomorrow
... tomorrow there will be approximately that number minus the number killed.
That is as close as I can tell you."
For just a moment Varlik felt miffed, then the T'swi chuckled, and after a
moment's lag, Varlik joined him. Somehow the throaty sound of the T'swi's
laughter not only removed any sense of offense, but added a facet to T'swa
humanity. It was the first time Varlik had been joked with by one of them.
And now Bin surprised him. "You asked," he said, "how many I suppose will be
alive tomorrow. Most of us, I suspect; perhaps almost all. But ask me how many
will be alive at the end of this contract."
Casually as it was delivered, the question seemed to paralyze heart and lungs.
"How many?" Varlik managed to ask.
"Very few; possibly none." He looked at Varlik with an expression the newsman
could only think of as kindly. "In war there are winners and losers. And who
are they? The question is irrelevant. I've been told that your people tend to
think of us as the supreme warriors, against whom none can stand except
sometimes with a strong advantage of numbers or position. And that is not far

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 65

from true. Yet we of the Red Scorpion Regiment are not much more than half our
original number.
Many of our brothers have lost their game pieces, their bodies, looking down
at them bloody and lifeless in dust or mud or snow. Or have sat leaning
against some wall or tree or rock, looking at a shattered limb, at some wound
that takes away their warriorhood. The winner becomes a loser.
"Eventually the regiment will be so decimated that the lodge will deactivate
it as too small for further contracts. Then the survivors will be finished as
warriors.
This war will do it for the Red Scorpions, I suspect: The conditions appear to
be difficult, and the enemy reputedly quite competent." He peered quizzically
at
Varlik. "Wouldn't you say?"

Varlik didn't say anything. Despite the somber content of the T'swi's words,
he still felt that the trooper was somehow playing with him. He was also aware
now that the T'swa around them were listening and watching.
"Yes, the winner eventually becomes the loser," Bin continued, "in any
activity in the real world. And if things don't balance out in this lifetime,
there will always be other lifetimes to complete the equation."
The T'swi stopped there, but his eyes remained on Varlik's, as if he expected
the journalist to reply. Varlik started tentatively.
"Then ... It sounds as if you feel it's your fate to die. Or be maimed."
"Fate? I am aware of the term from my student days; we study something of your
philosophy, you know. What you refer to here as `fate,' we simply look at as
one of the laws-a tertiary, not a primary or even secondary law-but one of the
laws regulating the activities of man in this universe. One may sometimes win
predominantly, or lose predominantly, through an entire lifetime or even a
sequence of lifetimes, but the equation will eventually tend toward a balance.
Or perhaps it is just then balancing from some earlier winning or losing
sequence. "
Varlik frowned. "But why do you fight then, if you feel doomed to lose
eventually? Why would anyone go through the pain and exhaustion and danger,
and see his friends killed or mangled, when he's only going to lose in the
end?"
"Ah! But we have no doom, and it is not the end."
The T'swi looked at Varlik for several seconds without saying anything
further, as if considering how to make his answer more meaningful. "Varlik,
why do you live?" he asked at last.
"Why? Because I can't help myself. A person is born living, and with the
instinct to survive. That's why I live. "
"Um." The blue-black warrior nodded thoughtfully. "Yet if you stay with us,
you will see us put ourselves repeatedly in great danger. How is it then that
the instinct you speak of is inoperative in so many of us? Including you, it
seems, for here you are, going to battle with us.
"What you call `the instinct to survive' is simply an emotional attachment to
a body, growing in part from the misapprehension that if it is destroyed, you
cease to exist. But in fact, while bodies are notably destructible, you
yourself cannot avoid survival.
"The challenge is to live with interest. Unless one's fear is too great, which
seems to be rather common among the worlds of man, one normally prefers that
that existence be interesting."
A hint of smile touched the wide mouth. "And even then, consider the
possibility that the person who is fearful, who perhaps is even in hiding, may
at some hidden level enjoy the experience.
"As warriors, we find our greatest interest and pleasure in battle, and our
next greatest in preparing for battle. Winning is preferred, but the
preference is slight.
We are not allowed to-ah, `graduate' is your nearest word to it. We would not

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 66

be allowed to graduate if we did not know deeply and truly that the fullest
joy and reward of the warrior is in being a warrior, and performing the
actions of a warrior, with artistry! And that winning is something to favor
only very slightly.
We do prefer to win, but it is not important to us. We do not allow the matter
of

winning or losing, surviving or dying, to interfere with our pleasure. We go
into battle ready to enjoy the experience, without anxiety over the outcome."
Varlik didn't answer, but after a moment looked away. He could see a certain
logic in what the T'swi had said, but it wasn't what he felt in his guts.
After a moment he turned off his recorder, buckled his seat belt, and closed
his eyes. Maybe, he thought, he could go to sleep; sleeping was the best way
to kill time in a situation like this.
But instead he sat there, more or less slumped, thoughts drifting through his
mind on no particular theme. There were questions, speculations, things that
were or might have been. He was relaxed now, and it occurred to him that this
was not much inferior to sleep itself as a way to kill time. Then, after an
hour or so, he slept.
Varlik awoke gradually, nagged into consciousness by the discomfort of
prolonged, unrelieved sitting. It was night; the four windows, two flanking
each troop door, told him that. The lights had been dimmed, and almost all the
T'swa seemed asleep, some propped against one another. Sergeant Kusu's eyes
were open, though; they moved to Varlik, and the T'swi smiled, nodding
acknowledgement of Varlik's notice. Varlik looked at his watch; he had almost
two hours to wait.
It struck him then that among the more than eighty men, most of them
apparently asleep, not one was snoring, and he wondered if they'd somehow been
trained not to. Perhaps men who'd slept so often where a prowling enemy might
hear, somehow subconsciously didn't allow themselves to snore.
He stood and stretched, twisted his trunk, rotated his shoulders, then sat and
closed his eyes once more. It seemed to him he hadn't really gone to sleep
again, and that no more than twenty minutes could have passed, when Platoon
Sergeant
Tok's voice barked out. "Ten minutes to Beregeshl By squads! First Platoon,
stand and stretch!" Behind him on the other aisle, Varlik heard a similar
command to the Second Platoon.
The first squad, with Varlik, stood and stretched, raised their knees,
squatted and straightened, touched toes, twisted trunks, some with a quiet
comment or chuckle, then sat back down, giving the aisle to the second. Varlik
began to feel tension again, and it occurred to him to wonder what the tension
would be like if they all felt it, if it fed back from man to man, building.
The two platoon leaders, with their sergeants, had gone to the two windows
flanking the portside door. Varlik wondered what they could see. Then it
occurred to him that he was not a trooper here, but a journalist with a
journalist's functions, and he went over also. The windows were large, from
deck level to above the head and forty inches wide, to let officers examine
the scene before landing and unloading. From their elevation of perhaps 15,000
feet, Varlik could see low mountains, fairly rugged, silvered softly with
moonlight. The four T'swa were gazing intently at a forward angle, as if they
knew where to look, but Varlik could see nothing significant there. He decided
they must be getting information over the radio speaker each wore in an ear.
His camera alternated between landscape and men.

A minute later he saw a bright spark-an explosion, he realized, seemingly on
the surface miles ahead, followed seconds later by two more. His muscles
tightened.
The four T'swa seemed as relaxed as before, strong black presences waiting for

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 67

something more. The troop carrier was rapidly drawing up on the site, and
Varlik could feel their craft descending, contributing to the weakness of his
jellied knees.
He could see in abundance now the tiny flashes of what he assumed was gunfire,
or perhaps the hits of rockets. His colon felt extremely nervous.
The sporadic firefights drew nearer as the floater lost altitude, and Varlik
lost himself in watching. Suddenly he realized his fear was gone, replaced for
the moment by something like the exhilaration the T'swa seemed to feel.
Lieutenant
Zimsu called the order to belt down and be ready. Varlik moved back to his own
place as the troopers fastened buckles, his camera recording T'swa faces,
powerful forms, then he too buckled down. Around them somewhere was an entire
fleet of assault floaters, with someone coordinating their movements, and it
occurred to him to hope that the someone was competent.
Twice in the last half minute, Varlik flinched at the loud frightening bangs
of light rockets exploding against the armored hull, and the carrier touched
down harder than he'd expected, as if the pilot had been caught unaware by the
ground, or felt hurried. The T'swa were striking the instant-release buckles
of their seat belts and getting quickly to their feet, he scarcely slower. The
troop doors opened and the ranks of troopers double-timed out, their weapons
in their hands, Varlik carrying his camera in front of him, recording what he
could from within the hurrying ranks. He'd lowered his monitor, but now he
peered beneath it for wider vision, to see where he was going, his camera
continuing to record.
Then he was on the short ramp and into the night, the T'swa dispersing to the
sides, Varlik trying to stay within a couple of steps of Bin as he'd been told
to do.
The sound of gunfire was loud, sharp, immediate, and Bin was shooting short
bursts. It occurred to Varlik that they ought to hit the ground, take cover,
but they didn't.
Then the T'swa almost stopped shooting, and he realized that the nearby
gunfire had been theirs, that Bin had not been answering it but adding to it.
Still they ran, not hard but steadily, a trot. The low dark humps ahead must
be the bunkers they were to destroy. Suddenly they came to a shallow ditch,
and there Bin hit the dirt, Varlik landing next to him, most of the others
running on. Varlik lay panting, wondering what was happening, why they had
stopped. It occurred to him that they'd been off the floater for no more than
twenty seconds. He raised his camera above the ditch's shoulder, panning,
using his monitor now, seeing what he was capturing on his cube.
Gunfire burst out ahead to their right, and the men who'd stopped at the ditch
directed concentrated fire in that direction. Except for Bin and himself, the
men who'd stopped in the ditch all seemed to carry blast hoses; their racket
was terrific, shocking, stunning, and in seconds the enemy fire had stopped.
Then they simply lay there, waiting in what seemed like silence, although less
intense gunfire continued, apparently directed elsewhere. He thought to
question
Bin; why had the two of them stayed here? But he knew without asking: Bin had
been told to take care of him; keep him alive.

From somewhere well ahead a rocket rose, followed quickly by another, and
another, and more. Varlik knew from night exercises in his army days that the
enemy had lobbers. He followed their upward flight, realized they were aimed
at this ditch and its hosemen. As they began to descend, he saw others arching
overhead in answer from behind. He tucked his camera under an arm and pressed
his body hard against the forward ditch slope, waiting, aware of increasing
gunfire. Seconds later he heard and felt the exploding rockets, a string of
five evenly spaced crashes that threw rocks and dirt on the men prone in the
ditch, echoed by a series well ahead, a booming background to the racketing
gunfire.

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 68

Opening his eyes, he raised to his knees on the hard stony dirt, camera ready
again for whatever was offered. The enemy firing seemed directed mainly
elsewhere now, but the T'swa in the ditch with him were triggering leisurely
bursts in the direction the earlier enemy fire had come from, so he recorded
that.
Then massive explosions sounded ahead, a series of them overlapping, and Bin
jerked the shoulder of Varlik's shirt. They all leaped up and ran forward,
apparently not coming under fire. There were more big explosions somewhere.
The bunkers, when they got there, were collapsed. Varlik lay with the others
on the sloping heaps that had been bunker walls, in a smell of explosions and
settling dust, sweating hard. For the first time Varlik realized how hot it
was.
The troops that had charged the bunkers were gone-he hadn't even seen a body-
and it seemed for a while that he and the men he was with had been forgotten,
overlooked, the gunfire unrelated to them. Bin's attention was to their
original right; the T'swa had lined up facing that direction now. Varlik could
see muzzle flashes ahead that must be enemy fire, and when this increased in
intensity, the men he was with opened up with their blast hoses again, the
sound shredding the night while still more heavy explosions sounded, preceded
by big flashes that flared and were gone. When they paused, a minute later,
Varlik wasn't sure whether it was truly that quiet or if perhaps he'd been
deafened.
The next ten or fifteen minutes alternated between relatively quiet inaction,
brief outbursts of firing, and sporadic heavy explosions. Twice they came
under brief fire from lobbers, and several rounds landed very near. He could
smell hot hose barrels. A number of times he wiped at the sweat pooling in his
eyebrows, his wet hands gritty with the dirt he crouched on, converting the
sweat of his face into mud. He was recorded constantly now-even when the
lobber rockets arced downward and struck-commenting frequently for the audio
pickup.
Then he heard T'swa bugles well behind them, and shrill whistling from several
directions: somewhere troops were pulling back, but not those he was with.
Instead, the hosemen opened fire again, shooting without benefit of seen
targets, spraying covering fire ahead and to their left. From the general
direction of the carrier, lobber rockets left bright thin trails that threaded
the sky, then stitched the blackness ahead with flashes.
Nearby whistling commanded, and he stood up with the T'swa around him,
trotting back in the direction of the carrier, not coming under fire again so
far as
Varlik knew. There was gunfire, but no sounds of blast slugs striking near or
rockets landing. Like the others, he jumped the little ditch, pleased that he
was able to, and after a minute could see their floater ahead of them, no
lights

showing. They slowed to a near-walk, jogging up the ramp past the two platoon
lieutenants and their sergeants, who stood by the foot of it peering past
them.
Most of the T'swa were already on board, had returned ahead of those who'd
stopped at the ditch, and even in the darkness, Varlik was aware of gaps in
their seated ranks. The door to the rear compartment-the aid station-stood
open, a blackout curtain blocking the light within, and Varlik felt a lump in
his stomach.
But the carrier did not lift; the platoons' four leaders were still outside by
the ramp. Three troopers were helped in, wounded. They pushed the curtain
aside and disappeared into the aid station.
Still the floater sat. Four more T'swa entered, each pair carrying a wounded
man, and also went into the aid station. The lieutenants followed, with the
platoon sergeants, and the troop doors finally hissed softly shut.
Seconds later the floater began lifting rapidly, pivoting as it rose, then

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 69

Varlik felt horizontal acceleration as they headed north toward Aromanis. No
rockets struck them. When the acceleration had stopped, the compartment lights
came on low.
Varlik looked around; the gaps were not large or numerous. Soberly, camera in
hand, he got up and headed for the aid station.
It was daylight when they landed, but not by much; the daytime heat was only
starting to build. Thick-witted from dozing, Varlik went straight to his old
media quarters, showered, then went to the officers' mess for whatever he
could get.
They were still serving breakfast. When he'd finished, he returned to the air-
conditioned comfort of his room to begin editing and narrating. He'd been at
it only briefly when someone knocked.
"Come in," he said.
It was Konni. She was sweaty, dirty, and he could see she'd been crying. He
got to his feet. She simply stood there, her face writhing with the effort not
to cry again.
Once more Varlik's stomach knotted.
"What?" he asked simply.
"Bertol," she said. It was all she got out before she broke down and began to
cry like a little girl, utterly despondent. Oh shit, Varlik thought, and
feeling wretched, went to her, wet-eyed himself now, to stand holding her till
she'd cried herself out.

CHAPTER NINETEEN

Bertol Bakkis's body would never again pickle in ethanol; Graves Registration
personnel had treated it with something more permanent. At least, though, it
had been spared the indignity of being torn up by blast slugs; a fragment of
lobber rocket had ripped through his sternum and right ventricle, killing him
instantly.
Not that Bertol and Konni had tried anything as strenuous as accompanying a
platoon into action; they'd stayed near the carrier, shooting what cubeage
they could from there. Several lobber rockets had hit nearby, and he'd been
one of the casualties.
It took Varlik and Konni most of the day to edit their cubes and narrative
reports.
After they'd delivered them to the communications center for the next day's
pod, they'd gotten maudlin drunk together in honor of Bertol. Then Varlik had
jogged, sweating, through the prairie night to the T'swa camp. He could have
stayed in the air-conditioned media quarters at base camp. But if he had, he'd
have ended up in the sack with Konni-she'd seemed to be inviting it and he
wouldn't allow himself that. Mauen, he felt, deserved better than an
adulterous husband.
The first mile of jogging had taken him in uncertain wavers along the
travelway, but by the time he arrived, he was pretty much sober from the
exertion and sweating. And had begun to wonder and worry. Had the T'swa held a
memorial of some sort for their killed and he missed it? At the tent of the
First Squad, all of whom had returned unscathed, Sergeant Kusu raised his head
for a moment as
Varlik entered.
"Can I talk with you?" Varlik whispered.
In answer, the T'swi had swung his legs out of bed, and together the two of
them went outside.
"I had to work all day, on my reports," Varlik said. "And one of the video
team was killed at Kelikut, so the other one and I-got drunk this evening, in
his memory. I hope I didn't miss anything you guys did, any memorial you held,
for your dead."
"You didn't," Kusu said. "We make our farewells privately, personally."
Varlik nodded and turned on his belt recorder. "At the communications center

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 70

they told me the regiment had lost twenty-nine killed and sixty-one wounded,
but they said there weren't any missing. How could anyone tell the killed from
the missing in the dark like that, pulling out the way we did?"
In the moonlight, the black face seemed to smile very slightly. "We have our
method."
"Is it all right to tell me about it?"
"Certainly. But you might prefer not to know."
The answer froze Varlik's mind for a moment. Then, "I see," he said, not
seeing at all. "I would like to know."
"The dead come to us as spirits, thus we know who they are. All the rest
returned physically. Thus no prisoners, no missing."
The dead tell then. Varlik had nothing to reply and nothing more to ask; he
simply nodded. Kusu stood for a moment as if waiting for possible further
questions.

When none were forthcoming, he said good night and went back to the tent.
Mind spinning in slow motion, Varlik got his towel and walked to the showers
where, beneath the stars, he washed away the sweat of his run. Somewhere in
the process his mind relaxed, and when he went to bed, he lay awake only
briefly.
The dead came to them, and the farewells were personal and private. The sort
of things-superstitions-that you could expect from gooks. But these "gooks"
weren't gooks. And if they said it, he would not gainsay them, even inwardly
to himself.
Even if he couldn't accept it as truth.
Then he slept, and dreamed, and when the whistles wakened him near dawn, he
felt rested and revived, and surprised by it, ready for the day despite all
he'd had to drink and his shortness of sleep.
That day he trained with the T'swa. The day after that he went to the base.
There wasn't much to report, although he sent off a letter cube to Mauen, but
he wanted to update himself on the Beregesh invasion. He ended up flying south
again, in an armored staff floater with Information Office personnel, to see
and record the battle site. He hadn't thought to get a cool-suit, and had had
the choice of either going later or going without one. He was the only one on
the plane who didn't have one bundled beside him.
At Beregesh, he found the battle over, with two full divisions, one Iryalan
and one
Romblit, securing the surrounding area. Cargo carriers were landing equipment
and supplies in quantity, the area resembling some mad and disorderly
quartermaster depot. Casualties had been moderate, and yes, a major told him,
the
T'swa had done a thorough job of neutralizing Bird fortifications.
Occasionally he heard distant firing; some of it couldn't have been much
farther than a mile away.
He ran into Konni at the field HQ. She'd arrived the afternoon before, when
there'd still been sporadic hard fighting close by. She'd spent one night
sleeping in a cool-suit, and was going back to Aromanis later; she'd share her
cube with him if he'd like.
Next he caught a ride on a hover truck hauling digging equipment to the
perimeter, where fortifications were being built. The driver was a Romblit
reservist, a tall ex-farmhand corporal who looked rawboned even in his
cool-suit.
"Mate," the Romblit said, "I don't see how you can live without a cool-suit.
It's bad enough here with one. I tried to sleep without mine for a while last
night and liked to have died. How d'you do it?"
"Not very comfortably. But I thought I'd better give it a try."
The driver steered around a caved-in bunker, then nursed the rig through a
shortcut, angling down into a shallow rocky draw and up the other side, to
hurry jouncing along a rough track bulldozed through open scrub growth. Mostly

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 71

the way was slightly downhill. Varlik kept his camera busy.
"You're that news guy that lives with the T'swa, ain't you?" the man asked.
"Right."
"I figured, what with no cool-suit and that funny lookin' spotty uniform. How
come they make 'em like that?"
"They're harder to see in the woods. They call them camouflage suits."

"Huh! I've heard you train with the gooks-run all day through the hot sun like
a herd of buck." The man's tone was not disparaging; he sounded impressed.
Varlik understood how things could get exaggerated. What puzzled him was how
this man, and presumably therefore many others, had even heard of him. He
decided it wasn't worth puzzling over; he'd relax and enjoy his new
reputation.
"Yes," he answered, "I train with them."
"How come would anyone do that 'less they had to? I'm glad I'm in the
Engineer, so's I don't have to even drill."
Varlik recorded a file of troops trudging along in cool-suits, rifles slung,
headed the same direction as the truck.
"I thought I'd like to get an idea of what it's like to be a T'swi," Varlik
answered.
"Besides, if I'm to go with them in combat, I'd better be able to keep up or
the
Birds could get me."
The construction site was just ahead along the upper edge of along declivity.
Men with beam saws were felling the larger scrub trees and cutting them into
short timbers. Reaction dozers pushed dirt and rock, gouging a broad trench,
pushing the spoil into piles. Soldiers manhandled timbers into place, shoveled
and tamped dirt, all in cool-suits. It occurred to Varlik that someone had
manufactured a lot of cool-suits in the last year or so.
The driver spat brown fluid out the door. "I wish we had time," he said. "I'd
like to hear more about them T'swa. They're supposed to be some tough gooks.
You with them here night before last?"
"Right. "
"Without no cool-suit."
"Right again."
The Romblit shook his head as he stopped the rig by a group of soldiers.
"Maybe
I'll see you again sometime," he called as they dismounted out opposite sides.
"Maybe when we get this place civilized. I'll buy the beer and you can tell me
about it."
Varlik poked around the area, keeping out of the way of equipment, visiting
fortifications in different stages of construction. Half an hour was enough.
Beregesh would take some getting used to; despite taking mineral tablets and
drinking heavily at one of the huge water bags slung from tripods, he felt
ready to head back to field HQ, and caught a ride on another truck. Its driver
was taciturn, repeatedly eyeing his lack of a cool-suit, or perhaps his T'swa
uniform, but saying nothing. The officer in charge at the landing site chatted
briefly, commenting on his lack of a cool-suit, then pointed out a staff
floater he could board that would be northbound in minutes.
The floater soon was full, and when the last seat had been taken, took off:
Excepting Varlik, all the passengers were officers. Most looked tired, and
there wasn't much talk. He got some looks at first, or his sweat soaked T'swa
camouflage suit did, but he ignored them and napped much of the way back.

CHAPTER TWENTY

The staff car pulled up in front of Colonel Biltong's headquarters tent and
Carlis

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 72

Voker got out. The new camp boasted duckboard sidewalks, and the tent a lumber
frame. Although Voker had called ahead, no one was outside to meet him-his
visits were frequent and he knew his way-but the two T'swa colonels were
waiting when he stepped inside. And Varlik Lormagen was there, sitting back
out of the way, recording; that was different.
"Colonels," Voker said, " I have a new mission for you. "
"We've been expecting one," Biltong replied.
Voker looked at the two black men. Their invariable equanimity, it could be
read as smugness-sparked a flash of irritation that quickly passed. The T'swa,
he told himself as he took a seat, were the only troops who could do what the
general wanted done.
"We know the Birds have radios," Voker said, "and we can assume they've
notified their headquarters, wherever that is, that we've taken Beregesh back.
The last time we took the place back, or the Rombili did, the Birds sent up
troops and drove them out, and there's no reason to believe they won't try to
take it back again. If they were willing to let us have the place, they
wouldn't have started this war to begin with."
Wouldn't have started the war. The statement offended Varlik, a reaction
unexpected. It seemed to him that the Rombili had started the war when they'd
started enslaving the Birds. It was just that the Birds had taken nearly three
centuries to mount an offensive.
"We know they have floaters," Voker was saying, "but apparently only light gun
floaters-for which, incidentally, we're prepared now. Every unit, even
administrative and service outfits, has M4 rocket launchers ready to hand. At
any rate, the only way the Birds can bring up troops is overland on foot. And
the only source of large numbers of them has got to be the equatorial forests.
Farther north, our surveillance platforms would spot large encampments without
fail.
"Likewise, the only routes they can move north on are through the mountain
forests, and for the last three hundred miles or so even those aren't safe
cover for large bodies of troops; they're too open to aerial observation and
attack." Voker paused. "Do you see what I'm leading to?"
Biltong nodded. "You want us to interdict the trails, make it difficult for
them to bring troops up."
"Exactly! And I'd like you to begin soon." Voker got to his feet. "Why don't
you look the mission over and see me at base HQ tomorrow morning. We can start
working out transportation and supply. Now, unless there's anything more we
need to discuss at this time, gentlemen? Good."
He looked at Varlik. "Good to see you, Lormagen. I hear you were along on the
Beregesh night raid and visited there again yesterday. I'm glad things are
turning out well for you; I suspected they might when I saw how hard you
worked preparing yourself."

Turning to the T`swa, he saluted. "Colonels!" he said, then turned and left.
When they heard his staff car's engine hum, Biltong grinned.
"Koda," he said in Tyspi, "by Confederation standards that is an unusually
adaptable officer. At heart he's not as Standard as he's supposed to be."
Koda chuckled. "Perhaps we should have told him we'd already foreseen his
need."
"We'll do it obliquely," Biltong said, and turning, called to the sergeant
major.
"Wuu-Sad, bring the file on the interdiction plan. And have Dzokan bring the
car;
Koda and I are going to army headquarters at once. "
Koda laughed out loud, then turned to Varlik.
"Colonel Biltong and I have listened to and watched some of your cubes. They
were copied by our communications chief when you turned them over to him. Do
you object?"
"Would it make any difference if I did?"

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 73

"It would not prevent us from doing it again, if we thought it necessary; we
do have an interest. We were very impressed with what you've done. I hope your
editor appreciates you properly."
"I won't object to your looking," Varlik replied, "as long as I don't have to
tailor my reports to fit anyone else's ideas about what I've seen.
"Not at all. You know the people you write for far more intimately than we do.
And you do a good job of describing us objectively."
Koda changed the subject then. "Sergeant Kusu tells me you've done remarkably
well on training runs here, but we are not sure it is physically feasible for
you to accompany the troops on an extended subtropical assignment. You've
spent a few hours at Beregesh now; do you think you could tolerate field
conditions there without a cool-suit? Cool-suits won't be practical on
interdiction patrol."
"I'm not sure whether I can or not. I'd like to give it a try, though. At
best, the cool-suits hamper a person's mobility, and all I heard at Beregesh
were complaints about them."
They heard a hovercar pull up. "Good," Koda said as he and Biltong got to
their feet. "We're leaving now. Do you want to go to army headquarters with
us?"
Varlik shook his head. " I think I'd better spend the rest of the day with my
squad, if I'm going to try the tropics without a cool-suit."
Voker had ridden out with the air conditioner off and the windows open, to the
concealed unhappiness of his driver, who had dared, while Voker was in the
T'swa tent, to close the windows and turn on the cooler. When the colonel
appeared in the tent door, his attention still behind him, the corporal
quickly lowered the windows and turned the cooler off.
Voker didn't even notice the residual coolness in the car. Something that had
occurred to him before had captured his attention again: There was little
question that the Birds had been manipulating them from their first offensive.
They'd made their resources known gradually and profitably, with full use of
surprise. Drawn
Confederation forces into actions that optimized their own, still not fully
known, strengths and advantages. The Birds couldn't have done those things
without a thorough knowledge-a considerable knowledge, at least-of
Confederation military resources, psychology, and practices.

Someone from off planet had more than armed and trained them. Someone was
undoubtedly also directing them. But who?
It was as if a clue was staring him in the face, but he couldn't see it. He'd
have to ask himself the right question-whatever that was. The reason, maybe:
why were they doing this? Or who'd be able to use the technite if the Birds
controlled it?
He'd have to review the situation-program an analysis and see what he came up
with. He wasn't well trained as a programmer, or very experienced, but he
wanted to work on this by himself, for a while at least. And sometimes just
playing with the factors, flowcharting, could give you the answer you were
looking for.

CHAPTER TWENTY-ONE

By the time the T'swa headquarters was relocated there, five days later, the
army's
Beregesh base was beginning to look as organized as it actually was, and a
newer, more permanent defensive perimeter was rapidly being built a mile
outside the original, complete with mine fields and cleared fields of fire.
The new perimeter was more than fifteen miles long, with as many bunkers built
or under construction as the army was prepared to man at the time. As more
divisions arrived, more bunkers would be built. Crews were out with beam saws,

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 74

clearing the ground for 200 yards out, saving the more useful lengths of wood
for use in bunker construction. The rest was pushed into piles by dozers,
sprayed with a high flammable, and ignited, sending columns of smoke high into
the dry, previously transparent air.
When the piles had burned themselves out, the dozers returned to level the
field, leaving no cover, no depression or hump to hide in or behind. After the
dozers moved on, a wirelayer floated out, laying down coils of accordion wire
near the clearing's outer edge, and after that, mines of different
descriptions-string mines, jumpers, compression mines, radio mines, mines that
would trigger at the hover field of a vehicle no larger than a scooter, just
in case the Birds showed up with any.
According to rumor, more wire was on its way from Iryala and other worlds, and
still more was on order.
Bird attacks did not seriously hamper construction. Patrols in cool-suits
operated constantly outside the construction zone. Other patrols worked the
bush inside, hunting any Birds who might have infiltrated. Gun ships also
patrolled, occasionally coming under rocket fire. Their armor was resistant to
M-3H rockets.
About a dozen, hit, had returned with little or no damage, but two had been
shot down.
A new construction battalion had arrived from Rombil, and base support troops
had been assigned on rotation to help. Timber and cement in quantities were
being flown in on arch trucks and pallet trucks from the sawmill and cement
plant west of Aromanis. Four power receivers had been installed and were
receiving transmissions from the new orbiting power station. Prefab cool-huts
for the troops were going up rapidly and being covered with timbers and earth
for protection.
Twelve-hour shifts, including the frequent rest breaks necessary when laboring
in cool-suits, were standard for both officers and men, and work went on
around the clock. The troops were too busy, and off duty too tired, to
complain much, and besides, they felt they were accomplishing something.
The sporadic Bird attacks had been mainly against construction crews, although
several patrols outside the perimeter had been wiped out or dealt nasty
casualties.
Meanwhile, the T'swa troopers had been flown directly from the Aromanis Base
to interdiction operations some two hundred miles south of Beregesh. All that
the
T'swa had at Beregesh was a joint regimental field headquarters and an office
at the Beregesh communications center.

Colonel Koda had kept Varlik at Beregesh to see how he managed in the
subequatorial climate. It was supposedly hotter than the equatorial zone,
though much less humid. Also, he said, he was waiting until the danger level
could be evaluated for the new T'swa operation. "We have almost eighteen
hundred warriors," Koda replied to Varlik's impatience, "but only one
accomplished publicist."
At least Varlik couldn't complain about lack of information or sweat. He was
privy to all reports from T'swa troops in the field, and exposed to air
conditioning only at the comm center or when he accompanied Colonel Koda to
the army's
Beregesh HQ. He even slept in a T'swa tent instead of a cool-hut, and never so
much as tried on a cool-suit. His exercise regimen wasn't what it had been up
north, but he accompanied Koda on the colonel's almost daily runs, each about
an hour long.
He also spent an hour every other day trying to duplicate the unusual strength
and flexibility exercises that most T'swa base personnel did in pairs in lieu
of the more time-consuming workouts the combat troops had done up north. At
first he was sore from them, belly, shoulders, hamstrings, arms-but he
survived. Not comfortably as the T'swa did, but he survived, without heat

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 75

prostration or total exhaustion-and with pride.
Confederation personnel reacted variously to Varlik: A few looked away in
resentful irritation, and a few others glared: surely his behavior reflected
disrespect for Standardness and his own people. But mostly his activities
spawned good-natured exaggerations of his toughness and prowess, told as truth
and even believed by the tellers. He was the only white man at Beregesh who
went without a cool-suit-or who was allowed to, for that matter.
The Confederation troops were never briefed on what the T'swa were doing, but
rumors flowed, a military tradition as old as armies. They started with the
pilots who'd dropped the T'swa as numerous individual squads far back in Bird
Land, or had flown in to evacuate casualties or drop supplies. Imagination
took it from there, the T'swa reputation never suffering in the telling.
Varlik, in a fey mood one evening, circulated among the army hutments,
interviewing troops on what they thought of the T'swa. Selected interviews and
excerpts went to Iryala and
Rombil aboard pods, along with video recordings from the evacuation center
showing wounded, both white and black.
Whenever a call of T'swa wounded was received, a small evac floater was sent
out, but such calls were not abundant. Reportedly, casualties weren't heavy,
and the T'swa didn't call for a floater unless (1) the wound was
incapacitating, and (2)
the wounded could be gotten alive to a place reasonably safe for the floater.
The
Birds were known to post lookouts, some with night scanners, in occasional
tall ridgetop trees, so a floater landing could endanger an entire squad.
Every day after breakfast, Varlik reported to regimental headquarters, until
one morning, when they'd been at Beregesh a week, Colonel Koda made his
decision.
"Lormagen," he said, "I have a question. Are you quite sure you want to join
your squad in the bush?"
Varlik's pulse quickened. "Absolutely, sir. When?"

"Late tonight. They have called in that they will withdraw from the contact
zone for a supply drop. Have you ever parachuted?"
Varlik's bowel spasmed. "No, sir."
"Are you willing to?"
"If it's the only way, sir."
"It's the safest way. The floater flies a confusion course low over the
forest-about three hundred feet above the trees-and drops supplies to a signal
beacon. If Birds are watching, hopefully they will not know at what point the
drop occurred, but if the floater stopped to lower you ... You see."
"I'll jump, sir."
"Fine." Without turning to the door, Koda called his orderly. "Makaat!"
Makaat came in; he'd left half his left hand on Emor Gadny's World. "Yes,
colonel?"
"Get Varlik equipped with forest jump gear. He's going south tonight. Drill
him in landing rolls and letdown procedure; there must be some suitable trees
around here. Then go over everything he needs to know about jumping over
forest at night, and make sure he gets it all, thoroughly. When you're
satisfied he can handle himself without excessive risk of injury, let me know.
When he's ready, get him equipped with a lapse release chute, drill him in its
use, and take him to the landing field. Major Svelkander, in charge of supply
and evacuation, will have a floater for him. Take Varlik up and have him jump
from, oh, 800 feet local the first time, over the marshalling field.
"The second jump should be from 400. We'll consider two jumps enough."
"Yes, sir."
"One other thing. You will go with him tonight and be his jumpmaster."
"Thank you, sir."
Koda's attention went to some papers again. They'd been dismissed. Numb,

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 76

Varlik left with Makaat.
The forest jump gear was more cumbersome and awkward than Varlik had imagined.
After drilling on landing rolls for a few minutes from a standing position on
the ground, Makaat had him practice off the bed of a parked truck.
After several jumps from there, he graduated to jumping off the cab roof, all
to the attention of a small but very interested group of soldiers. Varlik was
glad the
Orlanthan gravity was lighter than Iryala's, even though the difference wasn't
large. When he'd jumped from the roof three times, Makaat raised the truck to
its maximum of thirty inches above the ground, then drove it at a speed of
about five miles per hour and called out to jump. The landing roll worked so
well that Varlik began to feel there was nothing to this.
Letting himself down from a tree proved simple and relatively easy, but Makaat
had him do it half a dozen times, the last three blindfolded to simulate doing
it in the forest night. And if the tree, the largest available, was only 35
feet tall, the procedure, he told himself, would be no different for a tree of
80 or 120 feet.
The preliminaries took them through lunch time. It was early afternoon when
they reached the landing field, where a small group of airmen, apparently
having heard of his impending jump, were on hand to watch.

Varlik didn't start to get really nervous until they took off: The light
floater went straight up, faster than seemed necessary, leaving his stomach
behind, then stopped at what Varlik assumed must be 800 feet. Makaat opened
the door and looked back at him.
"Are you ready?"
Varlik nodded. He would not disgrace himself. He would step out that door into
sunlit nothingness, and he would not soil himself.
"Ready," he answered.
His mouth felt dry; he was surprised that the word came out sounding so
natural.
Did the T'swa feel this way the first time they jumped?
"All right. Stand in the door as I showed you, with your hands on the sides.
When
I slap your shoulder, you step out. Agreed?"
"Of course." Varlik shuffled to the door, awkward in coveralls and harness,
eyeing the lapse release Makaat wore on his belt. When he got fifty feet out,
it was supposed to open his chute automatically-"explode" it, in a sense, from
its pack. He wondered if they ever failed.
Better than having to pull a release handle himself, the way the T'swa
marauders had done in their freefall jumps. His body felt too numb to pull a
handle.
He stood in the door, hands on the edge, looking out, his whole gut clenched.
It didn't seem possible to...
The hand struck his shoulder and he jumped, plummeted, and felt the opening,
without the jerk he'd expected. He swung, swooped beneath the flowering chute,
then the oscillating stopped and he was floating suspended, with the most
glorious sense of joy he could remember! He looked down past his feet, utterly
without fear now, then to one side saw the cluster of troops pointing up at
him.
Let's see now. Hands on guide lines. Pull right that's the way. Hey! It works!
Great! I'm heading right toward them. Let's make them scatter. Oops, going to
overrun them. Pull right again and spiral. Wow! Look at that! Now! Right at
them!
Then the ground seemed to accelerate, the airmen in their coolsuits
scattering. At the last moment the ground jumped up at him and his feet
struck, his knees striking the ground because his legs had been too relaxed.
He rolled back to his feet, whooping. The airmen applauded. The floater was
already halfway to the ground to pick him up.

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 77

The second jump was anticlimactic. As he addressed the door, his bowel felt
the same as it had the first time, but now it was an objective phenomenon,
belonging to the body, not to himself. This time as he stepped out, the
floater had a forward speed of about seventy miles an hour, as it would that
night.
He held a right spiral to the ground; it took only seconds to get there, and
this time he kept proper tension in his legs. He could easily have kept his
feet, but Makaat had told him not to.
As they rode back to the T'swa camp, he felt cockier than he'd ever felt
before in his life.

CHAPTER TWENTY-TWO

This time there was no sun, just the scant pale light of the sickled major
moon, and the second moon similarly slender, spread over the forest roof. For
a long, beautiful moment the treetops appeared remote, then seemed to
accelerate upward as he fell toward them, and for brief empty seconds,
alarmed, he tried to withhold himself. One grabbed for him. Branches buffeted,
submerging him in darkness;
his descent half halted. Then suddenly nothing held him and he dropped
precipitously, to be somehow stopped short, panting, disoriented.
He hung there in blackness, regathering his attention, wondering if his chute
had lodged securely or would slip loose, wondering how far it was to the
ground, wondering if it was safe to move.
He had no choice. Looking around, down, he could see nothing. His hands felt
for the coil of slender rope clipped to his side, found an end, and with a
minimum of body movement wove it through harness rings and made it fast. He
then ran a bight below one foot, stirrup-like, gripped the line clamp in his
right hand, harder than necessary-removed the snap, and struck the harness
release with his left. For one sickening moment, as the harness let go, the
chute gave slightly in the branches above, but only to lodge more firmly. Then
he let himself down, never seeing the ground, finding it with his feet. He
must have been, he decided, some twenty feet up.
On the ground he removed the heavy canvas coveralls, the masked crash helmet,
and the steel-arched forest jump boots, then dug jungle boots from his pack
and put them on, felt forth his holstered M-1 sidearm and attached it to
grommets on his belt. Next he took out his video camera, its battery fresh,
put it into a capacious breast pocket, and slipped the strap over his head.
Then he donned his monitor visor, followed by a field cap. Finally, he closed
the pack, put it on his shoulders, and lay back against it to wait for the
T'swa.
He was beginning to sweat just sitting on the ground.
He couldn't see his hand inches in front of his face. He could have activated
his monitor visor, of course, but it operated off his camera, and his camera
cells were not inexhaustible. And he'd probably be there for a week or longer.
Somewhere, perhaps thirty or sixty or a hundred yards away, would be the
supply bundle he'd followed out the door-a large, foam-padded box with a
ribbon chute that should first have slowed it, then presumably slid from the
branches to let the box fall to the ground. Like his dangling harness, it
would emit a weak radio signal for about twenty minutes.
But they'd hardly come and get him right away; even a T'swi couldn't see in
such darkness. They'd take a bearing, then wait till dawn, itself not much
more than two hours away. They'd have picked up the two signals and be
wondering what the second package was.
Briefly, he wondered if they'd be pleased to find it was him, or disappointed,
or neutral, and then it occurred to him that he'd never seen a T'swi
irritated! He wondered what an irritated T'swi would be like; or an angry
T'swi! Would a T'swa warrior enraged be more dangerous in battle than one with
the usual calm?

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 78

After a bit he allowed himself, there in the close hot dark, to play with the
idea of a Bird patrol somewhere nearby, equipped with a directional instrument
that could pick up the signal from his harness. But that was too farfetched.
Next he played with a scenario in which he'd come down too far from the squad,
their instrument failing to detect his signal. He imagined himself alone in
the forest, waiting until it was obvious he'd been overlooked, then striking
off northward to find his way back to Beregesh.
And which way was north?
The sound galvanized him, a low hard "s-s-st," repeated seconds later. It
could be no farther than twenty feet away, probably less. He strained to hear,
thought he detected a sound, very slight, from the same direction. Then,
nearer, in Tyspi, a whispered "Khua?" (Who?)
With equal quiet he whispered: "Varlik."
The T'swa claimed the night vision of a cat, but he wouldn't have thought even
a cat could see in such darkness.
The chuckle was even softer than usual, almost as soft as the whispers. "Good.
Good. Are you all right?"
"I'm fine."
Then nothing more. Varlik lay back and let himself relax. There must be
insects out here, he thought; the climate was wetter than at Beregesh or
Aromanis.
Makaat had given him a field issue insect repeller, an inch and a half disk
with a two-day battery-the same thing sportsmen sometimes used when fishing.
It was attached to his field belt, and when the battery died he would throw
the thing away, replace the whole unit from his pack.
He closed his eyes then, intending to sleep if he could. Could Birds see in
the dark like the T'swa? It seemed to him that in such opaque darkness his
eyes could come open without waking him up. The next thing he knew was the
calling of forest birds, and his eyes opened to faint gray dawn. Quickly more
birds joined in, building to a literal din of warbling, whistling, twittering,
screeching-a chorus, a wild arboreal laud to encroaching day. The T'swi named
Tisi-Kasi was kneeling near him, grinning. Varlik looked around: Six of the
squad were in sight close by.
Only six. His breath stuck in his chest for a moment; had they lost four? No,
he told himself, they had lookouts posted. They must have.
Nothing happened though until, after three or four minutes, the dawn cacophony
thinned to scattered cries and trills. Then Kusu stood, raised his face, and
made a querulous cry not unlike some from the trees, repeating it three times.
He was answered from a little distance. The answer seeming to come from
higher, as if from a ridge.
Kusu looked at Varlik. "It's good to have you back with us, my friend. Now
it's time to leave; we have Birds to find, and havoc to create."
They were not six, or ten either any longer, but eight -- nine now, counting
Varlik.
They hiked through much of the morning, not jogging but moving hard and fast,
pausing occasionally to drink from their canteens, lick salt, or snack on
dried rations during breaks. Varlik recorded samples of it on video. They
crossed several brooks, refilling their canteens at each, dropping in a tiny
capsule and shaking briskly to kill possible parasites not protected against
by their broad-

spectrum immunization. The combination of heat and humidity was definitely
worse than at Beregesh, yet it seemed to Varlik that he was going to handle it
all right.
The forest wasn't as thick as he'd expected. On flats and benches and in the
bottoms of ravines it could be almost jungle-like, like the place he'd landed,
but on many sites the trees were scrubby, the canopy thin or broken, the

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 79

forest floor patched and dappled with sunlight, green with forbs and
graminoids. Occasionally there were old burns, not large, seemingly where
lightning had struck dead snags, setting them afire to sew the ground around
with burning brands. Here and there, storms had thinned or flattened the
stand, and in some such places thickets, large or small, had sprung up. Birds
called occasionally, and sometimes a furry arboreal animal swung or scampered,
noisy or silent. Varlik saw a large snakelike thing, thicker than his arm and
a dozen feet long, and slowed, pointing, but Bin, who walked behind him, only
grinned and nodded.
Three times he glimpsed large ungulates trotting away, and twice, on muddy
stream banks, he saw the prints of some large animal, presumably predatory,
with retracted claws.
After three hours they encountered a tiny rivulet flowing from a dense stand
of saplings in the saddle of a ridge. Kusu hissed a halt, and again they
refilled their canteens. Then he led them up through the thicket to the
saddle's crest. There the saplings stood less densely, and there they stopped.
Four men disappeared to scout the vicinity. The others watched and listened
while
Kusu explained briefly to Varlik how the squad operated. Unless the scouts
decided it was too hazardous, this place would be the rendezvous for the next
two days. Kusu, along with Shan, the squad medic, would stay here with the
supplies and radio while the rest went out in two-man hit teams, armed with
M-1s and grenades, to find and attack Birds.
The heart of the region was a narrow plateau, hundreds of miles long,
dissected lengthwise by long narrow draws into longitudinal ridges. Near the
edges of the plateau, the ridges were less high but more rugged and broken,
the draws deeper, and the forest more open. Thus the fringes were much less
suited as lines of march than the central ridges, and it was among the fringe
ridges that rendezvous were established.
The Birds were moving north in small columns of platoon size, following or
sometimes making small trails. In the heavier central forest, this made it
virtually impossible to spot them from a surveillance platform or gun
floaters. A hit team would find a column, usually avoiding its scouts, ambush
it-empty their rifles into it and perhaps throw grenades. Then they'd get out
as rapidly as possible-not back to the rendezvous, but always away from the
trail and the central ridges. Usually the Birds would not pursue them for
long; apparently their orders were to continue north. When they did pursue
more persistently, it was usually possible to ambush them.
The biggest hazard was occasional Bird hunter patrols.
Late the second day, the teams would return to the rendezvous, using utmost
care not to be followed. There Kusu and Shan would be waiting, and they'd all
move.
Bird hunter patrols made it dangerous to stay long in one location.

When Kusu had finished the briefing, he sized Varlik up thoughtfully. "You
kept up well this morning. What have you been doing since we left Aromanis?"
Varlik told him. Kusu nodded.
"Good. Very good. Now, what we do-what the hit teams do-is quite dangerous.
The Birds move well; they are forest wise and very tough. We have succeeded as
well as we have because we move freely while they feel constrained to move
northward. But this advantage will diminish; the Birds will undoubtedly form
more and more hunter patrols. We expect our activities to become increasingly
hazardous."
So far, Kusu had spoken almost blandly. Now his gaze intensified, just a
little, and he gestured at Varlik's camera.
"Which brings us to you. Your function here is presumably to show us not
merely living in the field but also in action. And that is more dangerous for
you than for us, because we can run faster and farther than you-and so can the
Birds. Also, we observe more than you, move with greater stealth, and if

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 80

necessary, we can find our way by night. The Birds, incidentally, seem to have
no better night vision than you do, or not much.
"Frankly, I would keep you here with me, except that apparently it is of some
importance to Koda that you record us in action."
Varlik nodded, feeling uncomfortable-not because of the danger he was in, but
because he was a problem to this man he admired.
"So I will send you out with a team," Kusu continued, "but not into action at
first.
Bin and Tisi-Kasi will spend two days teaching you to move as silently as
possible, disturbing the ground as little as possible. It is desirable that
Bird hunter patrols not notice if they come near or cross your trail.
"Do you see the desirability of that?"
Again Varlik nodded, determined that this would work out. In two days he might
not learn to move like a T'swi, he told himself, but he could come decently
close.
He'd always been a quick study, in things physical as well as mental.
"Of course," he answered. "I don't want to get killed, or to get anyone else
killed."
"Fine. You have done well in all other respects; I'm sure you will do well in
this also."
The burly T'swi gripped Varlik's hand on it, then they relaxed on the ground
and waited for the scouts to return.
It was among the fringe ridges that Bin and Tisi-Kasi tutored and drilled
their student. Three times that day they heard flurries of distant gunfire,
near the edge of hearing-twice to the northwest, and once to the southwest.
Other squads, the
T'swa told him. Varlik had practiced into midafternoon, learning to recognize
the ground conditions that showed tracks plainly, and those where tracks were
least noticeable; how to move slowly without a sound; and how to run with the
least possible noise. Then the two T'swa had lain with their eyes closed, and
he'd crept up on them, had touched Bin's foot without being heard. They had
also followed him at a little distance while he ran, critiquing his noise and
the tracks he left.
He'd never before thought of running "lightly"-running had simply been
running.
No longer.

It was then they heard the noise of nearer fighting, brief but furious,
westward perhaps a mile-an eruption of automatic rifle fire followed by what
had to be a blast hose. Then there was silence, interrupted moments later by
two short bursts of rifle fire.
All three men had stopped as if frozen, listening, then drawn together.
"Probably one of ours making a hit," Bin said to Varlik.
"Do you think they got away afterward?"
"If one of our people were killed, I would ordinarily sense it. If one was
wounded
..." His gaze went out of focus for a moment, then returned. "I believe they
are all right. The danger now is that the Birds will chase them and get clear
shots, or possibly run them down."
"Can they do that? Run them down?"
"Yes, in the sense of following them until they come up on them somewhere,
unaware. The Birds, as Kusu said, are forest wise, perhaps as much as we are.
But now we have things of our own to ..."
There was more firing-long bursts from several rifles, overlapping. This time
Bin disregarded it, gesturing to Varlik. "Begin."
Varlik began trotting again along the side slope, as soft-footed as possible,
swerving uphill to avoid a steep stretch of bare, loose, ash-dry soil where
tracks would be conspicuous, then along the contour just below a crest, where
the forest was thin and the ground covered with a low thick growth of vines

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 81

that would rebound when he had passed. More firing sounded, seemingly an
exchange of short bursts-two rifles answered by one, then quickly again two.
Varlik stopped, saw Bin grin before the T'swa waved him on.
Varlik angled downslope through undergrowth to the bottom of a draw, where a
brooklet trickled from a seep. There the three of them stopped to refill
canteens and take a break. In the soft mud, Varlik saw the prints of numerous
clawed paws, as of a pack of large canids. Bin drew his bayonet, and from his
pack a sharpening steel, and began to touch up the blade.
Tisi-Kasi knelt down a little apart, back erect, hands resting loosely on his
thighs, and closed his eyes-one of the things they learned to do as children,
Kusu had said. Varlik had never before seen a T'swi in that posture by
daylight, and after a minute he questioned Bin quietly.
"What is Tisi-Kasi doing? He looks like he's in a trance. "
"He is regaining t'suss."
"T`suss?"
The obsidian eyes moved from Tisi-Kasi to Varlik.
"T'suss is a condition similar to what your culture calls `nonchalance,' and
your scholars have so translated it. But translated as `nonchalance,' t'suss
is readily misunderstood, for often the term `nonchalance' is applied to a
state resulting from confidence in one's ability to prevail over whatever
difficulty may exist in the situation at hand.
"Like nonchalance, t'suss is a casual calm, a lack of fear or worry, but the
word does not apply to states growing out of either confidence or apathy.
T'suss involves complete readiness to accept whatever outcome, regardless of
the alignment of that outcome with, against, or across one's own intentions
and

efforts. Ability and prevailing are irrelevant to t'suss, and in a sense,
confidence is subsumed in the higher attitude of t'suss."
"Well, how does kneeling like that help someone regain t'suss?"
"It is not the kneeling. Posture is a matter of preference and circumstance,
although kneeling erect is most often used. Tisi-Kasi is creating images. He
might be said to be dreaming, but as the knowing father of his dreams."
Varlik nodded. "I believe I understand," he said. "We do that too, some of us,
though I've never practiced it. It's called image rehearsal. A person sits
down and pictures victory in his mind, over and over again. It's supposed to
help him win ...
But you said-you said that winning isn't the purpose."
"Correct. The images that Tisi-Kasi is creating include images of victory and
also of defeat, of continuing to live and of being killed. Perhaps he found
himself wishing too strongly for victory, or being partisan on the side of
coming through alive, or of his friends doing so-which is all right, but it is
not our way. It causes a reduction of pleasure in war, and also a reaction on
the spirit-the being himself-in case his body is disrupted. And it commonly
leads to an anxiety response in battle, which might result in inappropriate
combat behavior."
Varlik contemplated Bin's words. "Our psychologists," he replied at last,
"tell us that to rehearse defeat can cause defeat. The idea is that you get
what you rehearse."
Bin smiled. "That would be a special case, depending on certain predisposing
conditions that may be common among your people. But it is not the general
case.
If a person is oriented on a win-lose polarity, this image rehearsal of
victory may help him win if he has experienced enough defeats that it is time
for a reversal."
This meant little to Varlik. Meanwhile, the T'swi turned back to the bayonet's
edge, and after peering as if at some faint vestige of a nick, stroked first
one side and then the other with the sharpening steel.
"But in the long run," he said as if in afterthought, "the win/lose equation

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 82

will tend to balance. And in the long run, pleasure of action is not
controlled by outcome. Pleasure is increased by near neutrality of desire. One
can enjoy battle more -- or games or work or learning-if one is nearly
indifferent toward the outcome.
"So the intention to win should not go beyond a slight preference. Tisi-Kasi
is creating images to reattain that state, which is t'suss."
Bin examined the edge again, returned the sharpening steel to his pack, then
got up and slid the weapon back into its scabbard. "And he will not only enjoy
battle more-he will also perform war more perfectly." He grinned at Varlik.
"We have sometimes been depicted as epitomal warriors, and that is not
entirely inappropriate. But our ability does not result from some genetic
difference your own warriors would be comparable if they had the T'sel, of
which t'suss is a part."
The next day Visto-Soka was wounded by a steel bullet. Otherwise, he'd have
been killed. The Birds, like the T'swa, used steel bullets in the forest.
Blast slugs had the disadvantage that they did not ricochet; at first strike
they blew up. Thus in sapling thickets or brush they were likely to be
exploded prematurely by striking a twig.

The bullet had hit Visto-Soka high in the chest. It had ripped through the
left pectoralis major just inside the shoulder, holed the scapula without
shattering it, and emerged. He continued to fire his rifle, however, and with
his partner, Bik-
Chan, killed or wounded their pursuers.
Varlik was not clear on what Bik-Chan, or perhaps Visto-Soka himself, did to
control shock, but the two returned to the rendezvous together on foot. The
wounded T'swi had what was left of that day, and the night that followed, to
rest.
At first light the next morning the squad moved again, about two hours south,
a little slower than they might have, and established a new rendezvous in a
grove of large old trees on a broad bench, in an area thick with saplings.
There Shan be came Bik-Chan's new partner, while the wounded Visto-Soka took
over as medic!
And from there, Varlik went out with Bin and Tisi-Kasi on his first hit. As
they set out, they again heard distant firing: Some other T'swa were in
action.
It was midday when they made first contact, and not from a selected ambush.
They were moving quietly along a bench through heavy timber when abruptly they
glimpsed a Bird patrol not two hundred feet ahead. Each side saw the other
simultaneously, and opened fire as they hit the ground behind trees. Between
bursts, Tisi-Kasi, in the lead, barked a command that Varlik didn't catch.
Bin, snapping an order for Varlik to follow him, began to crab rapidly
backward.
Varlik did the same, trying to keep a tree between himself and the Birds while
bullets thudded, ricochets sang, grenades roared. Bin and Varlik rolled on
their bellies over a large fallen trunk where the bench broke into the slope
beneath, and doubling over, scuttled downhill away from the fight.
"Tisi-Kasi is back there!" Varlik gasped as they ran.
Bin didn't answer, simply careened through the trees. Varlik struggled to keep
up.
For a minute they almost sprinted, then Bin, looking back at Varlik's bulging
eyes, slowed to a trot. They were in the draw by then, the trees thicker
again. The firing had stopped. Varlik wanted to ask if that meant Tisi-Kasi
was coming now, but he had too little breath for it, and besides, he knew that
wasn't it. They'd abandoned Tisi-Kasi! Bin had abandoned his lifelong friend,
left him badly outnumbered; Varlik was certain he'd seen at least half a dozen
Birds! Now Tisi-
Kasi was surely dead, and here they were, running like rabbits!
And he knew why. Bin was getting him away to safety, or trying to, by

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 83

Tisi-Kasi's order.
The Birds were probably following them. Clearly Bin assumed it. After jogging
long enough for Varlik to regain a little wind, the T'swi changed course,
angling up the slope, the timber less dense here but still fairly heavy. After
two hundred feet of running uphill, Varlik could run no more, but slowed to a
driving uphill walk. Bin, seeing this, slowed, waving him on while he himself
crouched behind a tree, looking backward with his rifle poised.
It occurred to Varlik that if Bin were killed, or stayed behind and lost him,
he could never find the rendezvous. The T'swa always seemed to know where they
were, relative to any other place, but he wasn't so gifted. So he slowed,
preparing to stand with Bin to fight, but the T'swi, after a moment, turned
and started up the slope again, suiting his own pace now to Varlik's.
"Is he ... ?" Varlik asked between gulping breaths.

"Dead," Bin said. "He's with us."
Varlik's hair stiffened, even as his legs drove him up the ridgeside. Shortly
they topped the ridge, put the crest behind them, then Bin turned north,
running again, along the contour now.
"And the Birds ... are following?"
"Right. "
They kept running along the ridgeside for half a mile, sweat burning Varlik's
eyes, then Bin crossed the crest again, slanting down the first side into the
bottom, which here was a narrow strip of marshy meadow. It occurred to Varlik
that the
Birds would be slowed by having to follow their tracks. They'd be back there
now, somewhere along their trail, eyes on the ground. Or probably just one or
two would watch for tracks; the others would be watching ahead and to the
sides.
Then it struck him: He hadn't gotten any of this on cube! He'd forgotten what
he was there for. He glanced down at his left hip. At least the belt recorder
was on;
its tiny red light glowed.
Bin led him up the next ridge, and again they slowed to a driving uphill walk,
through a dense young stand that gave excellent cover. Partway up was a bluff:
They worked past it, then Bin stopped and crawled out on its top, Varlik close
behind. From its brink they had a partial view of the wet meadow in the
ravine, and Bin held his rifle ready to fire. Varlik peered downward, his
camera raised.
He had only a minute to wait; two Birds came into view a few feet apart,
rifles poised. Varlik watched them in his monitor, zooming the camera until he
could see, besides lean limbs and loincloths, the pouches on their belts and
harnesses, the bolos at their hips. A dozen feet behind the first two, two
more appeared. Bin fired a long burst, and Varlik saw all four fall. Instantly
Bin shoved back from the edge, rose to a crouch, and led him off again on a
run, angling up the ridge in the direction of their first encounter. But not
for long. Near the crest they leveled off again, along the contour, still
trotting, Varlik gasping. A little farther and Bin slowed to a walk.
"Are there more of them?" Varlik asked. He prayed there weren't; he could
hardly hope to run much longer.
"I caught sight of two more. They took cover when I fired."
"Only two? Do you think they'll follow us?"
"Only two that I saw. And yes, I think they will follow. But warily."
He didn't make Varlik run anymore right away. They passed by the next dense
cover, but at the one after that, Bin led him running through it downslope,
and through a tangle of blowdown in the bottom, then a little way up the other
side.
Varlik thought he saw Bin's plan: Shoot the Birds from above while they were
climbing over blown-down trees. But instead of taking cover there, Bin doubled
north along the contour a short distance, then into the bottom again, among

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 84

trees not far from the blowdown.
It was there they took cover, Varlik wiping again at the sweat which
threatened to blind him, trying to keep his gasping as quiet as possible. He
saw now what Bin had in mind. The Birds would bypass the blowdown, foreseeing
an ambush from above. If they bypassed it on this side, Bin would get another
chance at them.

And they did. There were four of them, crouching and well separated. Bin let
the first two pass nearly out of sight among the trees, then opened fire; the
last two fell. Those ahead opened fire from cover, but Bin led Varlik
scrambling backward, keeping trees in the line of sight, then turned and once
more ran, Varlik behind.
But only two! Almost surely now only two of the Birds were left! Bin led him
fleeing northward along the bottom a little distance, then angled up the east
ridge again, until shortly they slowed to the hard-driving walk, almost as
hard on the legs as running but easier on the wind. Varlik, puffing,
rubber-kneed, sweatblinded, had almost nothing left, and told Bin so.
"A little more," Bin answered. At the ridgetop they paused. Varlik dropped
gasping to his knees. Bin looked him over, then looked northward where the
crest sloped slightly up. "Can you hit anything with that sidearm?" he asked.
Varlik nodded.
"Good. Take cover up there, in that brush. I'll climb this tree. I should be
able to kill them both from there, but if I can't, I will surely get one of
them. The other one, if there is only one, will be up to you. Let them get
close before you shoot; a sidearm is for short range only. "
Then he pulled Varlik to his feet, clapped him on the shoulder, and began to
climb a liana that partly hung, partly clung to the trunk. Varlik started
along the crest but stopped well short of the thicket, to lie behind a
buttress-rooted tree with his holster flap unsnapped and his camera in his
hands, watching Bin crouched on a branch with the trunk between him and their
backtrail.
It was several minutes before the Birds showed up at an easy half-trot, one
looking at the ground, the other ahead and around. Varlik's eyes shifted to
his monitor and he picked them up with his camera.
He a recorded Bin in the tree. Obviously the T'swa couldn't see the Birds-he
was keeping behind the trunk-but he seemed to hear them. Apparently he planned
to let them pass and shoot them from behind.
They stopped at the tree's very foot, one examining the ground. They seemed to
talk, then one moved around the tree, both scanning the area. Abruptly one
spotted Varlik and hit the ground, firing a short burst that sent bark,
splinters, and dirt flying around the newsman. There was the roar of a
grenade, and the shooting stopped. Another grenade exploded. Varlik peered out
again; both Birds sprawled dead, Bin was looking down at them. Then the T'swa
grasped the liana and began to lower himself to the ground.
That was the moment when Varlik saw the third Bird. He'd come up the ridge
about twenty yards north of the others, and now stood nearly forty yards from
Varlik, raising his rifle in Bin's direction. Somehow Varlik's sidearm was in
his right hand, and without taking time to aim, he squeezed the trigger. Four
shots burst out before he could release it, and the Bird went down, his upper
torso shredded by blast slugs. Bin let go of the liana and dropped the last
ten feet, rolling, coming up with his rifle in his hands, but there was
nothing left for him to shoot at. Still crouched, eyes downslope, he moved
toward Varlik, who lay shaking on the ground.
"There are no more," Bin said. " I am sure of it."

You were sure before, when you killed the two with grenades, Varlik thought.
But he didn't say it, because he too felt sure that was all, and because,
except for him, Bin could easily have been well away from danger.

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 85

Then, reaching down a large blue-black hand, the T'swi helped him to his feet.
They didn't wait until the next day, but went cautiously back to the
rendezvous, as if another patrol, attracted by the much repeated gunfire,
might come checking and find them. Which could happen, Varlik told himself.
The next day Bik-Chan returned alone, Shan having been killed, while Jinto and
Dzuk came back with Dzuk's right wrist bullet-broken. The squad was down to
six T'swa, two of them wounded. Kusu moved them a few ridges farther east,
where recent fire had swept away the undergrowth and killed the older trees.
There, from an opening on the crest, he called on evac headquarters to pick up
the wounded and Varlik.
Then they sat together in the ashes, waiting. It would be somewhat less than
an hour before the floater could arrive. After the pickup, Kusu and his three
effectives would move back toward the Bird trails, operating as a single hit
team instead of by pairs.
The floater was actually in sight when Bin, one of the two lookouts, saw the
Birds, and the shooting began at once, furiously. Varlik snatched up Dzuk's
rifle and hit the ground with the T'swa. As he dropped, he felt the bullet
slam his left hip, but somehow it didn't seem serious except that his vision
was blurred. So he fired blind, a long burst and then another in the direction
of the Birds; then the clip was empty. He tried to crawl to Dzuk, a few feet
away, for another clip, but his leg wouldn't obey. And then there was heavy
firing from overhead-surely a heavy caliber blaster-overriding the noise of
rifles, its exploding slugs making a series of loud violent slaps farther
along the crest, so closely spaced as to seem almost a single long sound.
It was followed by silence. Then a long burst from a Bird called forth another
staccato roar from overhead, and the shooting was truly over. Apparently the
Birds hadn't seen the floater until. after the firefight started, and were
caught exposed.
Dzuk and Visto-Soka were still alive; they'd been lying down to start with.
Kusu's chin had been shot away and Jinto was both gutshot and lungshot; Bin
was the only one unwounded. He and a profusely bleeding Kusu helped the evac
floater crew load the rest, and they all left together. Then the two Iryalan
medics began work on the wounded.
Varlik had recorded none of the final fight on video, though its sounds were
all on cube, but now, sitting weak and bleeding on the floater, he began to
record the wounded and the busy medics. Then one of the medics knelt beside
him with a syringe and shot him with it. That was the last thing Varlik
recorded before he slept.

PART THREE
TYSS

CHAPTER TWENTY-THREE

When Varlik awoke from sedation, he was in a troop carrier fitted to move
wounded from the Beregesh field hospital to the base hospital at Aromanis. He
could remember nothing beyond the evac floater and the medic with the syringe.
He'd known something was wrong with his hip, but now his guts hurt badly, too.
He moved his head, his eyes finding a doctor with a captain's collar lozenge.
The doctor saw his movement and spoke to him.
"You're back with us, eh?"
"More or less," Varlik answered thickly.
Taking a syringe from a case, the doctor walked over. "The pilot tells me
you're the famous white T'swi," he said. "You keep dangerous company. I'm
going to give you a little sedative now. It's another hour to the base
hospital, and it's best if you sleep your way there."
The way he hurt, it seemed a good idea, but he had a question first.
"Wait, doc."

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 86

The doctor paused.
"How are the guys in my squad?"
"I have no idea. I don't know who was in your squad."
Varlik looked at him blankly. Some of them were probably aboard this craft,
and if he asked by name ... But he was having trouble thinking.
"What happened to me? Something hit me in the hip, and then I couldn't move.
Now my belly hurts."
"You were hit in the ilium-part of the pelvis, the hip bone-and the left end
of it was broken off. Then the bullet went through the abdominal cavity and
some of its contents emerged through the obliquus externus on the right side.
They opened you up at the field hospital at Beregesh and did a nice repair
job. Now all you have to do is lie quietly in a nice cool ward at Aromanis and
heal. just like your buddies."
The doctor pressed the syringe against Varlik's bare shoulder and fired it.
Somehow it seemed to Varlik that he had more questions, but he couldn't
remember what they were. Then the sedative took him.
It was one of the T'swa wards, a busy place well stocked with medical
technicians and wounded. His Romblit doctor there told him with some amusement
that reception had initially been unwilling to put him in a T'swa ward. True,
he'd been brought in with T'swa wounded, and his tag said "Company A, T'swa
Second
Regiment," but clearly he was not T'swa. Then a big T'swa sergeant with his
lower face heavily bandaged had gotten off his stretcher, backed the reception
sergeant into a corner, gathered a fistful of shirtfront, and in grunted,
barely intelligible words, made it clear that all his squad went with him,
Lormagen included.
Varlik wondered if this was another case of facts inflated and embroidered,
but the story pleased him. And he was glad to be where he was, a feeling that
increased with the days. T'swa wards had a reputation among hospital personnel

as the most cheerful, and T'swa the patients who were easiest to work with and
recovered most rapidly.
Meanwhile Varlik enjoyed a rich dream life, though he could never recall more
than bits and pieces of his dreams. Long afterward, he'd remember his days in
the
T'swa ward as among the more pleasant of his life, even though it was there he
learned that only four of the First Squad had survived, besides himself.
Bik-Chan had been killed on the ridge, and Jinto had died on the evac floater
of multiple wounds.
On his first day they took him into surgery, where they welded his pelvis and
did a mesh job on some ligaments. His visceral and major vascular damage had
been handled at Beregesh.
By the end of the third day he'd talked the hospital into giving him temporary
use of a small examination room, and there, after recording a long and
reassuring cube to Mauen, he narrated his report on the T'swa raiders and the
last days of the
First Squad, then edited cubes both for newsfacs and broadcasting. This took
him two days-his energy level was low-but when he was done, the cube was the
best facs feature he'd ever seen or heard.
Three days later General Lamons came through the ward, pinning medals on the
wounded. Varlik, who'd been sitting in bed reading, was deeply surprised, but
not too surprised to slip on his visor and pick up his camera. Lamons saw him
with it, scowled only briefly, then continued. When he got to Varlik's bed, he
stepped in beside it and looked down at him. Varlik set the camera aside,
though the audio recorder was still running.
"Your T'swa have been doing a good job," said Lamons.
"Yes, sir."
"Your Colonel Koda showed me a copy of your reports on the T'swa interdiction
teams. That was good work you did. Took guts."

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 87

"Thank you, sir."
The general grunted, then bent and pinned a medal on Varlik's pajama top.
"Carry on," he said, then turned to the next bed.
By that time the hospital had begun to feed Varlik solid food, not whatever he
wanted, but solid food. And he was allowed to wheel himself to the "library,"
where boxes of books had been spread unsorted on tables. Walking would have to
wait a while.
It was in the library that he ran into Konni. Eight days earlier she'd been
recording the hardening of perimeter defenses when a Bird lobber rocket had
hit a hover truck less than twenty yards away. Pieces of truck had smashed her
left humerus and cracked her left supraorbital ridge and four ribs, while
small rocket fragments had struck her in the left arm and leg. The left side
of her face was an interesting purplish-green.
"My Revax is all right, though," she said, "and I ought to be out of here in
about three weeks. The home office is sure to be sending another team out, so
I'll probably go back to Iryala then, although ... it's a temptation to stay.
How about you?"
How about him? He hadn't looked at that. And for the first time, it occurred
to him that there was nothing here to report on the T'swa now except more of
the

same. Maybe later, if there was a later, if the T'swa were given a new
assignment.
But now ...
"I'm going to Tyss," he said. The statement took him totally by surprise, but
he continued from there. "To the world that produces the T'swa regiments.
There are guys going there from my ward-guys disabled or requiring prolonged
rehab and reconditioning. I should be able to talk my way into going with
them."
Having said it, he felt a pang of guilt. He could, after all, go home to Mauen
now if he wanted to, and they could start the family they'd been approved for.
Central
News wouldn't complain. After all, he'd almost been killed. Probably they'd
treat him like a hero.
He kept the pang for about ten seconds, then his attention went to procedural
matters. Legally, his status with the Red Scorpion Regiment didn't validate
traveling to Tyss without a visa from the Iryalan Foreign Ministry. In fact,
legally he'd probably had no right to work for a foreign military force. But
he was sure that Colonel Koda would approve his request, and for practical
purposes, that would settle that. As soon as he had approval from Koda, he'd
send word to
Fendel. He was supposed to be here covering the war of course, but his reports
to date would have built up a lot of interest in Tyss, and he had to spend his
rehabilitation somewhere.
Besides which, he'd be gone long before they could get any argument to him.
He and Konni talked a while longer, mostly about the T'swa and his experiences
with them in Birdland. She told him how impressed both she and Bertol had been
with the early cubes Varlik had let them copy, then Varlik let her borrow his
cubes of the Birdland mission. After that she'd gone back to her own ward, and
he'd called Lieutenant Shao, the one-armed officer who'd been left in charge
of the T'swa's Aromanis camp. He explained that he wanted to be evacuated to
Tyss so he could record something of the planet and its people.
It was marvelous, Varlik thought, how casual the T'swa were about so many
things. Without a moment's hesitation, Shao promised to add him to the roster
on the evac ship which would arrive, and leave, later that week. And no, the
lieutenant assured him, there'd be no problem; he had all the authority
necessary.
It was late the next day that Konni reappeared, just after Varlik had sent off
letter cubes to Mauen and Fendel telling them what he was going to do. It was

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 88

a lot harder to tell Mauen than Fendel.
"Well," said Konni casually, "how's your plan coming along to be evacuated to
Tyss?"
" I leave day after tomorrow," he said. "No problem. Lieutenant Shao has even
issued me the clothes and stuff I'll need there."
Her eyes lit up. "Good!" she said. "Look at this." She handed him a sheet of
stiff paper.
TO WHOM IT MAY CONCERN:
KNOW YOU BY THIS CERTIFICATE THAT KONNI WENTER, BY VIRTUE
OF HER PARTICIPATION IN THE 711. 10.01-02 NIGHT RAID ON
KELIKUT, ORLANTHA, IS HERE BY APPOINTED AND RECOGNIZED AS
AN HONORARY MEMBER OF THE NIGHT ADDER REGIMENT, LODGE

OF KOOTOSH-LAN, WITH ALL THE RIGHTS AND PREROGATIVES
PERTAINING THERETO.
(SIGNED)
BILTONG, COL., COMMANDING
When he'd finished reading, Varlik stared at it for a moment longer and then
at
Konni. An extraneous, non sequitur thought drifted into his mind-that T'swa
apparently only had one name each.
"In the name of Pertunis!" he said. "How did you get this?"
"When I left you the other day, the first thing I did was listen to your
Birdland report and look at your video cubes. And decided I wanted to go to
Tyss, too.
Actually, I wanted to as soon as you talked about it; that just hardened it.
So I
called Colonel Voker and asked him if he could think of any way to do it
without my having to go through the Foreign Ministry back home. That might
take a year.
He said he'd see what he could do. And this afternoon, this came from
Beregesh. I
know Colonel Voker's behind it. He had this made up in his office and sent it
south for Colonel Biltong's signature, I'm sure of it."
She took the "certificate" back. "I'm going to call your T'swa lieutenant now
and apply for evacuation."
"It's Lieutenant Shao," Varlik said, and she hurried from the ward.
She was right, Varlik thought it must have been
Voker. How nonStandard--perhaps even nonStandard they'd become, getting around
regulations the way they were! And Voker most of all-that was flagrant!
Konni's certificate was an even flimsier legal basis for bypassing the Foreign
Ministry than his own position as regimental publicist. Back home, for
something like that, a person could be charged with a misdemeanor, at the very
least. For
Voker, surely a felony.
But that didn't disturb Varlik at all, because the T'swa couldn't care less,
and no one at the hospital was going to question it.
He realized he was grinning broadly.

CHAPTER TWENTY-FOUR

Konni wiped sweat from her forehead. "Do you understand these people?" she
asked. "The people themselves, I mean, not the language."
They were eight days out from Kettle, with thirteen more to go before they
reached the Oven-Tyss. She had copied Colonel Voker's Tyspi cubes, and with
Varlik's help had been doing a cram course on the language. The warpship
Hedanik was Iryalan but leased by the T'swa, and her operations crew as well
as medical and housekeeping staffs, plus thirty-seven of her thirty-nine

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 89

casualties, were T'swa. So the temperature was kept at a constant, and to
T'swa pleasant, 95
degrees Fahrenheit. Not that the T'swa required high temperatures: They simply
had an easy physiological and psychological tolerance of them. T'swa regiments
had more than once fought in snow and ice.
"Understand the T'swa?" Varlik looked at her question; he'd never explicitly
thought about it before. " I guess I don't. But I don't think I really
understand
Iryalans, either; I'm just used to them. And I suppose I'm getting pretty used
to the
T'swa now. Why do you ask?"
"I've listened to all the cubes you've loaned me of your conversations with
T'swa.
The ones where you were speaking Standard, that is. And some of their
attitudes and responses-I don't believe I could ever understand them. I
wondered if it's the same for you."
"I suppose it is. I just don't notice it so much anymore-I take it for
granted.
"I'll tell you something, though. When the T'swa talk Tyspi to me, I usually
understand everything they say. I'm a quick study, with excellent recall. But
sometimes when two of them talk to each other, I hardly understand anything at
all. Sometimes too many of the words are unfamiliar, but at other times I know
the words and still don't know what they're talking about. So I guess I don't
understand the T'swa all that well. But it's never seemed very important; it's
as if I
understand them well enough."
Varlik got up stiffly. "I'm hurting. Let's go to physical therapy for a bit."
"You go," Konni said. "What I need is a nap."
They left the small reading room, Konni turning right toward her room, Varlik
hobbling left toward the therapy section. As he passed an open office door, he
glanced in and saw a T'swa medic named Usu. On an impulse he stopped.
"Usu, may I interrupt you?"
The T'swi looked up from his papers and nodded, gesturing to a chair. "How can
I
help you?"
Varlik entered and sat, groping for an answer. "It's nothing really important,
I
guess, but ... Well, there are a lot of things I don't understand about the
T'swa."
"Oh?" The T'swi said nothing more then, waiting.
"For example, sometimes two T'swa will be talking and I don't understand at
all what they're saying-even when I understand the words."
Usu nodded, eyeing Varlik thoughtfully. "I can see the difficulty. Let me make
a few comments that may help. In the Confederation, not only most of your
activities but also much of your reality are deeply constrained by the
compulsion

for and environment of Standardness. Both your Standard Technology and your
Standard Management spill over onto beliefs and attitudes that, strictly
speaking, are neither technological nor pertain to management. In fact,
Standard
Technology and Standard Management are, to quite a large degree, specialized
codifications of broad, longstanding attitudes and beliefs. A codification
which then reinforces those beliefs and attitudes by particularizing,
institutionalizing, and enforcing them.
"Those attitudes, constraints, and prohibitions have severely inhibited
seeing, and even looking ..."
"My vision is better than most people's," Varlik interrupted. " I see really
well."

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 90

"I do not doubt that. But I was not referring to your eyes. I referred to the
inability of your culture to put its attention on, or even to notice, things
that do not fit its conceptual framework." The bright T'swa eyes peered mildly
at Varlik as if watching for some glimmer of comprehension; then Usu
continued.
"Thus, you lack the concepts necessary to understand T'swa life and reality
broadly, and where you have no concepts, your language has no words.
"Now in learning our language-those few of you who have undertaken to-you
learn many of our words. But at least at first, the meanings attached to a
Tyspi word-the meanings you are able to attach to a Tyspi word-are concepts
you already have in your own culture. For many words in Tyspi, your concepts
are quite adequate to our meanings, but for numerous other words, they allow
only a partial and frequently crude understanding. Which means you understand
the word, or approximate its meaning, in some contexts but not in others.
"While there are numerous other words that are not translatable at all into
Standard because they apply entirely to concepts that you do not have."
Varlik sat frustrated. If that was true, then it seemed to him he would never
understand the T'swa, and somehow just now it seemed important to.
"However," Usu went on, "it is certainly possible to begin gaining those
concepts and thus share more of the realities of the T'swa. Indeed, perhaps
you have already begun. If you would like, I can undertake to help you."
Varlik looked at the T'swi, this one a man smaller than himself, with artist's
hands. "I'd appreciate it." He paused. "You're not a warrior, are you?"
A grin flashed. "No. While I am employed by a war lodge, the Lodge of Kootosh-
Lan, my way is the Way of Service, not of War. Do you know the Matrix of
T'sel?"
"I've seen a chart; in fact, I ran off a copy. It had headings like play and
fight. And work."
"That is it. I have tasks to complete now, but if you wish, I can meet with
you here at 15.50 and we can look into this matter further. And bring your
chart; it will be useful."
Varlik got up. "Can I bring Konni Wenter with me? She's interested, too. In
fact, I
wouldn't have brought this up if it hadn't been for her questions."
"That will be fine. I will procure a third chair and expect you here at
15.50."
At half-past fifteen, Varlik and Konni were there. Usu had brought with him a
T'swa woman, strongly built, whom he introduced as Dzo-Dek, the lab director
and his wife. Her hair too was straight and short. Varlik had already been
told that

T'swa didn't cut their hair, that it seldom grew as long as an inch.
Apparently that was true for both sexes. It behaved more like coarse fur,
Varlik told himself, than like human hair.
He handed Usu a printout, creased from having been folded. "Here's the chart."
Usu scanned it and smiled. "Ah, yes. And here, the heading `Jobs'-the Tyspi
word is R'bun, which I translated as `Service,' but `Jobs' is also a
reasonable approximation. R'bun partakes of both concepts."
Usu had returned his gaze to Varlik as he spoke. "You have had experience with
T'swa warriors. Where in this matrix does the T'swa warrior fit? At what
action level, in what activity?"
"Why, at Fight, I suppose. At the action of Fight, in the activity of War."
"Ah. And where do the Iryalan troops fit?"
"Hmmm. Most of them-most of them fit at the action of Work, in the activity of
War."
"Very good. And in the activity of War, which action level do you suppose
would be most successful in terms of victory?"
"Why, it would have to be Fight. Here." His finger touched the chart's lower
right-

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 91

hand intersect.
"And what would you say if I told you that T'swa warriors fit here instead?" A
long black finger touched down at the intersect of Play and War.
Varlik peered, then looked up at Usu. "I guess I'd have to ask how that could
be.
It's my understanding that your warriors almost always win, although I've had
a lecture by a trooper named Bin on the win/lose equation always tending to
balance at unity-one."
Usu grinned. "Then your education in T'sel began before today. But I must tell
you that the activity of the T'swa warrior is not Fight, but Play. And I must
take the lesson given by your warrior friend another step: The T'swa warrior
neither wins nor loses, because it is all the same to him. What transpires in
his career will be interpreted as winning and losing by those who do not have
the T'sel;
therefore, to discuss it with you, he spoke of it as he did. The T'swa
warrior, in fact, has no victory nor defeat, no enemy nor any rival. He is an
artist creating in the play form called War, and what another might regard as
his enemy, the T'swa regards as a playmate. Almost always, their playmates
regard the T'swa warrior as an enemy, but our warriors regard themselves as no
one's enemy, and no one as theirs."
Varlik recalled Tisi-Kasi kneeling on the forest ridge, regaining t'suss, a
neutral attitude toward win/lose, and wondered if he still had t'suss when he
was killed.
Somehow he hoped so.
"Each T'swa warrior," Usu continued, "becomes a master at the art of war
before his regiment is ever commissioned, and performs his art as perfectly as
he is able, without distracting himself with concerns of victory or defeat,
survival or death.
The warrior at Fight will usually fall to him. And for just those reasons, our
regiments enjoy great success."
Briefly, Usu's eyes caught Varlik's with a glint that Varlik had seen in other
T'swa eyes. "But let me tell you something else about this," Usu went on. "If
you play at
War without skill-if you are not an accomplished artist-then this fellow"-his
finger

moved to the Fight/War intersect "is very likely to kill you. Even if he is
not particularly skilled, his intention and energy make him dangerous." Usu
chuckled.
"Of course, if you are truly at Play, death will not matter to you. But the
person at
Play will seldom opt for War without the intention of becoming an artist at
it."
Varlik nodded. Conceptually he could see and accept this, though as a reality
...
"Usu," he said, " I hope I don't offend you by asking, but how can you be so
sure of the warrior's state of mind?"
Usu's grin was broad. "That is a very good question, my friend, and perhaps my
answer will not entirely satisfy you. On Tyss, our training, to use your word,
is in whatever activity we have chosen for our life. But before that, and
beginning in infancy, all children and youth receive the same basic education,
which is education in the T'sel
"Now I have used your Standard word `education' because you have no word
closer to tengsil, our word which encompasses that concept. But the actions
which constitute tengsil include those that allow a person to see, to
experience, to verify for himself, the very basis of T'sel. And tengsil is the
same for he who plays at any of these." His finger moved across the row at
Play, from Fun to War.
"I am a-your people have translated it `physician,' though `healer' might be

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 92

closer.
Those to whom I administer may either live or die. I may help them recover
numerous times, but sooner or later they will die, and I am agreeable to their
doing it. Truly! If my patient dies, he departs with my full willingness and
best wishes. I will perform my art to the utmost of my not inconsiderable
skill, but if he dies, I am neither distressed nor offended. I do have a
certain preference, only slight, that he survives and regains health and
facility, and I intend that he shall.
But that preference has nothing in it of desire, and I do not even remotely
insist on it. "
Varlik blew lightly through pursed lips, then nodded slightly, not in
agreement so much as acknowledgment. "So then ..." He paused, looking at the
chart. "Are all
T'swa at Play? And if they are, why do you show these lower levels? How do you
even know about them?"
"May I answer that?" Dzo-Dek asked, looking at Varlik.
"Of course."
"Not all T'swa. are at Play," she said. "About two percent are at one of the
other levels, and we regard them as somewhat retarded, which they are. But our
enlightenment about the other levels did not grow out of studying them. It
grew out of the study of other cultures. And the lower levels are part of the
Matrix because they belong there; they exist."
"And in the Confederation, what percent are below the Play level?" Varlik
asked.
"Among adults, approximately ninety-seven percent. It varies a little from
world to world."
Varlik's lips had thinned slightly. "And how do you know that?" he asked.
Dzo-Dek reached past her husband to touch the intersect of Play and
Wisdom/Knowledge. "Those who play here"-she tapped the chart "have direct
access to an immense-let us say an immense data base. And their training
provides tools your culture is not yet familiar with. The rest of us-those at
War or
Service or Games or Fun-we learn the easier of those procedures in order to
have

direct access to the T'sel, but only those who specialize become able across
the full gamut of them. They are our educators and--You have lost the concept:
our scientists; our researchers."
The last word meant nothing to Varlik; his head was beginning to hurt. "So
apparently you lump us, the people of the Confederation, with your retarded."
His voice and face were strained when he said it.
Dzo-Dek smiled slightly. "No, there are major differences. First, what you
mean by `retarded' is mentally retarded. What I referred to is emotionally
handicapped, although that certainly hampers rational thinking. And secondly,
the two percent on Tyss that I spoke of are the way they are despite being
exposed to the T'sel from birth. The people of the Confederation have not had
that opportunity."
Usu interposed, looking first at Varlik and then Konni, the largeness of his
eyes accentuated by their lack of visible definition between pupil and iris. "
I believe we have taxed your receptiveness on this subject," he said. "You are
still patients, and it might be well if you went to your beds."
Varlik nodded. His brief antagonism had died but he did feel depressed, and a
little groggy. Getting up, he left the room without a word, Konni following.
He went to his ward and she to her tiny room, and both went to bed without
taking time to shower. Varlik didn't even try to sort out what he'd been told,
and sleep took him quickly.
Not for the first time among the T'swa, he dreamed richly, though ten seconds
after waking in the morning he could recall none of it.
But it seemed to him that remembering the dreams was unimportant. They'd been

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 93

enjoyable when they happened, and the new day felt great to him, even in this
mole of a ship burrowing through space. Konni, too, when he met her at
breakfast, looked relaxed and cheerful.
And neither of them approached Usu or Dzo-Dek for any further lectures on the
T'swa or the T'sel.

CHAPTER TWENTY-FIVE

Excerpt from "Tyss, the T'swa World," by Varlik Lormagen. Central News
Syndicate, Landfall, Iryala, 712.09.05.
Tyss, with an equatorial diameter of 9,100 miles, is somewhat larger than
Iryala, and its surface gravity is 22 percent greater. Its axial tilt is only
9 percent, which means that while it has a winter and summer, the two seasons
are not as different as we are used to on much of Iryala.
While its gravity is higher than all but a very few inhabited planets, Tyss is
most remarkable for two things. One, it is extremely hot. And two, it is
extremely dry.
How hot can be shown by looking at some representative temperatures for
different latitudes at different seasons.
Oldu Tez-Boag, the principal city of Tyss, is at 48.7° south latitude.
As for dryness, only 32 percent of Tyss's surface is sea, compared to 78.8
percent on Iryala. This means there is much less free water surface giving off
moisture into the air. The combination of heat and dry air has resulted in a
planet that is mostly desert.
Unfortunately, the coolest parts of Tyss are absolute desert on which
virtually nothing grows. In places these polar deserts extend toward the
equator as far as
55° latitude. Because of extreme polar and subequatorial deserts and
particularly intense equatorial heat, most of Tyss's estimated 30 million
people live at between
40° and 55° latitude, in whatever regions and locales have enough moisture to
grow crops without being too hot for the heat-tolerant T'swa.
For all is not desert on Tyss. Almost without exception, there are belts of
forest and marsh on the downwind sides of the several seas, and the marshes
are sometimes drained for farming. And where mountain ranges don't intervene
to block the flow of moist sea air, back of the forest belts are belts of
savannah and grassland.
The air is a little thinner on Tyss than we are used to on Iryala, but you
probably wouldn't notice it unless you were doing something strenuous. The
atmospheric pressure is about the same as at Eagle Lake ....
Mineral resources on Tyss have not been valuable enough to attract of planet
investment or development, nor have T'swa agriculture and fisheries been
attractive to Confederation export interests. Until very recently, the only
significant exports from Tyss have been her famous mercenary soldiers.
Most of the people on Tyss, however, are employed at growing and harvesting
food. Transportation and manufacturing are quite primitive, and because there
is no synthetics industry there, lumbering, quarrying, and mining play a much
more prominent role in people's lives than on Confederation worlds ....

CHAPTER TWENTY-SIX

The city of Oldu Tez-Boag was a metropolis by T'swa standards, with an
estimated 30,000 people. It sat on a coastal plain, mostly on an ancient river
terrace above the Lok-Sanu River, out of reach of the infrequent floodwaters.
Viewed from the hospital, Oldu Tez-Boag had little to recommend it
aesthetically except the abundance of ancient shade trees, particularly the
graygreen tozut trees standing broad-crowned and tall in yards and along
streets; and the thick-walled adobe houses, stuccoed over in pastels and

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 94

white, almost all their windows facing south-away from the sun in this
southern hemisphere town.
Oldu Tez-Boag had taken shape some four miles upstream of the highly salty
Toshi Sea, but even at that distance, when Varlik and Konni stepped onto the
third floor balcony, their noses could detect the sweltering beds of kelp on
the tidal flats.
A T'swa on the hospital ship had told him that Tyss had not always been a
desert world. Like Orlantha, it had had great oceans once, millions of years
before man had come there. Varlik had been exposed to geology in school, so he
hadn't wondered how the T'swa knew.
What he had wondered was what had happened to all that water.
The hospital, occupying a modest prominence just outside the city, was run by
the
Lodge of Kootosh-Lan for its own warriors and those of the other four war
lodges. It was one of the few multi-storied buildings in Oldu Tez-Boag-at four
stories the tallest except for grain elevators along the river.
Kogi-Ta, one of only a handful of administrative personnel at the hospital,
nodded pleasantly to the two Iryalans when they came to his desk. His short,
stiff hair was white, but he looked strong nonetheless. Apparently he'd been a
warrior once. A
deep seam, a product not of age but youth, creased the left side of his face
from jaw to hairline, interrupted by an eye patch. The combination gave him a
dangerous appearance with which his good-natured smile was inconsistent.
"Good morning," Varlik said. "Our doctors told us we could take leave if we'd
like. We want to visit the town and some of the countryside."
Kogi-Ta leaned a large hand on the desk to help himself to his feet; more than
his face had been damaged.
"If you want to visit the town, then you will want money," he said, and turned
to an ancient file cabinet. There was no computer or terminal to be seen.
He pulled two folders and looked into them. "No pay record! Have either of you
ever been paid?"
Both indicated they hadn't. "But I'm afraid I'm only an honorary member of my
regiment," Konni asked, "not a paid member."
Kogi-Ta looked up. "A technicality," he answered cheerfully. "You have been
lodged in lodge facilities, as an employee and an honorary member, and someone
in authority signed an order sending you here, so you both have allowances due
you. Are you familiar with the lodge's disbursement system? No? It is based on
the Standard calendar because the regiments serve on so many worlds."

From another drawer he took a leather bag and grinned at them. "You are about
to learn how little a warrior is paid. But you will be surprised at how little
things cost on Tyss. Quickly, his nimble fingers counted out small piles of
silver coins, then he made entries. on two pages in a ledger, glancing up as
he did so. "We
T'swa do keep some records, you know," he said, chuckling, and handed the
coins to the Iryalans.
Varlik looked at them. "This is Confederation money," he said.
"Indeed. It's what the lodges usually require for their services, and it's as
acceptable here as any. On Tyss the service co-ops mint their own, but they
have long since used Confederation denominations and weight standards."
They already had some Confederation money in their wallets, but if this was
theirs, it seemed as good a time as any to get it. "Do we have to sign
anything to show we received it?" Varlik asked. "And to show that we left the
hospital?"
Kogi-Ta's eyes glinted as if in amusement. "Not unless you insist on it. The
lodge is satisfied as it is on both matters."
"When do we have to be back?" Konni asked. "Is there a set time?"
"Not unless your physician gave you one. No? It is preferred that Mr. Lormagen
not come in after his ward is dark. If he does, I trust he will be as quiet as

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 95

he can.
But as you have a room to yourself, that consideration does not apply." He
chuckled. "Do not be surprised if you are invited to spend the night in some
residence, however. You are sure to arouse the interest of townspeople. If you
wish, feel free to accept."
They thanked him and left, cameras slung, audio recorders as usual on their
belts.
The hospital, like the ship, was air-conditioned to 95°-the only
air-conditioned building in the district. Yet outside, the heat that swirled
around them was oven-
hot as they began to walk, even though the autumnal equinox was well past and
the winter solstice little more than a dek away. From a tree, something Varlik
supposed might be an insect made a long keening sound at the upper edge of
hearing, and the dirt street, though well shaded, was dusty. " I can hardly
believe that Kogi-Ta," Konni said. "Or the hospital in general. Either no one
cheats here, or they just don't care."
"I'll bet it's the first," said Varlik. "No cheats."
"How can that be?"
"I have no idea. That's just the way it feels to me, after the T'swa I've
known."
She thought about it as they walked. "All we've been around are warriors and
other professionals. Mostly warriors. Do you suppose other T'swa are like
them?"
"I wouldn't be surprised. From what Usu said, they all get the same education;
only the training is different.'
"At home," Konni pointed out, "or in the whole Confederation for that matter,
practically everyone does the same curriculum until they're fourteen. Yet
while most people are at least fairly honest, some turn into criminals."
Varlik shrugged. "Education's got to be a lot different here. The men in my
squad, common soldiers, all seemed like-no, they all talked like-professors.
The kind of professor that really knows and can teach."
They both were beginning to sweat freely with the mild exertion of walking,
but neither paid attention to that.

"They were different from one another in various ways," Varlik went on. "Their
wit, how much they talked-that kind of thing. Some laughed out loud at things
that others just smiled at. Some seemed a lot more interested than others in
things like that strange white man living with them. And some played cards
while others read, although none of the card players seemed to take their
gaming seriously;
they didn't even bet.
"But all of them seemed bright and-stable, I guess is the word. I never saw
one of them upset or behave badly, although I heard a rumor that one of them
got a little truculent once," he added, remembering the story of Kusu and the
base hospital reception sergeant.
"Anyway, whatever they do with them in school seems to work."
They were in the town now, the dusty road passing between rows of homes and
yards. There were few gaps in the shade of roadside trees, and all about were
gardens, some remarkably lovely, others simply utilitarian vegetable patches
with fruited vines clinging to poles and frames. Several dogs investigated the
two
Iryalans, and while they definitely seemed to be genus Canis rather than some
canoid look-alike, they were neither hostile nor noisy. They were what you'd
expect T'swa dogs to be like, Varlik thought: civilized.
There were children, too, peering from yards and the roadside. Now two of
them, seeming perhaps five and seven years old, trotted barefoot onto the
powdery dirt to keep pace alongside. The girl was smallest. Konni stopped and
turned to them, Revax at her chest, its tiny light glinting as it recorded.
Her visor was tilted up; for close work she could see well enough in the

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 96

horizontal view frame atop the camera.
"Hello," said Konni in Tyspi.
Both children had stopped, not staring so much as simply gazing.
"Are you Ertwa?" asked the little girl.
" I don't know what `Ertwa' means," Konni said.
"She still gets times mixed up," the boy put in. He turned to his sister.
"They are
Splennwa. Ertwa were very long ago."
The little girl studied them. "Splennwa?" she said, cocking her head
critically. " I
think not. They are abroad unprotected in the heat of day."
Varlik would have contributed to the conversation but could think of nothing
to say in the face of such seeming precocity. Then the children turned and
trotted tough-footed to a nearby yard, saving him from the risk of saying
something inane.
A little farther on was a small building, smaller than the residences, with a
sign that read "cool drinks." On the roof was a solar converter, the first
they'd encountered here except for the large battery of them at the hospital.
Varlik paused. They'd walked half a mile or more by then, his longest walk
since
Birdland, and while he felt no pain, his legs were tiring in the T'swa
gravity. It might be best, he thought, to take it easy.
"Shall we?" he asked, beckoning.
"I like the sign," Konni answered, wiping away sweat. "Especially the first
word:
cool."

Within the thick, insulating adobe walls it was some fifteen or twenty degrees
cooler, and they closed the door behind them, shutting out the heat. The room
was lit only by daylight, through three windows that penetrated the thick
south wall.
They stood for a minute, looking around while their eyes adjusted from the
outside glare. Even then it seemed dim, reminding Varlik of the T'swa's
catlike vision.
There were only two others present: a waitress-the slenderest T'swi they'd
seen-
and a man in a loose white shirt who sat alone with a drink, watching them
interestedly. Konni and Varlik sat down by a window; the waitress was already
coming over.
"What you would like?" Her voice was quiet, her school-Standard rusty, her
manner poised.
"What do you have?" Varlik asked in Tyspi.
She recited a list, most of which meant nothing to either of them.
"We are not familiar with those," Konni said. "Bring us what you yourself like
best. I'm sure we'll like it, too. "
They did, even though "cool," in Tyss, was not "cold," as they'd expected. It
seemed to be a fruit punch; rather thin and nonalcoholic. The glasses were
about pint-size, and after sipping briefly, the two Iryalans carried them
around the room, looking at the numerous pictures hung on the walls. The
waitress, as if knowing the deficiencies of their twilight vision, turned on
an electric ceiling lamp that added moderately to the light.
The walls were paneled with boards, varnished and burnished, and the paintings
and drawings excellent. They seemed to be by numerous artists, and varied from
landscapes to portraits, from work scenes to archaic battles, from families to
children sitting in a circle on a nightbound hill. Most of the subjects seemed
T'swa, but some clearly were not. The styles included realism and
impressionism-
the styles accepted in the Confederation-and several others, including one
that particularly took Varlik's fancy: landscapes done seemingly in ink, with

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 97

an economy of brush strokes, suggestive rather than explicit. Konni's camera
and his own were busy.
The voice of the other customer interrupted them in easy Standard from half
across the room. "My name is Ban-Shum," he said. "If you have questions, I
would be happy to answer as far as I can."
So they sat with him, asking questions about the art and the city. The
paintings were not by a number of artists at all, but by the proprietress and
her husband, each having mastered a variety of techniques. No, there was no
particular market for art here; there were many fine artists, most painting
for pleasure.
Ban-Shum was a teacher, a teaching brother of the Order of Dys Jilgar, .and he
would enjoy being their guide to Oldu Tez-Boag. This was a holiday for the
children-there were numerous school holidays. He took the two Iryalans to his
nearby home, where he harnessed his ilkan and hitched it to a buggy, to take
the two Iryalans around. The ilkan was an indigenous species-all T'swa
livestock were, he said-an ungulate with long legs, long erect ears, and
short, soft, molelike fur.

They saw and recorded the small school at which Ban-Shum taught; visited the
wharves, some with barges, river boats, and small seagoing steamers tied to
them, and others for fishing boats; racks where fish, split lengthwise, dried
in the sun;
the water-treatment plant. They saw people at work-mostly men but also
numerous young women with no children yet to care for, and older women whose
children had grown up. There were shops and markets where produce was sold,
and others with meat or dairy products. Much was primitive, but where
refrigeration was needed, there it was, powered by solar converters.
By the time they felt they'd seen and recorded enough, Konni was enervated
from the 120° heat. Ban-Shum took them back to the place they'd met him, where
they talked quietly over cool drinks again. This time the drinks were a light
and fruity wine.
"So we have regiments on Orlantha," Ban-Shum said. "Interesting." Then he
added something in what was definitely not Standard but didn't seem to be
Tyspi either.
"I'm afraid I didn't understand that," Varlik said.
"It is Orlanthan. One of the principal dialects."
"Orlanthan?!" Varlik was startled-almost shocked. "How did you learn
Orlanthan?"
"A T'swa regiment was on Orlantha more than two hundred and fifty standard
years ago, to help put down a revolt by tribes from which mine slaves had been
conscripted. It was there for two years, and each company had two Orlanthan
scout/interpreters assigned to it. Naturally, T'swa being T'swa, some of the
warriors learned the language and brought it home with them.
"Since then it has been of interest to some of us because, besides Tyspi, it
is the only language in this sector entirely distinct from Standard. Even the
other resource worlds have languages at least recognizably similar to yours."
"Huh! I never knew that a T'swa regiment had been on Kettle before. I don't
think the army knows, either. What was it again that you said in Orlanthan?"
"Wisosuka seikomaril, sensumakono."
"What does it mean?"
"A straightforward translation is, `If you understand me, tell me so, my
friend.'
The root wiso means `to know,' su is the second person singular, and ka is the
suffix for the conditional case, equivalent to the word `if' ..."
Ban-Shum stopped short, laughing. "Forgive me; you are not interested in a
linguistic analysis."
"I'm surprised, somehow," Konni said. "It's such a lovely language; so
musical."
"Yes. Certainly it is a more aesthetic speech than Tyspi-softer, and there is

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 98

a scale of stresses that can be played to provide maximum beauty. The
Orlanthans had-I
trust still have-great bardic poets, and the use of meter and tones were their
favorite techniques. Their most highly developed implement was not a weapon or
tool, but a stringed instrument used by poets as accompaniment. "
No one said anything for a long moment. If Varlik had examined his discomfort
of the moment, he might have identified both grief and guilt. Ban-Shum sipped
again at his wine before breaking the silence. "You said you'd like to see
more of our planet. Right now you are within a mile of the greatest highway on
this part of

Tyss, the Lok-Sanu River. It can take you through a cross-section of
landscapes from coastal plain to the Jubat Hills, then through the Kar-Suum
basin, and finally to the Lok-Sanu Mountains-from forest, particularly in the
Jubat Hills, to deadly desert in the west."
"How would we go about taking such a trip?" Konni asked.
"There are river boats that carry passengers. One leaves the wharf at the foot
of
Central Street every morning and makes numerous stops along the river. It
takes five days to reach the end of navigable water, at Karu Lok-Sanit, where
there is a steel mill in the desert foothills. Both iron ore and coal are dug
near there, in the
Lok-Sanu Mountains. You could get off at any stop you liked, stay a while if
you'd care to, and catch a boat on a later day. The boats are owned and
operated by the Rivermen's Co-op."
"When does the boat leave here?" asked Varlik.
"At approximately six o'clock, I believe. That used to be the time, and I know
of no reason it would have changed. Surely no earlier than five-fifty.
"And they'd accept Confederation money?"
"I'm sure they would. Meanwhile, my wife and I would be pleased to have you as
our guests tonight. That will allow me to drive you to the wharf before I must
go to school."
Varlik looked doubtful. "We'd like to, but we have to walk back to the
hospital to get a few things and tell them what we're going to do. We can
probably arrange a ride from there in the morning and not impose on you."
"It would be no imposition. Let me make a proposal," Ban-Shum countered. "I
will drive you to the hospital. You can go inside, get what you need, and I
will wait for you. My wife and youngest daughter will soon be home, and will
truly be disappointed if I do not have you there for supper and an evening
with us."
Varlik looked at Konni; she nodded.
"That sounds good, then, Ban-Shum," Varlik said. "Let's finish our drinks and
do it that way."

CHAPTER TWENTY-SEVEN

The ilkan's hoofs raised puffs of dust as it trotted down the riverfront
street. On the wharves, smoking engines chuffed, powering cargo booms that
loaded or unloaded nets of cargo from holds or decks. Voices called directions
and warnings. And over and around it all, the morning's sea breeze brought the
odor of kelp beds, adulterated here by a smell of sooty smoke from dock
engines and deck engines and ships' funnels.
"That is the passenger boat," Ban-Shum said, pointing. "The one with the tall
slender smokestack and the long deckhouse aft."
Smokestack? Varlik didn't realize for a moment what was meant, then following
Ban-Shum's gesture saw a riverboat, with a thin plume of smoke rising lazily
from an erect cylinder amidships. The vessel was some hundred or more feet
long with a beam of perhaps twenty-five feet, built to carry both deck cargo

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 99

and humans. The ilkan trotted even with it and stopped, then Varlik and Konni
climbed out with their packs.
Ban-Shum reached down and shook their hands. "May your trip be all you wish,"
he said.
"Thank you for your hospitality," Varlik answered. "And for bringing us out
this morning."
"And thank Ling-Sii and Gon for the meals and for their company," Konni added.
"You were all very kind."
Ban-Shum grinned, his teeth still strong and white. "It was our pleasure to
host you."
He clucked to the ilkan then, turned the buggy in the street, and drove off
without a wave. It was like a dismissal by Kusu or Colonel Koda, Varlik
thought, watching him go, then turned to the river boat. It occurred to him
that he didn't know where to buy tickets, but considering how things were done
on Tyss, one probably simply bought them from the man standing at the foot of
the gangplank.
The man wore a loose white shirt, like Ban-Shum's, only unbleached-they were
common among civilian T'swa-but his cap was the only one in sight, suggesting
an official function.
Picking up his own and Konni's packs by the straps, Varlik headed for the
gangplank, then realized he didn't know the Tyspi word for "ticket." So he
slowed his steps to allow a tall, high-shouldered T'swi to get there ahead of
him. He'd listen and watch-see how it was done.
To his surprise, all the man with the cap said was, "Going back to
Tiiku-Moks?"
"Right. " The tall man then handed him a coin or coins and went aboard;
apparently no ticket was involved.
The capped man looked curiously at Varlik and Konni as they stepped up to him.
"Where to?" he asked in Tyspi.
"Up the river," Varlik said. "We've never been there before never been on Tyss
before-and we don't know just where we'll want to get off."
The man looked them over with unconcealed interest. "All right," he said,
waving them up the gangplank, "go aboard. I'll collect from you when you get
off. If you

have any questions, you can ask me-I'm the mate and I'll answer them if I have
time. But you might get answers quicker from other passengers."
Varlik grinned at Konni as they crossed the gangplank. "No tickets, pay when
you leave ... It may not be Standard, but I'll bet here it works just fine."
She nodded without speaking, camera busy. On Tyss, Varlik had been lax with
his own; her big Revax was better and more versatile.
The tall T'swi who'd boarded just ahead of them was leaning against the rail
in the shade of an awning, watching a fishing boat pull away downstream in the
direction of the sea. Varlik walked over to him.
"Good morning," said Varlik in Tyspi.
"Good morning," the man answered, surprised. "Do you understand Tyspi?"
"Quite a bit; we both do. This is Konni and my name is Varlik." He reached out
and they shook hands. Like Ban-Shum's, the man's palm, though somewhat hard,
was not as callused as the warriors'.
"My name is Lin," the man replied. "I'd thought of speaking to you, but I
hadn't anticipated your ability with our language."
He was a forester, employed on a forestry operation in the Jubat Hills, and
had come to Oldu Tez-Boag to visit his parents and a sister. The Lok-Sanu
River region had been his home all his life, and he enjoyed answering their
questions about it.
They'd been aboard no more than a quarter hour when they felt the vibration of
the ship's screw turning. Longshoremen cast the lines off, deckhands retrieved
them, and slowly the riverboat pulled away from the wharf. The current pushed
her nose as she angled into it, her screw biting water, and she shoved her way

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 100

upstream.
There were more docks just above the city, where they could see wheeled
engines, long and squat, attached to trains of wheeled wagons-the railroad,
Lin told them. Cargos were transferred from ships and riverboats to the
railroad trains, which then distributed the goods throughout this part of the
coastal plain. There too were the grain elevators from which, in turn, ships
and riverboats were loaded.
Soon, though, they left the dock area behind, and the shores became farmland,
with frequent water uptake structures for irrigation. These too were powered
by the chuffing, stationary, smoke-belching engines, or sometimes by solar
converters, and in a few cases by livestock plodding around a capstan. There
were rowboats with fisherman, and occasional downstream rafts with goods piled
on them, guided by T'swa at long sweeps. Wooden barges with smokestacks also
passed, some with lumber stacked on their decks, ricks of fuelwood, or piles
of stony black soil mounded above hatch coamings. Once they passed a flatboat
with a cargo of what seemed to be thick metal rods.
"Is that steel?" Varlik asked.
"Yes. The largest steel mill on Tyss is at the foot of the Lok-Sanu Mountains,
up the river 480 miles."
Varlik remembered Ban-Shum mentioning the mill. "Where do they get technetium
to make steel with?" he asked. He used the Standard word for technetium; he
didn't know any other, and they'd probably borrowed it into Tyspi anyway.

"Technetium? I'm not familiar with that. But I know little about steel-making;
actually nothing. If you go as far as Karu Lok-Sanit, the town where the mill
is, I'm sure they can tell you."
Varlik nodded; he'd try to get his question answered before he left Tyss.
There might be more technology here than he'd realized.
"Lin," he asked, "what powers these vessels? What makes them go?"
The forester's brows raised. "Come with me," he said, and led them to a broad
door in the deckhouse. Inside, the room extended not only to the overhead but
part of it well below the deck, seemingly to the bottom of the ship's
shallow-draft hull.
It was filled with sound and machinery, long piston shafts rising and falling
amid the smell of steam and hot oil, all ministered to by a wiry engineer, the
smallest adult male T'swi Varlik had seen. He held an oil can whose long spout
dipped and pecked among moving parts like some depraved giant hummingbird.
"Khito!" Lin shouted; obviously he knew the man. The engineer paused amid the
booming, turning to look.
Lin pointed at the two Iryalans, gesticulated, bent over and made motions with
his arms. The engineer in turn grinned and nodded, dismissing them with a
wave.
They backed out onto the deck again.
"That is the engine room," said Lin. "The engines are driven by steam under
pressure. Come. I'll show you where the steam is made."
They followed him a few yards farther aft, where a narrow door stood open to
the deck. From it flowed a river of heat considerably hotter even than the
outside air.
A short steep companionway led down into the ship's bowels, from which came a
ringing of steel striking steel. Lin paused only long enough to tell the
Iryalans that
Khito had said it was all right, then he started down the hellish
companionway, Varlik and Konni trailing hesitantly behind.
It led into a chamber like something from a nightmare, weakly lit by two small
tubes, one next to the companionway, the other above a gauge of some kind. The
heat was terrific; outside was nothing by comparison. The ringing noises had
stopped before they'd started down, but the pounding of the engine could be
felt and heard, and somewhere a leaking steam valve hissed. A grizzled T'swi,
short and stocky and a virtual anatomical chart in holo, stood stripped to the

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 101

waist, amazingly sinewy, all fat long since boiled away. The man's jeans were
so sweat-
soggy they stuck to his thighs.
Shovel in hand, he was watching the gauge. To his right was what seemed a
metal wall with two small metal doors, behind him a bulkhead with a barred
opening from which had slid a pile of the stony soil, shiny black, that Varlik
had seen on passing barges.
Varlik and Konni stood transfixed, sweating extravagantly, their cameras
recording the motionless tableau. Shortly the stoker turned to the metal wall
and threw open one of the doors; inside was intense fire, glaring whitely.
With a single easy bending stride, he slid his shovel crunching beneath the
pile of stony dirt, half straightened, pivoted, and slung the shovelful into
the fire, a smooth swinging movement, the heel of the shovel ringing on the
baseplate of the door.
Then he turned, dug again, and threw again, his movements as if choreographed,

until he'd cast half a dozen scoops of soil into the fire. Then he closed the
door, grinned at his visitors, and returned his attention to the gauge.
Lin nodded to the Iryalans and led them back out onto the deck, where briefly
it seemed cool.
"That is where the steam is made for the engine," Lin said, leading them
aftward.
"And back here is where the force is applied to the water to propel the boat.
"
On the fantail he leaned over the rail, pointing downward. "Down there is the
propeller. It works on the principle of the screw to push against the water."
Varlik didn't understand all the words, but he got the general idea. Only one
thing demanded explanation.
"But Lin," he said, "why was the man throwing dirt and stones into the fire?"
"Dirt?" Suddenly Lin realized, and laughed out loud. "You are right; that's
what it is," he said. "Dirt and stones! It's just that we don't think of it
that way. We call it
`coal,' and it is flammable, burning hotter than wood and requiring
considerably less storage space and handling for a given value of energy." .
He laughed again as they picked their way among crates on the freight deck to
the ship's bow, where the breeze of its movement was unbroken, there to watch
the shore and the water traffic. Incredible, thought Varlik, that the T'swa
could have done these things. How could they have learned, have been so
clever?
Then he remembered something Voker had said: Every Standard practice had been
an innovation once. An unheard-of concept, yet now that he looked at it,
compelling; it had to have been that way once! Vaguely Varlik got the concept
of innovation growing upon innovation over time, leading perhaps from this, or
something like it, to the technology of the Confederation. In some remote,
long-
forgotten past, his own people must have been clever too, must have thought
new thoughts and tried things for the first time.
The realization made him feel slightly ill rather than excited, as old and
hidden psychoconditioning was activated, and he pushed the thought away.
Within moments he didn't remember it-didn't even remember there'd been a
thought.

CHAPTER TWENTY-EIGHT

Tiiku-Moks, several hours upstream from Oldu Tez-Boag, was the biggest town
they'd come to, it maybe three or four thousand people. Well before they got
there, they'd left the coastal plain, the river flowing through a gap in a
series of transverse ridges that got higher eastward.

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 102

The Lok-Sanu's current had continued smooth and unchanging, a third of a mile
wide, and deep enough for shallow-draft traffic. No rivers of size had entered
it, and it had occurred to Varlik to wonder where, on such a dry world, the
Lok-Sanu got its water. The answer, Lin had explained, was the Lok-Sanu
Mountains, Tyss's highest, with many ridge crests rising sixteen thousand feet
above the basin at their feet, and peaks to more than twenty thousand.
Precipitation was relatively abundant there-snow as well as rain; it was the
wettest place on the planet.
On this particular mid-autumn day, Tiiku-Moks was hotter than Aromanis had
usually been. For miles now the river's shores had mainly been forested, with
here and there a hamlet fronted by its own wharf, and Tiiku-Moks had the feel
of a lumbering town-one with shade trees. Except along the wharves, there were
trees enough that the buildings seemed almost to have been fitted in among
them.
As a river port, its principal function was clearly the shipping of lumber:
There were long stacks of it piled along the wharves, as high as men could
build them by hand, and numerous carloads were parked on railroad spurs. The
Jubat Hills, Lin explained, were the major source of wood for this whole part
of the planet, everything upstream as well as down, and the districts all
around the Toshi Sea, especially the dry eastern side.
Lin led them to a low building with the welcome "cool drinks" sign. Like the
one in Oldu Tez-Boag, it had wooden paneling inside a thick layer of
stuccoed-over adobe bricks. This one, however, was near the docks, and much
busier and noisier with conversation than the T'swa cantina the two Iryalans
had experienced the day before. The forester told them he had to stay in town
for a day of meetings. If they decided to visit the forestry operations, the
railroad ran north from Tiiku-Moks through fifty miles of them, with a sawmill
village every few miles. Lodging and meals could be found in any village by
asking around.
When Lin had left them, Konni and Varlik discussed it and decided they'd go on
up the river. They could take this side trip on the way back if they wanted
to.
Meanwhile, they had another hour to wait before the boat left, so they
wandered along the riverfront, slowly, so as not to soak their clothes with
sweat. The railroad line, which headed away from the river, was flanked here
by a side track with a long string of empty lumber cars waiting for return to
the sawmills. But not all the cars were lumber cars, nor empty. There was a
flatcar with machinery, perhaps for a sawmill, boxcars with goods, even
refrigeration cars with small solar converters on top. Toward the head end
were three passenger cars.
There were also three gondola cars with long bundles of steel rods visible
atop their loads. When Varlik saw them, he felt a momentary thrill of
discomfort, went over and climbed the rungs of one to peer over the edge.
There was raw steel in

bars and bundled rods, on underlying sheets of rolled steel, obviously going
away from the river.
Going away from the river. What would some sawmill village do with three
carloads, or one carload, of untooled steel? All the peculiarities, the little
incongruities associated with Kettle, the insurrection, the T'swa, the whole
business-boiled up for a moment, and he dropped to the ground looking
troubled.
"What's the matter?" Konni asked.
"I'm not sure. Maybe nothing. But I want to take the train after all. I want
to see where these" -- he indicated the three carloads of steel-"get left off,
and if I can, see what they're used for. Come on. Let's find out when the
train leaves."
"Now wait a minute!" Konni insisted as they walked. "Give! Something's
bothering you, whether you're sure or not. What is it?"

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 103

He walked on a dozen paces before answering. "I'm really not sure. I haven't
had time to think about it yet. But steel! Where do they get the technetium to
make it with? Would the Rombili ship technetium to a gook world, considering
the shortage of the past year?"
"What would following these cars tell you?" Konni asked.
Again he kept walking silently while thoughts formed. "Konni," he said at
last, "what if the T'swa are making weapons? Suppose there's an arsenal off
north here somewhere?"
"Who would they make weapons for?"
"For whoever is shipping them technetium. The T'swa export soldiers, why not
weapons?"
She slowed him, holding his sleeve. "But that sounds like a lot of trouble for
someone just to get weapons, when they could make them themselves or buy them
from us. Especially if they got caught; then they'd really have trouble!"
"Exactly! Anyone who'd go to that much trouble and take that big a risk isn't
only up to something illegal, but something big enough to make it seem
worthwhile.
Maybe they're trying to arm up secretly. Maybe it's a trade world that's
buying them! Maybe the Splenn. Remember the little kids that talked to us in
the street, back in Oldu Tez-Boag? They thought we were from Splenn. Why
Splenn? Do quite a few Splenn come to Tyss? And besides being one of the few
trade worlds with space ships, Splenn's supposedly a haven for smugglers."
They'd been approaching the railroad administrative office, not much more than
an adobe shack near the head of the siding, and stopped talking as they went
in.
The cheerful T'swa manager told them they had almost an hour, and there would
be someone at the coaches, probably himself, to receive fares.
So they returned to the cantina to wait, replenish their body fluids, and
refill the water flasks they carried in their packs. Konni was thoughtful now;
clearly
Varlik's arguments had impressed her. Then they walked to the siding again,
paid their fares, and boarded a coach.
The coach windows bore no glass. The presence of forest in such year-round
heat attested that it rained here fairly often and fairly heavily, but
apparently the T'swa didn't mind getting wet. Shortly the couplings jerked and
the train began to move, picking up speed to about thirty miles an hour,
clicking along a track that kept close to the contour. On left curves, Varlik
could see the locomotive, even

glimpse the fireman pitching long lengths of firewood into the furnace. The
smokestack, topped by a large spark arrester, trailed a plume of white.
They stopped at every sawmill village to drop off flatcars and sometimes other
cars, until only a few cars were left. By then the sun was low, and the cars
with steel were still in the train, close behind the engine.
Then the train slowed again, finally stopping, but this time not at a village,
only a short siding, where a spur track disappeared into the forest. On the
siding was a gondola car, and a flat car with large crates strapped on it. The
cars with the steel were uncoupled from the train, and a little switch engine
shunted them onto the siding. Then the train recoupled and drew slowly away,
leaving the steel cars behind. Varlik lowered his camera. When they rounded
the next curve, they saw another sawmill village just ahead.
He nudged Konni. "Here's where we get off," he said in Standard. "We can visit
the sawmill today, a logging operation tomorrow"-he paused-"and take a walk in
the woods tonight."
Visit a sawmill they did, recording its yowling headrig and squalling resaws,
its snarling hogger and screeching planer. And above all, the energetic, sure,
and strenuous activities of T'swa workers defying the heat. Afterward they
found a home with two rooms they could rent for the night, and ate supper
there. When they'd eaten, they walked the evening darkness of the village's

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 104

main street, often pausing to use their cameras, planning their spying in
quiet murmurs, finally stopping at the local watering place for the usual
"cool drinks," avoiding anything alcoholic.
They talked little there; their attention was on what they were about to do,
and they'd said all there was to say about it. By deliberately nursing their
drinks, they took another half hour; then they left, to stroll along the unlit
dirt street that paralleled the railroad track. At the edge of the village the
street continued, became a forest lane, and they just kept strolling,
accompanied on their right by the railroad and blessed by a moon that was, for
all practical purposes, full. They rounded the curve, leaving the village out
of sight behind them, the cars on the siding slowly taking form in the
darkness ahead.
So far they could easily explain their presence as an evening walk. Now the
question forced itself on them: Might the cars be guarded? Would some T'swi
step out of the shadows when Varlik began to snoop?
When they got there, Varlik dug their monitor visors and cameras from his
pack, and they put them on. Then he climbed onto the flatcar to examine the
packing boxes, while Konni recorded. The boxes were nearly as tall as he was,
and not only were they strapped to the car; each was also wrapped around with
metal straps and strongly cross-spiked. They must, he muttered to Konni, be
very heavy to require such strong packing.
Next they looked into the gondola cars. From the ground they looked empty, but
actually they were decked with layers of flat wooden cases, each case as heavy
as he cared to lift in the gravity of Tyss. He stood staring at them.
"What are you going to do?" whispered Konni, clinging to a rung and peering
in.
"Break one open?"

Varlik shook his head. "It would be too obvious. Someone would wonder what
happened, and someone else would remember the two Confederate T'swa."
"We could take one back in the woods and break it open where no one would
notice it. No one would ever know; it would be just one case less."
He thought about that, then shook his head. "Not yet, anyway. Let's follow the
spur track back into the woods and see where it goes. This stuff must come
from back there somewhere."
They climbed down.
"What if there's a guard?"
"I'm hoping there isn't. You know how trusting the T'swa are, and they
probably don't get foreigners in this district once a decade."
How trusting the T'swa are, he repeated to himself. As if they're so honest
themselves that they overlook the possibility of criminality, at least at
home. And how did that fit his suspicions? He shook the question off; he'd see
where this track led him.
Back among the trees it was darker, much of the moonlight being intercepted.
But using camera and visor to find the way would be a greater nuisance here,
so they set off down the spurline track, stumbling occasionally on the ties.
When they'd gone half a mile and found nothing, they almost gave up and turned
back, then saw moonlight ahead through the trees.
It turned out to be a clearing, roughly square and a quarter mile across, and
from beneath the eaves of the forest they stopped to look. In the middle was a
building like a very large, tall shed, of metal instead of adobe, resembling
the sawmill, and for a moment Varlik wondered if that's all it was. But there
were no log piles. The sides were open for several feet above the ground, and
again below the eaves, presumably for free airflow. The ground around it had
been plowed and harrowed, and at first he thought of a mine field. Then it
occurred to him it might be a fire break, to protect the building in case of
forest fire, or perhaps the opposite. At any rate it would show footprints
conspicuously.
There was no sign of a light in or around the building, but he reminded

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 105

himself of the T'swa night vision. A watchman might not use a light. He looked
at Konni;
she was looking at him.
"C'mon," he murmured, and started across the clearing on the well-trod path
that they now could see accompanied the spur track, no doubt worn there by
workers going to work.
The little steam engine used to shunt freight cars waited in solitary silence
by a loading dock. No one and nothing challenged them-nothing but the darkness
of inside. The place was full of heavy machinery, and their cameras recorded
all of it. There were conveyors, furnaces, drop forges, steam hammers, forging
presses, lathes .... He couldn't have named most of them, but he could
recognize or guess what they did. Then he examined some dies, and that left no
doubt: Weapons were made here.
This place must be as loud as the sawmill, Varlik thought. Maybe that's why
they built it so far back in the forest.
On the long loading dock they found rifles ready for packing, along with
sidearms, blast hoses, rocket launchers, Jobbers-every light infantry weapon.
The

rifles lacked stocks, as if those were added elsewhere. At destination
apparently;
the crates and cases on the cars seemed built and secured for the whole trip.
Varlik turned to Konni.
"I've seen enough," he said. "They're arming someone, or helping arm them.
I'll bet it's Splenn, or someone the Splenn smugglers contract with. And
that's the source of the technetium used to make this steel."
"Not necessarily," Konni said.
"What do you mean?"
"Maybe the T'swa manufacture weapons for themselves here."
Varlik shook his head. " I doubt it. Could they make them cheaper than they
can buy them? This place can't be as efficient as the Royal Armory on Iryala."
"Maybe they're stockpiling," she suggested. "Maybe they're training and arming
a secret army to conquer someone. "
"Who? They can't have more than a few leased troop transports. The
Confederation fleet would stop any transstellar invasion in a hurry."
"Maybe they plan to conquer another resource planet. That might not bring the
fleet down on them."
He shook it off; conquest didn't fit the T'swa he knew, either in the regiment
or here. Or do I really know any T'swa? That thought, too, he tried to banish.
"Conquest plans wouldn't explain how they get the technetium," he said.
"They don't have to. They could still get it through smugglers, and maybe
steel doesn't take very much. Maybe they even get it legally. Certainly the
Confederation knows they make steel here."
"Maybe the Confederation doesn't know," he countered. "Remember how little
there is in the library about Tyss and the T'swa? No one in the Confederation
pays any attention to them except as a source of mercenaries. And with
technetium as precious as it must be by now ..."
Konni didn't respond at once, but her expression told him an idea was forming.
"Varlik?"
"Yes?"
"What if the T'swa have their own technite mine? It wouldn't have to be very
big."
The T'swa with their own technite mine? How could you disprove something like
that? After a moment he reached into a partly filled packing case and
transferred a sidearm to his packsack. Konni watched soberly; to steal on Tyss
seemed an enormity, despite their suspicions.
"Let's go," Varlik murmured. "Let's go back and sleep on this, or try to. I
don't know what to think. Or what to do next."
But by the time they reached the village he knew: Their next step was to get

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 106

back to Oldu Tez-Boag and off of Oven.

PART FOUR
Death of a Regiment

CHAPTER TWENTY-NINE

Their return to Orlantha was less comfortable than the trip out, for it was a
troopship they rode, the aged but well-maintained IWS Davin. She carried the
Ice
Tiger Regiment, a virgin regiment newly contracted for. Varlik had a
shelf-like bunk in a troop compartment, while Konni enjoyed the privacy of a
four- by eight-foot gear locker temporarily converted to her use.
The Davin was hotter than the hospital ship had been, too. The temperature was
around 110° F during the wake period, Varlik guessed, though cooled during the
sleep period by a dozen or fifteen degrees.
According to a lieutenant he'd talked with, the new regiment had been
contracted for by the Department of Armed Forces, not the Crown, and requested
by General
Lamons. Varlik accepted this as truth; the T'swa were given to openly briefing
officers and men of all ranks, and rumors seemed to have little or no place or
function among them.
Apparently Lamon's medal-bestowing visit to the T'swa hospital wards had been
more than politics.
Varlik and Konni talked together a great deal while killing time playing cards
in her "room." They agreed to say nothing about the arsenal or their
suspicions until they'd both returned to Iryala, and then only jointly. To
make it known on
Orlantha could only upset operations there.
Also, together and separately, they talked with T'swa mercenaries. These
troopers were eighteen and nineteen years old, but seemed scarcely less mature
than the fourteen-year veterans Varlik had lived and served with. Varlik
joined them in their exercises, which were restricted by lack of space but
strenuous nonetheless, and by the time they raised Kettle, he felt strong
again.
They landed at Aromanis, of course, and Varlik, per protocol, checked in with
Trevelos-Captain Trevelos now. The information officer had been given a larger
staff and office-the Kettle War was much bigger news at home than it had been.
Inwardly, Trevelos credited Varlik with making it happen, or at least helping
it happen, with his coverage of the T'swa.
In fact Trevelos, usually polite, now positively deferred to him. It made
Varlik a bit uncomfortable, and he stayed for only a few minutes, making small
talk about
Tyss and the new regiment.
Then Varlik checked Voker's office, and to his surprise found the colonel
there.
Voker, grinning but sharp-eyed, got up and offered his hand when Varlik came
in.
"Sit," said Voker, motioning to a chair, and Varlik sat. "How did you like
Tyss?"
"Interesting. And friendly. Someday I'd like to go back and really explore.
Visit a war lodge. Maybe a monastery." Varlik had surprised himself with the
latter because he hadn't thought of it before. "There's a lot more to the
T'swa than mercenaries," he added.
"So. And meanwhile, what next?"
"Next? First a shower in unrecycled water, then listen to my mail. Then I'm
going to send off some letter cubes and a report on Tyss. And after that ..."
He shrugged.

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 107

"I don't really know. I've been thinking of going straight home. But I'll
probably

go to the T'swa reconditioning camp, at least for a few days. Get a feel for
what's going on now and see whether there's anything more I want to do here
before I
leave."
Voker leaned back, contemplating the younger man. "Just don't talk yourself
into going south again. The T'swa aren't doing anything different, and you've
already covered that. There's a good chance of getting yourself killed if you
go back down there." He stroked the morning's regrowth on his chin. "You've
done a damn fine job here and made a name for yourself on Iryala. Go home and
enjoy it."
Somehow the colonel's pitch put Varlik off, just a little and for only a
moment, but Voker's eyes didn't miss it.
"Maybe I will," Varlik said. "But right now I want to say something while I
think of it. I want to thank you for working my ass off on the way out here.
And for your tip that got me back with Colonel Koda." Varlik chuckled. " I
thought I was going to die that first day out on the prairie with them."
"Just make sure you don't die on your last day with them," Voker said.
That killed the conversation, but neither had anything more to say anyway.
They exchanged a few trivialities, then Varlik excused himself. The rest of
the day, the question occupied at least the fringe of his mind while he did
other things. Why shouldn't he go straight home? The wisdom in Voker's
suggestion felt compelling, but somehow he couldn't decide to do it:
Voker, in turn, after Varlik left, still had him on his mind, if only briefly.
He recognized a certain responsibility for Varlik's being with the T'swa, and
for the young man's likely death if he continued with them.
But if Varlik decided to, that was his prerogative. He'd survived so far, and
the ultimate responsibility belonged to the person himself. Voker sipped
thoughtfully at his tepid joma, then dismissed Lormagen from his thoughts and
turned back to the plan he'd been working on.

CHAPTER THIRTY

The T'swa colonels, three of them now, arrived together at Lamons's weekly
command meeting, each with his aide. The nineteen-year-old Colonel Jil-Zat
seemed as poised, as relaxed and sure of himself, as Biltong and Koda.
Lamons had his staff with him, and a personal aide to the Crown-Lord Kristal.
Introducing Kristal was the first order of business; when that was over, the
work of the meeting began.
Currently, problems of logistics, coordination, and authority were minor, and
could be handled at lower levels. These were reviewed briefly. Finally, there
was nothing left but the major situation review and discussion.
"And now," said Lamons, "we come back to our purpose in being on Orlantha.
We need to reestablish the reliable mining and refining of technite on a scale
adequate for the continuance of Confederation industry. We have a time frame
to work within, dictated by the need for steel. Lord Kristal has something to
say to us about that." He turned to the dapper aristocrat in his precise and
correct civilian garb. "Your Lordship?" said Lamons, and sat down.
Kristal stood. "I will be brief, and what I say here must not be repeated-in
whole, in part, or in substance-by any of you to anyone not currently present.
It would be regarded as treasonous, and no extenuating circumstance would be
considered. Is that understood?".
Sober nods around the table assured him that it was.
"Good. I said that not from any concern that one of you might be
loose-tongued. I
simply wanted to stress the importance of silence on this subject." He scanned

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 108

the table with its seated officers. "Now. Technetium shipments to trade
planets have been embargoed for more than seven deks. This has had a very
severe impact on the manufacturing and economy of those worlds, and as a
result, on their ability to purchase goods from Confederation worlds. A side
effect has been a growing depression in substantial sectors of the
Confederation economy. Furthermore, the shipment of steel outside the
Confederation, already tightened, was discontinued entirely almost three deks
ago, and that is exacerbating matters seriously.
"And here are the most sensitive data: At the present reduced levels of use,
existing stocks of technetium will last less than eleven deks. However, use
restrictions will be put into effect at the end of this dek which, at the cost
of increasing economic problems, will stretch the supply by approximately five
deks to, say, fifteen deks. The capacity to ration supplies more severely than
that is closely limited by what the economy can stand. "
His hard grey eyes scanned the assembled military. "That establishes your time
frame, gentlemen. And we can't wait the full fifteen deks; a certain lag time
is involved in the economy. His Majesty wants significant new technite
shipments underway from Orlantha no later than a year from now. Therefore, you
have ten deks. "
He nodded at Lamons then and took his seat. The general stood up. "Thank you,
Your Lordship. For the purpose of establishing the operational situation, let
me say first that the Orlanthan insurgency clearly has considerably greater
resources

of men and ordnance than we had thought as recently as two deks ago. And they
are very effective fighting men." He turned to an aide. "Major Emeril, give us
the current data on insurgent attacks and on our progress toward renewed
technite production. "
Emeril stood. "Thank you, general. Gentlemen, my lord, in the week ending last
midnight, lobber rockets landing within our defensive perimeter numbered 387,
up from 209 the week before and 117 the week before that. Apparently the
insurgents are not only continuing to get reinforcements through; they are now
bringing up munitions in greater bulk, on pack animals.
"We have stepped up our combat patrols outside the perimeter, and our ground
contacts with the insurgents increased from 17 to 42; that's 247 percent.
Again, this was for the week ending last midnight. Also, the intensity of
those contacts has increased: Our patrol casualties rose from 61 to 239, with
81 killed. Yesterday alone we had 20 killed on patrols.
"Enemy were increasingly sighted by reconnaissance flights and platform
surveillance, indicating either enemy carelessness or, more probably,
increased activity. Gunship attacks on seen enemy troops increased from
sixteen to twenty-
seven. On the other hand, gunship losses to enemy fire increased from three to
eleven. Apparently the enemy has now brought M-4 rockets into use, and may in
fact be baiting our gunships into what we might call ambushes."
At that point, Lamons interrupted. "Let me add here that the Romblit
engineering teams have completed renovation of the technite mines with heavy
concrete mineheads. Given our existing defense perimeter, both the refinery
sites and mineheads continue susceptible to enemy lobber fire. We hit such
lobber positions quickly and hard as soon as they show themselves, but
rebuilding the refinery goes slowly for now. We have to construct it like a
fortress. But if it was ready now, bulk carriers landing for ore would be
subject to rocket attacks, and they're not built to stand that sort of thing.
Arrival of the four new divisions will permit us to man a larger defense
perimeter, but establishing and building it will cost us."
He turned to Emeril. "Major, please continue. "
Nodding, Emeril went on, his eyes on Lord Kristal. "Equipment recently
received has enabled us to begin expanding the Beregesh secured site. Our
attempts the past week to establish six key strong points outside the defense

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 109

perimeter were successful. Casualties in so doing were high but not quite
exorbitant: 103 killed and 307 wounded, not including patrol casualties but
including men killed and injured by ground-to-air attack on floaters being
used to land them, again evincing enemy use of M-4 rockets. Casualties also
include operator losses from rocket attacks on armored dozers clearing fields
of fire around the strong points.
"Our success in strong-point construction has been encouraging, but of course
they remain six isolated strong points-only a beginning in a defensive
perimeter that will be"--he paused meaningfully-"over twenty-five miles long.
"Today we have begun the establishment of six new strongpoints." He turned to
General Lamons. "Sir, that's the end of my presentation."
Emeril sat down and Lamons stood up. "Thank you, major." He looked around the
table. "You will have noticed a second new face among us: Colonel Jil-Zat of
the
Ice Tiger Regiment. This is a virgin regiment with a full complement of men,
and

the contracting authority assures us that they are fully combat competent,
albeit without combat experience. The latter will be remedied shortly.
Colonel, will you stand, please."
The T'swi stood, tall and with shoulders big even for a T'swi, but almost
shockingly young-looking. Jil-Zat nodded without speaking and sat down. The
Confederation officers around the long table could not entirely conceal their
misgivings.
Lamons continued. "I should add that the contracting authority tells me it is
the only additional T'swa regiment likely to be available to us in the near
future.
Colonel Biltong, please brief us on T'swa combat activities during the last
week."
Biltong stood, impassive as always at these meetings. "General, Lord Kristal,
gentlemen. To our specific knowledge, T'swa raiders made 474 attacks last week
on insurgents and their pack animals. Casualties inflicted are not known, but
presumably are fewer per action than in previous weeks because of the
increased insurgent tendency to move in small groups-now commonly in twos and
threes-
and to disperse their travel over a broader zone.
"This tells us something of the dedication and discipline of insurgent troops,
and their ability to find their way in wilderness not personally familiar to
them.
"Our own casualties have also been lower, partly because such small groups of
insurgents have less opportunity and ability to return fire, partly because
there are fewer of us for the insurgent hunter-killer patrols to find, and
partly because of adjustments we have made in our tactics.
"And to echo General Lamons's comment, it seems abundantly clear that
insurgent numbers are far greater than originally thought, while our two
regiments have been shrinking. The two engaged regiments, as of yesterday,
numbered only
396 men active behind enemy lines. Actually, some of those may be casualties
not yet reported. We also have 80 men on rest rotation, 92 more in
rehabilitation training following hospitalization, and 77 in the hospital with
wounds that should not prevent their reassignment within a reasonably short
time. That is a total of
645 men."
Biltong sat down then, and Lamons stood again. "We are aware," Lamons said
quietly, "that the T'swa have been operating under sustained, very hazardous
conditions, and at heavy cost in blood. We also realize the extreme importance
of what they've accomplished. Colonel Voker, you have a proposal to make with
regard to the T'swa."
"Yes, sir." Voker got to his feet. "Not all the T'swa in insurgent territory

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 110

have been raiding insurgent lines of reinforcement and supply. I've had
several three-
man teams on long-range reconnaissance, tracing insurgent trails farther
south.
The trails come from a particular region of jungle within which I strongly
suspect the insurgent military command and supply centers can be found, and
probably the insurgent government.
"A few weeks ago I also put down several small T'swa exploration teams in the
equatorial jungle, to report on operating conditions there."
Voker looked around the table. "At the same time, we have analyzed aerial
reconnaissance holos of the landforms in regions we thought might contain
those centers. Considering that roofed supply depots are necessary in such a
rainy

climate, and that suitable buildings should be detectable from recon platforms
but weren't, I assumed that caves are probably being used. These would have to
be extensive, and because of drainage requirements would almost surely be
found in hills with certain characteristics. I've made certain other
assumptions as well, and come up with a limited number of candidate areas.
"What I propose doing next is to withdraw the existing T'swa hunter-killer
squads to Aromanis for rest and refitting, replacing them with two battalions
of the new regiment. I recommend that the other new battalion be used at
Beregesh to disrupt and inhibit insurgent activities in the vicinity of our
strongpoint construction.
"Meanwhile, veteran T'swa scout teams will be flown south to find, if
possible, the central insurgent command area. Assuming they find it, the
veteran T'swa regiments would be used to strike the area by surprise, with the
sole purpose of capturing and bringing out insurgent headquarters officers who
might be able to tell us who trained and supplied them, and how, as well as
giving us locations of other strategic sites we can hit from the air."
Voker scanned the intent faces around the table, then continued. "For
interrogation, incidentally, we have several psychiatric specialists being
flown here from Iryala with their equipment.
"After withdrawing the T'swa and their prisoners, we can strike key
coordinates from the air, and hopefully seriously impair the insurgent ability
to continue, while turning over to the Crown any information on of world
supporters of the insurgency."
Again Voker looked the silent group over. "That is the outline of my proposal.
It has the apparent potential to weaken seriously the insurgents' supply
capacity and to end any future outside aid to them."
He sat down, and for a moment no one spoke. Lamons started to rise then, but
before he said anything, Lord Kristal spoke. "General, I recommend that you
recess this meeting, its members to remain available on short notice. I'd like
to speak with Colonel Voker and yourself with regard to the colonel's
proposal."
That evening, with the decisions made and detailed planning underway, and a
coded message cube off to His Majesty, Lord Kristal let his thoughts wander.
The standard military mind! Even Voker, easily the most imaginative of them
all, wore a mental strait jacket. With the proper innovative use of resources
at hand or available in short order, ore could be shipped within a dek-two at
most. But of course, if they were up to that, he said to himself, this project
wouldn't be necessary in the first place.

CHAPTER THIRTY-ONE

Rehab section C came in from its two-hour speed march in the typical wild
closing gallop, with Varlik, as usual, bringing up the rear. If there was just
some way to market sweat, he thought as he stood in ranks again, chest

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 111

heaving, waiting for dismissal while wiping his forehead.
It wasn't until after they'd been dismissed that he noticed the Red Scorpions'
regimental area had been reoccupied; the regiment was back.
Or what was left of it. Walking between the rows of squad tents to the
showers, he found about one in three occupied. Subconsciously he'd known it
would be like this, would have said so if asked in advance, but seeing it was
like being slugged in the gut.
The troopers seemed not to feel that way. The returnees and the men of the
rehab sections greeted each other cheerily, some even exuberantly, and asked
about others who might simply be elsewhere at the moment or dead. And as
Varlik soaked this in, it so disjointed his sense of the appropriate that his
initial depression became something different-a low grade, ill-defined
resentment.
"Varlik!"
It was Kusu; the big sergeant stepped from a tent as Varlik was returning from
the showers. The surgeons hadn't returned his chin to its old profile, had
rebuilt it more roundly than before, but he was easily recognizable.
"So you are back from Tyss!" He stood back and looked the Iryalan over,
reading
Varlik's discomfort, and in response toned down his own high cheer. "Fit
again, too," he added. "Apparently the physical differences between Iryalan
and T'swi are more complexion than constitution."
Somehow Varlik wasn't able to reply.
"May I walk along with you?" asked Kusu.
"If you want." Varlik's tone was almost surly.
"There aren't many of us left, are there?" Kusu said calmly. "There's been a
lot of recycling going on. Recycling tends to come a lot- earlier among
warriors than among others." His chuckle was barely audible. "Newsmen, for
instance. I suspect most newsmen grow old and gray and watch their
grandchildren grow up."
Varlik said nothing.
"What rehab section are you in?" Kusu asked.
"C"
"Then you are almost ready to join a unit, if that is what you plan. You told
me once that you have a wife, and intended to have children."
Varlik answered without expression. "That's right."
"Fine." The T'swi slowed. "Maybe we'll talk sometime. I would enjoy hearing
what you thought of Tyss." Then he turned back the way they'd come, and Varlik
walked the last hundred feet alone to his tent.
What's the matter with you? he asked himself. He's a friend. He was glad to
see you. And you acted like a complete and utter ass.

He wondered if Kusu had been offended, then rejected the idea. The man, the
T'swa in general, seemed immune to that kind of emotion. But that didn't make
it all right to act offensively toward him, to reject his friendliness.
Varlik hung his towel over the foot-frame of his cot, put on his off-duty
uniform and fresh boots, then looked at his watch. They wouldn't serve supper
for ten minutes, but he might as well do his waiting at the mess hall.
As he left, the rifle rack at the end of the tent caught his eye. He'd
checked, and the rifles all had serial numbers, as rifles should; it was the
only way to tell yours from the others. And he realized what was bothering
him, had been bothering him since they'd been dismissed after training and
he'd found the regiment back from the south. It was not just that the regiment
-- this regiment was being shot to pieces bit by bit. It was that tied
together with his suspicion that some T'swa faction was the source of this
war, was supporting the other side-the Birds-and that the regiments were being
sacrificed to duplicity.
But you don't know that, he argued. All you have is circumstantial evidence.
There could be various other explanations that haven't occurred to you.

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 112

Yeah? Name one. Think of one.
He shook off the spiral of questions and, walking slowly, put his attention
outward, on the visual: actually seeing the tents, duckboards, black bodies
striding tentward from the showers, green-trousered troopers ambling toward
the mess hall; blue sky, fluffy white cumulus, a high-soaring hawk riding an
updraft.
In this way, by the time he'd walked the hundred yards to the mess hall he'd
banished his upset for the time being: The roots still were there. The
regiment was decimated, on Tyss he'd seen what he'd seen, and all the
anomalies, ambiguities, strangenesses in the situation remained.
On the mustering ground, something over five hundred veteran T'swa stood in
ranks, at ease, in faint morning steam as the newly risen sun evaporated a
thundershower of the night before. There were five hundred forty-six troopers-
four under-strength companies-most of what was left of the two regiments.
Their regimental commanders stood facing them, each flanked by his exec and
his sergeant major. Somewhere out of sight, of Varlik Lormagen, a bird
trilled, some songster of the Orlanthan prairie, intruded upon but not far
displaced by the black mercenaries. It or others like it, Varlik thought,
would be here when the regiments, and the army, were long gone.
It was Biltong, as the "senior" colonel, who spoke, using only his big voice
unamplified. His Tyspi was almost as easy for Varlik to follow now as Standard
would have been.
"T'swa," said Biltong, "we have a new assignment: We are to strike the
Orlanthan headquarters and take prisoners-assuming that we succeed in locating
it. Several reconnaissance teams are in the candidate areas now, in the
equatorial jungle, and we can presume they'll find it."
Biltong went on to describe the plans in some detail, and Varlik listened in
near shock. It sounded suicidal. Finally, Biltong finished. "Ground-model
briefings will be made when the area has been identified and the ground
described. You all know the enemy and his fighting qualities, so you see the
challenge we face. It

will almost surely be a battle of highest quality, and may prove to be our
final action. Colonel Koda and I will be there with you, of course."
He turned and said something quietly to Koda, who shook his head as he
answered. Then Biltong turned again to the troopers.
"Regiments dismissed!"
The troopers broke ranks and began walking to breakfast, and it wasn't until
then that Varlik became aware of a deep and powerful something that had risen
in them.
They weren't saying much, but there was a sense of anticipation; he could
almost hear their deep psychic chuckling, and it made his hair stand up.
In the mess hall at breakfast, a regimental clerk announced that Varlik
Lormagen should report to Colonel Koda at 06.00. He was there minutes
early-right after breakfast-and the sergeant major motioned him into the
colonel's office. Varlik entered and, for some reason unknown to him, saluted.
"Sit down, Lormagen."
He sat. Koda looked at him, seemingly into him, through large black eyes.
"I want to thank you for the excellent job you've done as publicist. I believe
you'll find, when you arrive back on Iryala, that you've succeeded equally
well for your other employer." He smiled. "The one that pays well."
Varlik nodded without smiling back.
"You were in ranks this morning," Koda continued, "so you know what our next
action will be. And it seems to me that for you, the risks this time outweigh
the benefits. Perhaps it would enhance your reputation to die in the jungle,
but I
question whether death in battle was part of your purpose when you entered
this lifetime.
"So I called you in this morning for two reasons. One, the army wants this

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 113

action kept secret until it happens. I want your word that you'll say nothing
till it's over."
Again Varlik nodded.
"I have your word, then?"
"Yes, sir."
"Good. And secondly, I'd like you to give me your resignation as T'swa
publicist."
Varlik stared at the colonel from a viewpoint at which time seemed to have
stopped, seeing the face more clearly than he ever had before-the strong bone
structure; heavy jaw muscles; wide thin-lipped mouth that somehow was not in
the least severe, seemed just now actually kind; the steady eyes that were
neither shallow nor deep, their dimension being outward.
Time restarted when Koda spoke again. "I'm not insisting on your resignation,
you understand. I do not know your deepest purpose."
It occurred to Varlik that he didn't know it either. "What are the odds of
your actually getting the prisoners you're after?" he asked. "And the
information?"
"Perhaps five to one that our search teams will find and report the Orlanthan
headquarters. If they don't, of course, the action cannot take place. If they
do, I
would guess the odds to be roughly even that we bring out useful prisoners."
"And the odds of bringing out most of your troops alive?"
The eyes never withdrew. Most men, Varlik would think afterward, could
scarcely have discussed the weather with such total equanimity.

"Call it one to two," Koda answered. "Understand though that in war, one
cannot know the script; that is part of its charm."
Its charm. Varlik could only stare.
"You don't have to decide now," the colonel said. Then he turned away, picking
up a folder, Varlik dismissed from his attention. The Iryalan got up and left.
That evening after supper, Varlik asked Kusu if they could talk somewhere
privately. Kusu suggested one of the empty squad tents, but Varlik wanted more
privacy than that, so they walked out of camp across darkening prairie.
Insects buzzed and chirped keened and stridulated, and overhead, like some
feathered projectile, an insectivorous bird dove with a piercing and
protracted "keeeeee" at the edge of human hearing. A veil of stars had crept
up the sky from the east, over the vault of heaven, sending scouts after the
departed sun to explore a silvery western horizon.
It occurred to Varlik that Kettle was a beautiful planet. Why had technite
been found here? Why couldn't it have been on an uninhabited world? Why had
the
Rombili decided to use slave labor? Gooks! Gooks weren't really people; that
had been the rationale. Gooks were a resource, like their worlds.
You'd think, he told himself almost bitterly, you'd think the T'swa would
refuse an assignment like this one. You'd think they'd sympathize with other
gooks. Except the T'swa didn't think of themselves as gooks. Probably no one
did. Gooks were always other people.
Kusu interrupted Varlik's silent soliloquy. "What did you wish to talk about?"
he asked.
"About the T'swa. And the regiment."
"All right."
"You're being killed. Inside a dek or two there'll hardly be any of you left."
He peered at the T'swi through thickening dusk. "A lot of you will die just in
this action alone."
"Quite probably."
"Is that the goal of a warrior? To die?"
"The goal of a T'swa warrior is to play at war, skillfully and with joy. Death
is a common accompaniment."
"But ... it's such an empty life!"

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 114

"Is it?"
Varlik stopped. "Isn't it?"
"It would be for someone who wanted to raise a family, or paint fine pictures,
or"
--Varlik could see the eyes turn to him in the near night "create with words."
"And you kill people!"
"True again."
"Even if they have a new life afterward, the way you believe, you take away
from them what they want desperately to keep."
"That too is true, more often than not. But ask yourself who it is we kill."
"What do you mean?"
"We kill those who, knowingly or not, choose to put themselves into battle
with us."

"These Birds didn't choose to put themselves into battle with you!" Varlik
snapped. "They're just trying to end the slavery they've been subjected to.
I'm surprised you aren't helping them, instead of fighting them. That would be
the ethical thing to do."
"Would it?"
"Wouldn't it?"
"That would not solve their problem, and it would worsen the problem the
Confederation faces here while putting Tyss at war with the Confederation.
"Besides, we T'swa do not fight. For us, war is a form of play, and we play
most skillfully at it. And true play does not have problems, but challenges
and opportunities.
"Problems, you see, are a matter of attitude; one being's problem might be
viewed by another in the same situation as an opportunity, perhaps for a game
or a war.
With the attitude of play, you may see a situation and decide you will create
a different situation in its place, without any determination that you must
succeed.
What you think of as success has no part in play. You do it for the doing.
"Think of play as a journey in which the place you have chosen to travel to is
far less important than the traveling. "
Varlik groped for his indignation, and somehow couldn't find it. At one level
he felt as if he'd been had, snowed by sophistries he couldn't get a grip
on-as if someone had told him that solid wasn't solid, that the obvious was
fallacy. Yet somehow -- somehow, he felt distinctly better than he had minutes
before. He let go of the matter, and smiled at Kusu, not widely.
"You're something," Varlik said. "You know that? All of you are."
"Thank you, Varlik. You are something, too."
For just a moment that stopped Varlik. Then a chuckle welled up in him that
grew to a laugh, long and hard.
The powerful T'swi kept him company in a rumbling bass until they gripped
hands and shook on it.
Varlik had been sitting at a table in the work room of the army's media
quarters.
Not that he had anything to send to Central News. After making another letter
cube for Mauen, he waited for Konni, idly browsing, admiring old field cubes.
After a bit it was lunch time, and Konni hadn't appeared. Iryala Video had
sent two new teams to Kettle, both at Beregesh today, and she was scheduled to
leave for home the next morning. Varlik wanted to talk to her before she left.
Surely she'd show for lunch, he told himself, and got up to leave for the
officers'
mess. He hadn't reached the door when it opened, and Konni came in.
"What's up?" she asked. "Did you finally make up your mind to go home?"
"Not home. Not yet. The T'swa, both veteran regiments, have a new assignment.
The word came in this morning confirming it; we'll be going next Fourday."
She stared at him. "What kind of assignment?"

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 115

"They're going to hit the Birds down in the equatorial zone, then blast enough
of a hole in the jungle that floaters can come in and take them out."
"And you're going along on that?" Her fists were on her hips. "Varlik, you had
to be crazy to go out on the last operation. This sounds twice as bad."
"It's five times as important, and I want to be close to it. "

"Important how? What's it about?"
"It's confidential. I've already said more than I should."
Her brows drew down angrily. "Are you saying you don't trust me? After the
information we've both kept to ourselves?"
"I trust you. But I had to give my word," he added unhappily.
She looked at him, her anger dying.
"It shouldn't be as dangerous for me as the last one," he went on. "For one
thing, it's a single quick raid, and, strike, and leave. And I'll be in the
least dangerous part of the operation. But, of course, there's always that
little chance. So I wanted to tell you that if I'm killed, you're free to do
whatever you want with what we recorded on Tyss."
Briefly her eyes tried to pry him open. "You're going to get yourself killed,"
she said at last.
He didn't answer, just shook his head.
"I'd have propositioned you deks ago," she continued, "but you were married.
The reason I didn't was my respect for your wife. But if you're not going to
get back to her anyway ..."
"No, I'll be back. I don't know why I feel so confident, but I'll be back here
when it's over-not even wounded this time."
Konni backed off. "Maybe you're right. I hope so." She grinned then,
unexpectedly. "Anything I can do for you?"
He grinned back. "Sure. You can have lunch with me."
"You've got a date," she said, and took his arm.

CHAPTER THIRTY-TWO

0nly the least moon watched, low in the east, little more than a bright point
of light and less vivid than a clouded planet.
The floaters settled slowly, dull black landers from the large troopship miles
above, guiding vertically down lines of gravitic flux. Eyes could not have
seen them, even if there had been sentries above the jungle's canopy-not even
as occlusions against the star field overhead, because clouds moving up the
bowl of sky were approaching the meridian, eclipsing more and more the view.
To the proper instruments, of course, the floaters would have been as visible
as at midday. But such an instrument would have to stand above the forest
roof, and would have been detected in advance by recon flights. It had been a
radio antenna that brought special attention to the site-a slender steel
structure rising inconspicuously a dozen yards above the layered jungle.
Seeing by instrument themselves, and holding formation by keeping each to its
own gravitic ordinate, the stealthy floaters stopped their still descent half
a hundred feet above the tallest trees, those shaggy giants emergent from the
general canopy. Now would come the first real hazard: letting down the troops.
If they alarmed the birds and arboreal animals, the general cacophony might
draw the attention of unfeathered Birds.
Unlit hatches opened. Slender weighted cables slid out and down, into the
foliage below. Only isolated brief complaints could be heard, no more than
might happen in the random mini-dramas of an ordinary jungle night. Below some
threshold of excitement, silence and concealment were favored over noisy alarm
by the jungle galleries.
The creatures near the cables adjusted quickly to their dangling presence and,
already alerted, less susceptible to being startled, made even fewer audible
responses to the men who followed, despite the movements of cables as they

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 116

descended, and the release of branches as heavy bodies first depressed and
then slipped free of them.
After he'd passed through the dense crown of a canopy tree, Varlik squeezed
the let-down control of the harness he rode, slightly speeding his descent.
From there to the ground, he passed through the branches of only one frail,
light-starved undertree. Then his feet touched down on a narrow twisting root
a foot high, and his ankle turned, throwing him heavily to the ground.
At least he hadn't come down on an ant mound, he told himself. The scouts had
radioed more than the locations of the military encampment and cave entrances;
they'd described as well the ground conditions.
To Varlik it seemed too dark even for the T'swa to see. They'd anticipated
that, and the T'swa had night goggles.
Varlik had rejected night goggles. Instead, he took off his battle helmet and
put on his monitor visor, then scanned about with his camera. In such dense
darkness, visibility was limited even so, and the quality of seeing was
strange. Beyond fifty feet he saw only dimly, and beyond eighty nothing at
all. Nor was there much

undergrowth where he was; by day few plants could photosynthesize in such
dense shade.
He could see four T'swa. Two of them were Kusu and Lieutenant Zimsu; he
recognized their insignia. Kusu was the platoon sergeant now.
Varlik had been the last man down his cable. Now he heard it twitch, the
prelude to its being drawn back up. Half a minute later he watched and
recorded it snaking upward out of sight, heard faintly its dangling harnesses
swish through branches, and with its passing felt a heavy finality.
Then, visor in place, he put his battle helmet back on his head and reached up
to make sure his communicator was turned on.
This was a very different kind of operation from the earlier ones; high
mobility wasn't needed here. They'd been put down in the position they were to
hold, would make only small adjustments in their line till time to leave. Thus
the T'swa here carried and wore equipment that would have been more burden
than help up north, not only battle helmets and night goggles, but quantities
of grenades, while every third man had a blast hose and a satchel of box
magazines for it.
Every third man. They were the ones who would hold their positions if
necessary to let the others get away. Abundant explosives had been lowered
too, to clear a place for evac floaters when the time came.
Somewhere out in front of them, B Company of the Night Adders was less
encumbered. Carrying only rifles, side arms, and a few grenades, they'd been
put down by squads at coordinates where they could cover the trails away from
the
Bird cave and headquarters area. The scouts were to have met them there. When
the air strike began, they were to pick up fleeing Bird officers, then move
quickly with their prisoners toward the defensive circle formed by the rest of
the force, dropping off men as they went--men who would fight any rearguard
action necessary.
The defensive circle was nothing to fight a prolonged action from. There were
too few T'swa for that, and too much cover for attackers, and there'd be
little opportunity to clear fields of fire. They'd clear as much as time
allowed after the bombing began and the need for silence ended. But ideally,
the pickup squads would bring their prisoners while the Birds were still
confused, and the evac floaters would take them out quickly, with little or no
fighting necessary.
And it could happen that way. Or the Birds might respond quickly and in force.
According to Kusu, this wouldn't have been an exceptionally hazardous action
against enemy they'd faced on other worlds, but the Birds were special. Even
on trail interdiction, where the T'swa had been able to choose the time and
place of their hit-and-run ambushes, they'd quickly learned the quality of the

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 117

men they fought. Here, on the other hand, the T'swa were committed to fixed
but unfortified positions. It was a question of speed-how quickly the Birds
realized what was happening and responded. Time would tell. Or as the T'swa
said, time would expose the script.
And they would revise it as the cast and stage and props allowed, adlibbing
from moment to moment. That was how Kusu had described battle to him the day
before-an odd concept.

The T'swa had been in a strange, almost joyous calm. Varlik had gotten used to
this, adjusting to their reality, and had even found it rubbing off on him to
the extent that, at times, he'd been almost cheerful.
But not now. Now he had a prime case of nervous gut, even hidden as he was by
opaque and silent darkness. He didn't wonder if the T'swa were nervous, too;
they weren't.
After a time a sound began, a distant susurrus, increasing quickly to an
irregularly pulsing swash of heavy rain upon the jungle roof, rain that soon
began to penetrate the canopy above. Some of the T'swa, taking advantage of
the noise, moved out with their sword like bayonets and chopped away what
undergrowth and saplings there were. This scarcely provided a field of fire,
but it would help.
Somewhere behind them, in the middle of their ring, two platoons were setting
explosives. Some of the men, with climbing irons, were setting charges well up
the trunks so the trees would come down in sections. Otherwise, many would
lodge criss-cross, perhaps denying the floaters adequate landing space.
The men cutting undergrowth finished and returned to lie waiting with the
others.
Photography done for the time, Varlik curled on his side and dozed in
semi-sleep, wakened now and then by water running in his ear or by infrequent
thunder.
Before long he became aware that the rain had stopped, though dripping
continued from above. Now he could see more and farther than before; dawn was
breaking. The morning bird chorus began, and when it ended he slept.
And awoke with a start to the first crash of bombs. He'd expected them
louder-the target zone was only a mile away -- but the jungle vegetation
absorbed and deadened sounds. It was full daylight, and raising his head to
look around, he saw the T'swa peering steadily outward. Somewhere out there,
not far, lookouts had been posted. His hand touched the holster of his
sidearm, then went to his audio recorder and camera.
There was little enough to record-the constant thudding of bombs, the T'swa
lying ready with rifles and blast hoses for about half an hour. No pickup
squads arrived with prisoners, but he told himself it was too soon; there
hadn't been time for that.
Or they might have come through somewhere else. Then rifle fire erupted well
up front, spreading, developing into a firefight that went on sporadically for
minutes before dying. There'd been blast hoses, and the pickup squads hadn't
carried any.
He spoke his thoughts for the record, mentally tuning out the sound of
bombing.
Without the firefight it seemed almost quiet-an almost-quiet ruptured suddenly
by great roaring explosions, almost stopping his heart; the T'swa were
blasting their evacuation clearing, a stupendous sound of high explosives and
trees crashing.
After a moment, pieces of branchwood fell through the canopy to patter on the
ground. And when that was over, a matter of seconds, it was truly quiet,
because the bombing had stopped.
The silence was brief, a minute or two. Nearby to his left a blast hose ripped
a long burst of bullets, to be answered by hose fire from outside the circle,
brief but shockingly violent. And close. Then all the T'swa were firing.
Rockets hissed and slammed, and Varlik heard insistent Tyspi in his helmet

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 118

radio, asking the pickup squads to report. None did.

The command came to move back. He did, crawling backward on knees and elbows,
pausing frequently to record with his camera. The T'swa withdrew slowly,
taking advantage of cover, maintaining fire. The shooting was intense.
Lieutenant Zimsu exploded, literally, hit by a rocket. Varlik had seen it in
his monitor while scanning with his camera.
After that for a time he didn't know what was happening or what he was doing,
until he found himself behind a section of blasted tree trunk near the edge of
the evac clearing, which he could see through the fringe of tattered trees
behind him.
Kusu was kneeling beside him, and a little way off, Captain Tarku crouched.
Kusu was gripping Varlik's shoulder. "Varlik," he was saying in Standard, "go
to the clearing. That's an order. Floaters are taking people out. Sergeant
Gis-Tor is in charge of loading, and he knows you're to have priority. I want
you out of here."
Varlik nodded, numbly willing. "And keep low!" the T'swa reminded. " I don't
want you killed." Kusu peered into Varlik's eyes as if looking for something,
then grinned and thrust him on his way.
The Iryalan crawled through debris into the steamy sunlight of the clearing.
It was perhaps three hundred feet across, littered with blasted trees. He
could see three evac floaters loading personnel, half hidden by jumbled
debris, and Varlik paused to use his camera. Another floater, settling in, was
hit by a rocket as he watched, and pitched forward, downward, impacting
heavily. A few Birds had obviously reached the edge and could see and shoot at
the floaters.
The din of firing was continuous now. A floater raised under fire, its rate of
lift like a leap, angling up and away. Still another came in, almost
recklessly swift, braking abruptly only a few yards above the ground, then
settling quickly among the debris to load.
Another popped upward, was hit by a rocket, circled momentarily out of
control, was hit again, and fell sideways to the ground. Others, hanging or
circling well above, were hidden by jungle and could only be glimpsed. One
came in and landed unhit. It occurred to Varlik that the Birds might have let
it land, to shoot it down later loaded with men. As if to verify that,
another, popping swiftly up, was hit at least twice, to fall back slowly.
Another raised. It too was hit, but continued upward and away, as if the round
had failed to explode after penetrating. Still another landed, and another.
He realized he'd been crouching there with his camera in his hands, recording.
He was supposed to load and leave; no one would ever see his cube. if he died
here.
Cautiously he moved, crouching toward the floaters.
Another floater lifted, jumping as if on a spring, was hit some fifty feet
above the ground and fell crashing on top of one still loading. Then Varlik
heard a radioed command in Standard.
"Floaters, attention. Floaters, attention. This is Major Masu, acting
commander on the ground. Move away. Repeat, move away. Evacuation is
cancelled."
That they were to be left here was not what impacted Varlik's mind. Rather, it
was that Major Masu was in charge. That meant Biltong and Koda were probably
dead. He glimpsed floaters still circling; they hadn't left yet, and he felt a
brief surge of pride, for their pilots were Iryalan, or maybe Rombili:
Confederate
T'swa.

Again the radio commanded; this time the voice wasn't Masu's. "T'swa,
regroup,"
it said. "Take cover in the clearing."

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 119

Of course. The litter of fallen trees here gave better cover than they'd find
elsewhere. But where was Kusu? Crouching, crawling over fallen trees, Varlik
started back toward where he'd seen him last.
"Lormagen!"
He stopped, knelt. Captain Tarku was on his knees behind a massive fallen
trunk, looking at him.
"Where are you going?" Tarku had shouted to be heard. Varlik realized he'd
been heading out of the clearing.
"To find Kusu."
"Kusu is dead. Stay here by me."
Varlik scuttled toward the officer. Grief surged, and the thought came that
that was silly. Kusu wasn't grieving. Kusu was alive somewhere, laughing at
all this.
And he ... Varlik stared at his hands through brimming eyes. He'd lost his
camera somewhere, or discarded it. His hands groped. No, it was on its strap,
inside his shirt he held his sidearm in its stead.
Then bullets struck a branch stub in front of him, throwing bark and wood, and
he hit the dirt, clinging to it, heart pounding. Someone hurtled over the log
to land beside him headlong, and Varlik found himself staring at a Bird, head
bullet-
shattered. Shoving his side arm back in its holster, he picked up the Bird's
rifle and peered over the log. All he could see on the other side was debris
and a T'swa body. Then bullets struck the log inches away, and again he hit
the ground, not too shocked to wonder why he wasn't dead.
Off to the west, the bombing had begun again.
Tarku raised up and peered over the log, holding his head sideways, looking
awkwardly across his nose to see, exposing almost none of himself. For the
moment the shooting had slackened, as if the Birds were preparing something.
After a few seconds the captain lowered his head again and spoke calm Tyspi
into his mike.
"This is Captain Tarku," he said. "Major Masu is dead and I am in command now.
Scorpion A Company, report if you receive me. Over."
The firing had almost died, and Varlik wondered what that meant. "This is
Sergeant Gow, in command of A Company. We're at the west edge of the clearing
and seem to have twenty or thirty effectives. Over."
The captain ran down the roster of companies of both regiments. Two didn't
reply at all. So few! Varlik thought. We're finished; done for. And wondered
that he felt so calm now. He rolled the Bird over and lifted two ammo clips
from the man's belt. I might as well go out like a T'swa, he told himself.
Then he heard Tarku's voice, both directly and in his radio. "All right,
T'swa, on my signal we will charge the enemy. Each of you has my admiration."
He folded the mike away from his mouth and looked at Varlik. "Lormagen," he
said, " I want you to stay where you are until the fighting is over. Then call
out your surrender in Standard. The Birds will probably come and take you
prisoner;
you should find that interesting. And it will be safer to have them come and
get you than to try to make your way to them."

Varlik simply stared. Then, surprisingly, the captain winked before speaking
to his radio again.
"Do I have trumpeters?"
Varlik heard the radio answer "yes." Two yeses.
"Good," said Tarku. "Sound the dirge, then the attack."
Not far away, surprisingly close, a trumpet spoke clearly, its sound as
precise as if at parade, joined in mid-phrase by another some distance off:
Tarku gathered his legs beneath him, and Varlik noticed now that one trouser
leg was soaked with blood. It had been out of sight till then.
The trumpet call was something Varlik had never heard before. Not mournful.
Not even solemn. Not like any dirge he'd heard or imagined. More like a

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 120

fanfare-a fanfare on two trumpets, an announcement of death without regret.
Then abruptly it changed, became an exultant battlecry, quick-paced, and the
T'swa nearby rose up, rifles in hand, bayonets fixed, the captain vaulting
over the fallen tree. The trumpets were almost drowned out by the sudden
shattering roar of gunfire.
Varlik clung to the ground. The roaring thinned, thinned, then after a couple
of minutes stopped, leaving only sporadic shots and short bursts. It occurred
to him that no T'swi was likely to be captured conscious; even down they'd
fight to the death with grenades and sidearms.
The Regiment is dead, he thought. And felt no grief now despite the moisture
that blurred his vision. With a grimy hand he wiped it clear. No grief, only
numbness.
He sensed-possibly heard-movement, and lay still, eyes slitted. Someone passed
about seventy feet to his left, tall and slender, sinewy, wearing Bird
loincloth and battle harness, and disappeared out of his small field of
vision.
It occurred to Varlik to look at the Bird rifle in his hands, look for the
serial number. There was none. As his camera recorded the absence, the
unmarked receiver where the number should have been, he wondered if the army
had noticed this, and what they'd made of it.
The shooting seemed to have stopped entirely.
And here I am alive. What I have to do now is get back to Iryala and find out
why the regiment had to die.
At the moment he had no doubt he'd do it. And no doubt that Iryala was where
the answer lay.
He rose to his knees, raised his head, and shouted in Standard as loudly as he
could: " I surrender! I surrender to the Orlanthan Army!" Then he tossed the
rifle away and his sidearm after it, sat back against the log, and waited for
them to come get him.

PART FIVE
Finding the Trail

CHAPTER THIRTY-THREE

Sitting against the log waiting, Varlik sank into a mental and emotional fog.
At some point he took off his battle helmet and left it on the ground. Later
he roused enough to call out again, and later again, then wondered vaguely if
they were interested or whether perhaps he'd be sitting there when it started
to get dark.
He became aware that the sounds of bombing had stopped, though he wasn't sure
how long before. Perhaps the army felt they'd destroyed everything worth
destroying here. Maybe they had. He began to rouse himself mentally, took
another of the mineral tablets he'd been issued for this tropical mission, and
drank the last of his water. His watch told him it was after 06.40, and the
day's heat was building. He began to consider hiking in the direction of Bird
headquarters, then became aware of being watched. Slowly he raised both hands
empty and open overhead.
"I surrender," he called.
There were three of the Birds. To him they said nothing, and among themselves
spoke their own language. One of them took his bayonet, camera and belt
recorder, and his light field pack. A second searched his person, not
particularly roughly, while the third tied his hands behind his back. Then
they took him to a broad, well-packed trail where they began to trot, though
not so rapidly that he had trouble keeping up with his hands tied, and soon he
could hear the sound of chopping. Before long they came to men working,
cutting saplings and vines and carrying them westward-the same direction that
Varlik was being taken.

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 121

He began to miss a major use of the hands on Kettle, wiping sweat from the
eyebrows. By that time his mind had begun to function more normally, though
emotionally he was still numb. The sight of dead T'swa didn't touch him.
Shortly his captors turned aside on a lesser trail, and here too were work
parties, numerous now, carrying saplings, long poles, matting, and other
material, at least some of which he supposed had been salvaged from the bombed
area. They were, he decided, moving camp to a new location.
After perhaps a mile more, he could see concentrated activity ahead: the new
campsite. Shortly one of the Birds said something, and they halted. One
uncoiled a leather thong from his belt, looped it around Varlik's neck and
knotted it, pulling hard on the knot. It would, Varlik thought, be difficult
to remove without cutting.
Not that that made any difference; he had no intention whatever of trying to
escape.
The one who'd given orders looked him over, then drew a heavy bladed knife
and, stepping around Varlik, cut his hands free. After tying the other end of
his neck tether to a liana, the man departed, leaving the other two with
Varlik. Both the
Birds sat down, eyes on their prisoner, and Varlik, after hesitating, also
sat, wondering if they'd roust him to his feet again. It was encouraging that
so far he hadn't been harmed or even directly threatened.
He looked the two over obliquely, not wanting to offend them, and could read
nothing in their faces. But they talked calmly enough between themselves, with
no indication that they might abuse him. Tall and slender, they were a little
darker

than himself. The Birds at Aromanis hadn't seemed like these; the physiques
had been similar but the demeanors different. These people bore themselves
with calm self-certainty. Rather like T'swa, he thought.
After a few minutes the third man returned, accompanied by a considerably
older
Bird whose breechclout was indigo, and who wore in addition an indigo
headband. At their approach, the two guards got up, and Varlik also; the older
man seemed clearly to be an officer.
He looked Varlik up and down from a distance of six feet, curious rather than
hostile or gloating, then spoke in Standard. "Who are you?"
"My name is Varlik Lormagen."
"Why were you accompanying the T'swa?"
The man knows what the T'swa are called, Varlik told himself. And he speaks
Standard. He's no jungle savage. He knows; if he wanted to, he could tell one
who's behind this insurrection.
At that moment Varlik knew how he would get out of this place, and his mind
cleared, became sharp and directed.
"I'm a news correspondent from the planet Iryala," Varlik answered. "I've been
with the T'swa in order to tell the people of the Confederation how the T'swa
train and fight."
While he spoke, he watched the man for any sign of confusion, blankness,
irritation, which would suggest he hadn't understood; the words and concepts
would be unfamiliar to a true gook. But instead the old Bird's face reflected
thought, calculation.
"Perhaps," Varlik continued, "I could describe the life and training of your
warriors for my people."
The Bird regarded him calmly. "I will discuss you with certain others. We will
decide what to do with you. Meanwhile, if you have urgent needs and cannot
make them understood, speak my name, Ramolu, to your guards. They will send
for someone who knows your language. But do so only if the need is severe; do
not presume upon our tolerance. You are, after all, our prisoner. "
"Yes, sir. And General Ramolu, sir, I have a-what is called a camera. It
captures pictures. And a recorder that captures sounds. Do you understand?

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 122

They ..."
"The corporal has shown me what he took from you."
Varlik nodded. "If you are interested in my suggestion, they will be helpful
in letting my people know what your soldiers are like. I'd like to have them
back."
Lips pursed, Ramolu studied Varlik for a long moment, then spoke rapid
Orlanthan to the three guards. The corporal unslung the instruments and handed
them to Varlik.
"And spare recorder cubes are in my field pack."
Ramolu took the pack, hunted through it, and finding nothing harmful, handed
it also to Varlik. Then he turned and walked away, in a manner that reminded
Varlik of a T'swa dismissal.
Apparently the Bird was a general. At least, Varlik told himself, he hadn't
reacted visibly to being addressed as one. It was as if he was used to it.
Varlik recorded his surroundings and guards with his camera, then switched it
off.
Gradually his earlier detached, slow-motion feeling returned. One of his
guards

took the canteens, including Varlik's, and left, returning with them full.
Then briefly it rained again, heavy and warm, steamy. Later a Bird arrived
with gruel in a clay bowl, and meat wrapped in a leaf; they proved edible.
A notion occurred to Varlik, and he tried speaking Tyspi to his guards, to no
avail.
Also he wondered about certain things: What had happened to queer the raid--it
shouldn't have gone that badly. They'd been attacked almost as soon as the
bombing began, as if the Birds had been expecting them. Of course, they could
have been detected in the night, and the Birds could have found their
positions by dawn light, but that seemed unlikely. It was more as if they'd
known in advance.
And had Ramolu become as familiar with the Confederation, its language, its
technology, as he seemed, without going of planet? Varlik doubted it. He never
wondered if Ramolu was an escaped slave, though; nothing about the man fitted
that.
The guards were relieved by a new shift, and the new men understood no Tyspi
either, nor Standard. Then a young officer came, who also spoke no Standard,
and with the guards, took Varlik to a rude shelter, a roof without walls.
Ramolu was there with five other Birds who, like Ramolu, wore indigo
loincloths and headbands. They had no chairs, but waited squatting, not rising
at Varlik's approach. That surprised Varlik. They should have moved to
dominate him, stand over him. Instead they seemed content with the knowledge,
on both sides, that they were the masters and he the prisoner.
When he entered, he too squatted. His guards remained standing. Once down,
Varlik turned on his recorder. "I'd like to record this in both sound and
pictures,"
he said. "With your approval."
Ramolu nodded, casually waving a hand. "You tolerate our heat," he said. " I
am surprised."
"I've been living with the T'swa for months now, and training with them. One
either comes to tolerate the heat or collapses from it. Only three weeks ago I
returned to Orlantha from Tyss; it is very hot on Tyss, too. "
Ramolu seemed to know what Tyss was, for again he showed no sign of blankness,
confusion, or irritation. "And what were you doing on Tyss?"
"I'd been wounded, and spent part of my recovery time there, to better
understand and describe the T'swa to my people."
Ramolu smiled slightly. "And did you? Come to understand the T'swa?"
"Somewhat, I hope. Certainly I've gotten used to them, learned to feel
comfortable with them."
Ramolu didn't react facially. "What would you tell the people of the

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 123

Confederation about us," he asked, "if we allowed you to return to them?"
For a moment, with the sudden realization that his ploy might work, Varlik
actually stopped breathing. "I would report what I saw. I would show them the
battle, in the pictures I have taken. And I would tell them what the T'swa
said of you: that you are the best fighting men they'd faced. And these T'swa
were veteran troops. They'd fought on one world and another for fourteen
years."
"Ah, but the T'swa are gooks, are they not? Like us. Great warriors, of
course, but gooks. We are more interested in what the people of the
Confederation think of us. What do they think of us?"

"To them you are a faceless enemy who prevents them from getting technite."
Steady hazel eyes held Varlik's during a brief silence. Finally Ramolu spoke
again. "And what do you think of us?"
The question took Varlik by surprise. " I hadn't thought about it. The T'swa
said you are not an enemy-that you are simply someone with whom they shared a
war.
I have been somewhat influenced by their viewpoint."
"But the Confederation thinks of us as the enemy."
"Oh, yes. Very much so."
"And you do not."
"Enemy is a consideration from a viewpoint. I learned that from the T'swa.
From my viewpoint you are not my enemy. But from your viewpoint, you may be."
Ramolu eyed him as Koda might have. "Suppose you ruled the Confederation.
What would you do about us?"
"I would--I would ask to confer with your leader. I'd offer to buy the
technite mines from you and pay you a duty on all technite removed. I would
offer to hire your people to mine it, and if they didn't want to, I'd bring in
miners of my own.
There would be no more slavery.'
"And what of Aromanis?"
"Aromanis would not be important to me."
"If you, as a teller of the war, made such a suggestion to your people, of
what use would it be to us?"
"Some people would like the idea; maybe many would. I first heard it from a
common soldier from Iryala, Corporal Duggan. What would you think of it as an
Orlanthan?"
"I find it attractive." Ramolu eyed Varlik quizzically. "And what do you think
of me, an Orlanthan who speaks your language with considerable facility and
knows enough about other worlds to talk with you as I have? What does this
mean to you?"
Varlik looked at the tallish, graying, loose-jointed Bird who squatted
opposite him in a loincloth, speaking Standard more precisely than most
Iryalans. Only a light, singsong tonality clearly marked his speech as
foreign.
"A Confederation officer, Colonel Carlis Voker, has pointed out to me numerous
anomalies regarding what is called the Orlanthan insurgency. He felt they
pointed to some Confederation world or faction cooperating with you." Varlik
was talking ahead of his thoughts, winging it. "So I'm not astonished to find
someone like you here. Colonel Voker wouldn't be either, or General Lamons. Or
His Majesty, the
King. They'd expect it.
"Whoever equipped and trained your army has reasons of their own for doing it.
It might be they wouldn't like the Confederation to make an offer like the one
I
mentioned. But it's an offer whose time has come, and I speak to many, many
people via pictures and words that travel widely by something like radio. And
even the rulers listen."
It had to be the T'swa, he told himself-the T'swa, who obviously have their

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 124

own technite. It not only looks as if they'd armed and trained the Birds;
they'd educated their senior officers, at least. Who else could produce a man
like Ramolu?
And the T'swa had sacrificed their regiments as a cover!

The Orlanthan was eyeing Varlik with one brow raised. "You are not a man
greatly burdened with modesty," said Ramolu, "but perhaps modesty would be
inappropriate."
He turned and began to speak musical Orlanthan to the five others who wore
indigo, as if summarizing the interrogation. Three of them seemed already to
have understood, for they were looking at the other two instead of at the
speaker. When he had finished, they conferred for several minutes, then Ramolu
turned back to
Varlik.
"We have decided to send you back to your people with some T'swa wounded-
those fit to travel."
It was as simple as that.
After that he was tethered in a shelter not far off, still under guard. It
seemed clear that the six whom Varlik now thought of as "the general staff'
were the leaders here, perhaps even the leaders of the whole insurgency, for
they'd made the decision themselves, without further consultation.
And repeatedly he found himself wondering if he really would be sent home with
what he knew, what he'd seen. It was as if they considered it unimportant. He
was certain they were too alert and intelligent to have overlooked it.

CHAPTER THIRTY-FOUR

Varlik waited tethered in his small, open-sided shelter while one day passed
and then another. Ramolu didn't appear again, but guards saw that their
prisoner was fed and his canteen refilled as needed, all without visible
animosity.
Not that it was a pleasant interlude. His sleep stirred ugly with nightmares.
He'd waken gasping and desperate, or desolate, the dream content slipping away
even as he opened his eyes, leaving him with no more than the sense that it
had been about the regiment, or the Birds, Voker or Mauen or Konni. And
sweatier than even the hot Kettle night accounted for.
His most restful sleep was in naps by day, and he slept about a dozen hours
out of the twenty. To occupy his waking time, he undertook to learn Orlanthan
from his guards-there were two at almost all times-and they were casually
agreeable to cooperating. In part they taught him nouns by pointing and
naming. Fingers walked and ran and jumped. He learned to count, name trees and
body parts, insects and food items. And he recorded all of it, interjecting
Standard equivalents.
Nor was there any sign that they were playing word jokes on him, and at any
rate it passed the time.
Varlik realized that this decent treatment, this absence of abuse, was
remarkable, given what he knew of the Birds' history. He did not appreciate,
of course, how bad it might have been. He had no criteria for comparison, nor
did his imagination stretch far in that direction.
Meanwhile, there was no further bombing.
He wondered how the Birds planned to return him north; by their long trails
through the forest, no doubt. It had to be at least a thousand miles to
Beregesh, and he didn't know how well he'd hold up, hiking day after day. He'd
done well enough on the trail raids, but that had been only four days, and the
humidity there hadn't been nearly as bad as here. The mineral tablets would
help, as long as they lasted, but he only had about a week's worth. He stopped
taking any while he waited; he'd save them for the trek. He was almost out of
water-treatment capsules.

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 125

On the morning of the fourth day an elderly Bird appeared wearing a
cross-slung rifle. He was unusually short, still sinewy beneath age-loosened
skin; he leered almost toothlessly down at Varlik, who sat cross-legged on the
ground.
"Me boss you fella," he said. "Me name Curly. Take you fella you people, give
you back. Me talk good Standard, give orders, you and black fellas go along
you.
"
Varlik doubted that the man was anybody's boss; he wore no armband or headband
of rank. His function was probably to relay orders. Then the guard corporal
spoke Orlanthan to the old man. "You stand up," the old man ordered
Varlik. "Some fella sweat bird him cover you eyes."
Varlik stood up reluctantly. Did he have to walk a thousand miles blindfolded?
What reason would they have for that? They tied his wrists in front of him,
which at least would let him wipe away sweat. A hand grasped his arm, letting
him

know it was time to march, and blindly, hesitantly, he began walking. It
wasn't as bad as he thought it might be. Once he relaxed and trusted his
guide, it went almost without a stumble.
Curly! A Standard nickname. The man must be an actual escapee, an ex-slave
from either Beregesh or Kelikut, probably born into slavery, Varlik decided.
He seemed different from the other Birds here, at least those Varlik had seen
much of, as if the jungle nation had evolved its own culture, different from
that of the labor camps and no doubt from the original tribal cultures, too.
Varlik knew at once when they were joined by the T'swa. Not that they spoke.
But they moved, walked, and already his ears were functioning more
perceptively.
And the wounded men slowed the pace markedly. At this rate, he told himself,
it would take them two or three deks to walk to Beregesh. But the slower pace
would be easier on the long, hot trail.
It would be ironic if they were killed by army gunfire when they got up there.
And even more so if they were killed by T'swa hunter/killer teams, though that
was less likely; T'swa raiders were much likelier to see who they were
shooting at than the soldiers were.
The trail changed. The new one seemed to be the hovertruck trail the scouts
had reported, that led beneath the trees from a small river to the storage
caves. It seemed fairly smooth, and wide enough that some of their guards were
several feet to each side. Here and there it went through shallow water, once
halfway to his knees, the bottom soft and mucky but not treacherous.
After a while he smelled something besides jungle, recognized it as a river in
high summer-everlasting high summer here. Shortly they slowed, stopped, and he
could hear thumps-the sound of activity on small boats. Then someone led him
out onto a mudbank, and uncertainly, with a bumped shin, he got into a narrow,
unsteady boat, to be led along it crouching, then seated on the bottom by
someone wading alongside. His legs were somewhat bent, his feet against
someone ahead of him-a T'swi, he supposed.
From the sounds and delay, they were loading several boats, and perhaps some
wounded T'swa were having to be manhandled in. Finally his boat was pushed
free of the shore, and he heard the bump and scrape of paddles on gunwales,
helping the current move them. They were headed downstream. And from what he
remembered of maps he'd seen, downstream here meant south, not north. He
wondered what that might mean; it worried him.
It was tiresome and eventually painful, sitting on the boat's uncushioned
bottom with nothing to lean back against and his hands bound in front of him.
He wondered how long it would be like this, and whether he'd become
comfortable with it after a while. There were almost no distractions, only the
smooth rhythmic sounds of paddling, and now and then a few words of musical
Bird, unintelligible to him. Once there was a low tense call from another

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 126

boat, a break in the paddling, a short burst of rifle shots. Then there came a
few rapid syllables, more shooting, a brief spate of rapid Bird again, with
laughter, the tension gone. Some animal, Varlik thought, something dangerous,
perhaps a river creature, and they'd killed it. The blindfold and bonds
exasperated him more than ever now: He'd like to have seen and recorded the
event on video.

The river was narrow, he knew, because on the recon photos much of it was
completely overhung with trees, showing only as discontinuous interruptions in
the jungle roof. Of course, the giants along the banks would lean out over the
water and reach with branches farther still, to take better advantage of the
sunlight, but still the river could hardly be much wider than seventy or
eighty feet.
And the occasional cries of birds and tree animals were sometimes close at
hand, even overhead.
Once he got thirsty and spoke the Orlanthan word for water. He couldn't
understand the reply, but after a bit someone handed him a canteen cup and he
drank, probably river water, he decided.
Thunder rumbled distantly, then nearer, then boomed not far away, and rain
began to pelt, then pour. Quickly he was sitting in water, but he had no
complaint because, warm though the rain was, it cooled. When it stopped,
however, after perhaps half an hour, the air was steamier than ever.
His physical discomfort, which had become acute in the second hour, deadened,
along with his mental functioning. Once they stopped to eat, but he was not
untied nor his blindfold removed. A Bird held the food in what seemed to be a
large leaf, and at Curly's instruction, Varlik ate by putting his face to the
food.
It was late in the day when they stopped and the bow was pulled up on a shore.
Someone took Varlik's blindfold off, and he blinked in the daylight, looking
around. The sun was low, and the river had widened or, more likely, was a
different stream, some hundred yards across.
He counted seventeen T'swa distributed in six canoes. Two other canoes seemed
to have carried an escort of guards. On the shore by the boats, guards and
paddlers sat or squatted or walked around. Varlik decided that the guards were
those who carried their rifles in their hands, the paddlers those who wore
theirs cross-slung.
The canoes had been carefully hewed and hollowed from single logs, their sides
no thicker than a board. Clearly the Birds had been supplied primarily with
military necessities; beyond those, they apparently made do with primitive
resources.
Just ahead was a river greater yet, a quarter mile wide or more, into which
this river flowed. The shore they were on was the angle between rivers. Varlik
looked around and found the old exslave, who now sat by a tree. "Curly,"
Varlik called, "what happens next?"
"You people they come sky, take away you. When little dark come. Me people got
far talker, they tell you people what place."
"Can we get out and walk around?"
The old man looked at him a long moment. "You anyway got to be in riilmo. You
people come down on water, take you out riilmo. No place here"-he patted the
shore beside him with one hand-"no place here they come down. Not nuf room."
Riilmo must be Orlanthan for canoe, Varlik decided. A Beregesh slave would
never have been exposed to the Standard for it. And the old man was
right-there wasn't room on the shore for a floater.
"Can we get out and walk around now? Until `little dark' comes?"
Curly's old eyes glittered but he only shrugged. Then a sergeant asked him
something in Orlanthan, and the old man answered. The sergeant spoke again,

again the ex-slave shrugged, then the sergeant called an order. Several Birds

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 127

came down to the boats and began helping the prisoners to their feet, and over
the gunwales into the shallow water.
For the next hour or so they lay around on the shore, the T'swa saying little.
It was as if there was nothing to say, for they didn't seem depressed.
Perhaps, Varlik decided, they were adjusting to their new condition as
survivors being set free.
Only one of them was anyone Varlik recognized, though in his own uniqueness
he'd be known by all of them. It didn't seem appropriate yet to question
them-ask how it had felt to see their lifelong friends killed around them, or
what it was like to be without a regiment. There'd be time enough for
interviews at Aromanis.
Then, in the fleeting equatorial twilight, a floater appeared. Three floaters
actually: a large evac floater accompanied by two gunships that stood off a
hundred yards or so. The prisoners were loaded into the canoes again, and
stolid paddlers took them to midriver. Gently the evac floater settled almost
to the water, nearly touching Varlik's canoe, and two paddlers grasped the
edges of the wide door to steady their dugout. Cautiously Varlik half-stood
and climbed in, helped by med techs and followed by the two T'swa.
Then the floater raised slightly and moved to the next canoe.
Inside was dark, and somehow unreal. A quiet medic asked if he was hurt or
ill, and Varlik answered no, he was fine. The T'swa were helped to cot like
stretchers while Varlik walked forward to clear the door. When all seventeen
T'swa had been loaded, a handful of Birds -- exchange captives -- were
transferred to the canoes. Finally the doors were closed, and the floater rose
smoothly and swung away. Through a window, Varlik watched the dugouts
disappear in the thickening dusk, and with a dreamlike objectivity noted that
he felt no jubilation.
Then the cabin lights came on and the medics began to examine the wounded.

CHAPTER THIRTY-FIVE

It was little short of dawn when the evac floater landed at the base hospital
at
Aromanis. Because he'd eaten native food and drunk untreated water, Varlik too
was entered, to be checked for parasites. The first thing he did was get a
letter cube off to Mauen telling her that he was safe.
As usual, the T'swa wards were well occupied, mostly with young troopers of
the
Ice Tiger Regiment. From the veteran regiments there'd been fewer than thirty
until the seventeen arrived, and the word was that only some forty had been
evacuated unwounded, or too slightly wounded to remain hospitalized. Along
with a couple of hundred disabled or undergoing rehabilitation from earlier
actions, they were all that remained alive of more than eighteen hundred who'd
landed on Kettle scant deks ago-they and a handful still among the Birds, too
badly injured to be moved.
The forty able-bodied, informed of the exchange, had been at the hospital to
greet them. The greeting had been neither exuberant nor somber. There were
wide grins, handshakes, soft laughter, and an incredible sense of spiritual
togetherness that left Varlik feeling left out.
Not that he was ignored or slighted; he simply could not share in the feeling
that was part of it, and that depressed him. He kept busy through it with his
camera.
The new media people had not been informed of their pending arrival, and none
of them were there.
There'd been a letter cube waiting for him from Mauen-long and warm and
carefully devoid of worries or problems. He hoped she wouldn't hear of his
brief
"missing" status before she got his letter.
His nights in the hospital weren't as bad as some in the jungle, but the days

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 128

were worse; around him were bandaged reminders of the regiment and what had
happened to it. After two days of tests, shots, and observation, he was
discharged from the hospital. He went straight to army headquarters, where he
was accosted by a newly arrived young man from Central News and a team from
Iryala Video.
They seemed ridiculously impressed with him-the "white T'swa," they said he
was called back home.
Somehow they angered him, though he knew the feeling was unreasonable-a matter
of his own condition, not theirs. He shook loose from them as quickly as he
decently could and went hopefully to Voker's office. Voker was the only one at
Aromanis that he wanted to see. But the colonel was at Beregesh, expected back
that day. Finally, Varlik arranged to leave Kettle on the next ship to Iryala,
the
Quaranth again, two days hence.
Then he arranged with Trevelos for a place of his own to work; he wanted
privacy from the new media people. Trevelos was friendlier than ever, eager to
help; the brief barrier between them had left no scars. Varlik spent most of
the day editing his material and preparing his report. He didn't show Ramolu,
though, only talked about him, as if the man had refused to be recorded. His
recordings of Ramolu weren't news; they were evidence.

When he was done, he found Voker in and played it for him-the battle in the
jungle and what he'd been able to record of the Birds. Voker, in turn, told
him of fierce firefights between Birds and T'swa around Beregesh. The Birds
had also mounted more concentrated hunt-and-kill sweeps to cut down T'swa
trail harassment, resulting in increased casualties on both sides. But
meanwhile, progress on rebuilding the refinery had improved markedly.
It had been necessary, Voker said, to keep revising upward the estimated size
of insurgent forces. The figure now was thirty to fifty thousand, with no
confidence that further upward revisions wouldn't be necessary.
Over Voker's good Crodelan whiskey, they speculated on why the Birds had
blindfolded him and the T'swa while taking them out for evacuation-what was it
they didn't want them to see? -- and came up with nothing compelling. Perhaps
nothing was the answer. Again Varlik didn't mention the arsenal on Tyss, and
withheld his belief in T'swa complicity. He agreed to play his report again
for
Lamons at the next day's staff meeting.
After supper Varlik went to the T'swa camp. The men of the two veteran
regiments shared a single company area, with only a few men to a tent. The Ice
Tiger Regiment had moved into the rest of the camp, but most of them were
south now, fighting.
Varlik didn't feel right with the T'swa anymore. He felt an urgency, a
compulsion, to get home to Iryala. There, he told himself, was the answer to
the Kettle mystery. Not its roots, perhaps, but on Iryala he would learn what
those roots were.
The general's staff meeting wasn't particularly interesting, what Varlik saw
and heard of it. After a little, he was asked courteously to leave; what would
follow was confidential. He seriously doubted that the confidential session
would be very interesting either. You people think you have secrets! he said
to himself as he left.
Afterward, he talked to the other media people. The new man from Central News
talked a good job, but that he was still at Aromanis instead of Beregesh
suggested otherwise to Varlik.
Most of the rest of the day, Varlik hung around the T'swa wards where the
wounded from the Red Scorpion and Night Adder Regiments were. He got their
views on what the future held for them: Some would marry, have families. For a
few there would be lodge-related jobs-scouting children who seemed to have the
warrior purpose, or training recruits, or administrative jobs, or maintenance
or other duties. Others would take outside jobs. Several would join a

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 129

monastery and become masters of wisdom; some of the best-known masters had
earlier been warriors.
For him there was Central News. It hit him then for the first time that he
didn't want to work for Central News anymore. He told himself that maybe he'd
feel different about it by the time he got back. Fendel would give him an
interesting assignment and he'd be ready to go again. But he didn't really
believe it.
That evening he bought a bottle of decent whiskey and got drunk by himself.
The next day, hung over, he boarded his old friend, the IWS Quaranth, for the
trip home.

CHAPTER THIRTY-SIX

0n the trip home, Varlik was effectively a recluse. At first various ship's
officers tried to strike up conversations, for he'd become more a celebrity
than he'd realized, and they were eager to question him about the war. But
Varlik's answers were brief and evasive, though by intrinsic courtesy he
avoided rudeness. He took to finding an unoccupied table at meals, and after a
few days only Mikal Brusin gave him any attention at all.
Brusin was an exception, of course-an old friend, and Varlik had accepted the
mate's invitation to a drink and a visit the first day. But after half an hour
of avoiding the enigmas that had trapped so much of his attention, it seemed
to
Varlik that he was repeating himself. Brusin was too perceptive to be offended
when Varlik excused himself. He could see the man was troubled, and connected
it with the death of so many friends. So he didn't push-merely repeated
occasionally his offer of a drink, usually declined and never leading to much
talk.
To pass the long trip, Varlik again borrowed a firefighter's suit, and worked
out long and hard in the gym. It helped him sleep, which he did a lot of,
although here too he was often beset by bad dreams. Unintentionally, it also
added to his mystique as "the white T'swa."
On the first day he'd checked the computer for instructional material on the
Orlanthan language, and found nothing. So he played and replayed the cube he'd
made in the Bird camp, finding in Bird conversations many of the words they'd
taught him the meanings of-these numbered more than forty. Then, with these to
start with, he'd analyzed the possible meanings of words he'd recorded but
hadn't been taught. In this way, and because the language was agglutinative,
he increased his vocabulary to about sixty words whose meanings he felt fairly
confident of, with about fifty more whose meanings he could reasonably guess
at.
Then, although he knew almost nothing of Orlanthan grammar, he used his small
vocabulary-including words with guessed-at meanings-in every combination he
could think of, giving him mastery of what he knew. Probably, he told himself,
his skill with Bird resembled Curly's skill with Standard, though Curly's
vocabulary was no doubt larger and more functional. But if he was ever again
in
Kettle's equatorial jungle, he'd have a basis for communicating.
Not that he ever expected or intended to be. His language studies and drills
served briefly as a pastime, something to do besides work out, sleep, and sit
reading in the ship's library.
Eventually, the day of landfall arrived. And conscious of his aloofness on the
trip, Varlik made a point at breakfast of going around the officers' mess
shaking the hand of every man there, thanking them for the voyage. The
thank-you didn't make a great deal of sense, and had he delivered it coolly,
might have been taken as hauteur. But it came across with a tinge of regret,
almost as apology, which in a sense it was, and when they left the messroom,
in almost every case it was with the opinion that the white T'swa was a good
guy, if not very social.

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 130

At 07.77, ship's time, the Quaranth came out of warp, and Varlik went to the
observation room to watch intently the brilliantly glinting point that was
Iryala

grow to a beautiful cobalt and white orb, then to a looming planetary ball
that moved in on them until it blocked out the sky. Soon a planetscape formed
beneath him and Landfall appeared, spreading to cover the view.
He could see the spaceport, watched it grow and spread until it was the
ground.
Service trucks stood or moved; workers watched upward or went about their
work. The Quaranth settled, touched down almost imperceptibly. He was back on
Iryala.

CHAPTER THIRTY-SEVEN

It was 09.63, nearly midday, in Landfall and by ship's time, too. With a long
layover planned, ship's time had been gradually adjusted until it agreed with
destination time, helping circadian rhythms into sync.
In the terminal, Mauen had come into the reception area from the glassed
viewing deck. She'd been waiting for almost three hours, had been there early,
not wanting to miss him if the Quaranth should arrive ahead of schedule. Space
flights seldom missed schedule by more than minutes, but she was taking no
chances.
She wore her prettiest-a new sheer yellow dress with white underlining, of
party quality but whereabouts cut that showed quite a bit of pretty leg. Her
hair was newly coifed, and she'd taken more than usual care with her makeup.
The first man in the door was Varlik-from his eagerness to see her, she was
sure.
But preoccupied, he almost didn't notice as she started toward him; he had
other things on his mind, and somehow it hadn't occurred to him that she'd
have gotten off work to meet him. He'd planned to take a cab to the office and
report in, then ring Konni. But Mauen called his name as she ran, jerking his
eyes to her. Then, after the merest lag, he was running too, to set down his
bags and gather her in his arms, hugging her too tightly, his mission suddenly
forgotten. They kissed avidly until they became aware that people were
staring.
"I can't believe how much I missed you," he breathed.
She noticed neither the underlying profundity of his words nor their surface
absurdity, hearing only the love they expressed. "It seemed like forever!" she
murmured back. "Half a year."
He signaled a luggageman and, with his bags being carried, walked hand in hand
with her through the building and out to the cab area, where the first cabbie
in line stowed Varlik's bags, then held the door for them.
"Where to, sir?" he asked.
The sight of Mauen had banished office, report, and phone call from Varlik's
mind. "Media Apartments Three," he said.
Varlik came out of the bathroom belting on his robe, poured a drink, then went
out onto the canopied balcony where he sat down on a chair. The afternoon sun
was warm, though the season was late. Many trees were already bare; on the
rest the foliage had turned yellow, bronze, red. He sipped his drink
reflectively, and a minute later Mauen joined him. When she sat, a knee peeked
out at him from her robe.
"Do you feel properly welcomed?" she asked.
"That was maximum welcome. More welcome than that I could hardly handle."
"You've always had a nice body," she said. "Now you're so hard and muscular
it's almost unbelievable. But I like you this way." She touched his hand. "And
I'll like you just as much if you gain weight again."
They touched glasses and drank. Then he held his up to the sun, eyeing

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 131

thoughtfully the gleam through amber brandy. "I'd like to make a phone call,"
he said.

"Invite a colleague to dinner with us, to talk business. My business and hers.
Yours now." He saw Mauen's smile slip at the pronoun hers. "Her name is Konni
Wenter. She was on Kettle for Iryala Video," he went on, "and we ran into some
strange things-evidence of a criminal conspiracy against the Confederation. We
agreed to hold back what we found out until we learned more. "
Mauen said nothing, asked no questions, simply waited soberly for Varlik to
continue.
He got up. "Come back in," he said. "I'll show you some pictures that I
haven't made available for newsfacs or videocasts. We can talk about what they
mean, or seem to mean."
She followed him in and closed the doors behind them, feeling chilly now, and
dialed the heat control while he activated the wall viewer and inserted a
cube.
Then they sat down together, and he played first his talk with Ramolu,
pointing out the anomalies not only of the man's fluency in Standard but his
obvious knowledge of the Confederation and technology and his general
sophistication.
"So how did he get like that?" Varlik asked. "Who trained the Birds? Or
probably the more correct question is who trained and educated the leaders
like Ramolu, because the common Bird soldier doesn't speak Standard or Tyspi,
the language of Tyss. Probably the people who trained them are the people who
armed them.
Here's one of their rifles." He moved the halted sequence to the image of the
rifle he'd picked up in the jungle, and pointed out its lack of serial number.
"Konni and I, after being wounded, went to Tyss for rehabilitation, and walked
into town from the hospital there. We recorded this." He sat quietly, letting
Mauen watch and listen to the two children who'd talked with Konnie and him.
Varlik stopped the sequence after each line of dialog, to translate from the
Tyspi.
"Are you Ertwa?" asked the little girl, and from the audio, Konni's voice
answered, " I don't know what 'Ertwa' means."
"They are Splennwa," the little boy corrected his sister. "Ertwa were very
long ago."
Mauen interrupted, and Varlik touched the pause key again. "What are `Ertwa?'
"
she asked.
"I have no idea. The point is that he responded as if he assumed we were from
Splenn. That suggests that Splennites visit Tyss often enough that people are
aware of them as frequent visitors, even little children."
Then he played the audio recording of the teaching brother, Ban Shum, their
host and guide in Oldu Tez-Boag, who could speak Orlanthan. Why would a
teacher on Tyss know Orlanthan?
And finally, he showed his video recording of the arsenal in the Jubat Forest
and the weapons without serial numbers, then removed from a bag the T'swa-made
side arm he'd taken, also without serial number.
"How does all of this seem to you?" he asked. And realized that his body was
tense, trembling slightly at some undefined stress.
"It looks ... it looks as if it might be the T'swa who armed and trained the
Orlanthans. But ... where does Splenn fit in?"
"Splennites could have smuggled the weapons from Tyss to Kettle. Splenn has
space ships, and at least in adventure fiction the Splennites are supposed to
be

smugglers. But I haven't told you all of it yet." He explained his
theory-Konni's actually-that the T'swa had a technite mine of their own.

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 132

"And-why do you want to ask Miss Wenter over?"
"To show her what I recorded in the jungle. And she'd planned to see what she
could learn here; I want to know what she's found out."
Mauen nodded. "All right. Ask her." She paused. "Why do you think there's
anything to learn about this, here on Iryala?"
"The T'swa colonels wanted their regiments publicized here. Why? And more than
the colonels wanted it; they'd already arranged for publicity to be channeled
through the T'swa ambassador here. Besides that, apparently someone had
expected both Central News and Iryala Video to have the T'swa featured." And
got the king to contract personally for the regiments, Varlik added to
himself; he'd never looked at that angle before. "It's as if someone here,
someone in a very high place, is involved."
Mauen got up and went to her desk in their activities room, then returned with
an address book. "Perhaps I have something helpful," she said. Varlik looked
at her, puzzled. "I got interested in the T'swa from your reports," she went
on. "Lots of people did, but especially me because I'm your wife. So I called
the Royal Library for anything they might have on them. I didn't find much.
But I thought there might be material that I didn't know how to access, so I
called the library's consulting office. When the supervisory consultant
realized I was your wife, she gave me the name and number of an expert on Tyss
and the T'swa philosophy-
Melsa Ostrak Gouer."
Mauen handed him the address book, open to the Gs. The name Goner didn't mean
anything specific to him, though he recognized it vaguely as belonging to an
aristocratic family. But Ostrak-the Ostraks were one of the better known
aristocratic families, holding certain interstellar trading rights in fief
from the crown.
"Have you called this Melsa Goner?"
"No. I hesitated to bother someone of a family like that."
"I think I will," he said. "Tomorrow. It could be that you do have something
helpful here."
At least it could provide a lead to highly placed families with a prewar
interest in the T'swa. He made his call to Konni and she accepted the dinner
invitation. Then
Varlik got dressed to report to the office. When he was ready to leave, he
stopped to kiss Mauen.
"Varlik?"
"Yes?"
"Did you sleep with this Konni Wenter?"
The question startled him. "Sleep with her? No. Or anyone else since I met
you.
Not ever." He stepped back to arm's length. " I hope you haven't been worrying
about that."
"Not until you asked to call her. And then said you'd traveled to Tyss
together. Is she pretty?"

"No, she's fairly plain. Not homely, but ..." He grinned. "She's nothing like
you.
Except that she's nice, too. I think you'll like her. And she'll like you.
Have you ever wondered about things like that before when I've been gone?"
"Not really." She smiled a little. "A time or two, maybe. I know that women
must put themselves in your way sometimes. But while you were talking, it
occurred to me that you shared something with her out there that was important
to you both, and that I had no part in-a mystery, a war, and friends killed."
His eyes rested on hers. "True. But now the mystery is yours, too. You've even
given me a lead."
Varlik checked in with Fendel, who told him to take a week off; then he'd have
a new assignment for him. Varlik told him he wasn't done with the T'swa
assignment yet, that there were odds and ends of it to look into here, and

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 133

that when he was finished he was going to take two weeks off.
When he left Fendel's office, Fendel stared after him. The young man had
certainly changed. Independent! But he was worth a little temperament.
Subscriptions had soared with his coverage of the T'swa.
Varlik stopped at his own desk before he left, to place a call to the T'swa
embassy. He got an appointment with the ambassador for the next morning at
07.75.
Varlik had been right. As different as they were, Mauen and Konni hit if off:
Konni hadn't learned much of value. A week after returning to Iryala, she'd
been back at work and busy. She'd read or scanned everything the library had
on
Splenn, though, giving special attention to Splenn's politics and interstellar
trade.
It had been interesting but not very helpful. But clearly the Splennites-the
Splennwa, Varlik and Konnie called them, using the Tyspi-had a penchant for
intrigues, at least at home.
And there had been several smuggling convictions by the Confederation Tax
Commission, though the Splennite reputation was worse than a few convictions
would account for. Also, T'swa regiments had been hired more than once to help
in power disputes on Splenn; the current dynasty of the leading state on
Splenn owed its position to T'swa regiments.
Varlik in turn told them about his appointment with the T'swa ambassador. He'd
call Konni afterward, he promised, and tell her what happened.
Konni left by midevening-at 17.20. It didn't seem to her like an evening to
keep
Varlik and Mauen up late.

CHAPTER THIRTY-EIGHT

It had not been a good night for Varlik, though it started exceedingly well.
Near dawn he'd wakened from a seemingly unending dream in which he and his
platoon had been walking through a landscape that sometimes was like the Jubat
Hills, looking for-whatever. Perhaps the source of the war, of their deaths.
For they were dead; Varlik, too. And their bodies had been decaying. Their
biggest difficulty was that body parts kept sloughing off as they hiked. The
T'swa had been in high spirits nonetheless, as if it were a holiday outing,
but for Varlik it had been constant and desperate struggle.
When finally it had wakened him, he'd gotten up quietly, not to disturb Mauen,
had had a drink and read a bit before going back to bed.
Nor was morning a success. Overnight a front had moved in with dirty gray
clouds. Strong raw wind clawed the last leaves from the trees, sending them
hurling and swirling through the park like city, leaving skeletons behind to
greet the coming winter. Varlik, waiting at the transit shelter, was glad to
get aboard the hover bus, and gladder yet to get inside the government office
building where the tiny T'swa embassy was tucked away.
Like all government buildings, this one was aesthetic, a fact he took for
granted, not consciously appreciating it. The register in the lobby informed
him that the
T'swa Embassy was on the ninth floor. The silent lift, rising smoothly on its
AG
unit, gave a broadening view of the bleak morning, and Varlik turned his back
on it to face the door. The trip was quick; the government work day had
already begun, and he had the lift to himself. Its doors opened to floor nine,
and another register faced him as he stepped out.
The door to Suite 912 bore a simple sign that read, appropriately, "T'swa
Embassy." It was open, and he walked in. A white-haired T'swa woman sat behind
a desk, and smiled at him when he entered.
"Mr. Lormagen!" she said. "It's so nice to see you in person. Just a moment.
I'll tell the ambassador you're here."

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 134

She's the ambassador's wife, Varlik thought, I'll bet anything. How T'swa that
felt!
We'll see how nice they think it is when I'm finished here. Varlik himself
felt ugly and somehow perverse, but neither analyzed nor resisted it. He
merely nodded acknowledgement as she touched a key on her communicator.
"Mr. Lormagen to see you," she said. Varlik couldn't hear the ambassador's
reply-
it came through the earpiece she wore-but the woman smiled and beckoned as she
stood up. He followed her to a door which she opened for him, and he went in.
The ambassador was standing, looking somewhat older than his secretary and a
little hunched, the hunch seeming somehow the result of old injury instead of
age.
Yet hunched though he was, he was scarcely shorter than Varlik, and
considerably heavier. His body looked solid, although his stubbly hair was
white, his face wrinkled, and deeply creased knuckles gave his thick fingers a
telescoped look.
His eyes still showed large, not hidden by folds of aged skin.
He reached a beefy right hand to Varlik and Varlik shook it, not surprised at
its hard strength, then the old T'swi waved him to a chair. Varlik sat,
putting his open

shoulder bag on the floor beside him and surreptitiously pushing the "on"
switch of the audio recorder it held.
"Mr. Lormagen," the ambassador said, "it is a pleasure to meet you personally.
My name is Tar-Kliss. Before we address your business, let me say how very
much I enjoyed your reports. I hadn't been prepared for someone of your
unusual ability and dedication, with the willingness to learn our language. To
train with a regiment and accompany it in combat-especially in the Orlanthan
climate! And your professionalism was the highest, your amity with your
regiment remarkable."
My affinity with my regiment! Varlik's expression sharpened, his emotion
hardening, focusing, targeting. What did this old diplomat, this player at
intrigues, know about affinity with regiment!
"You think so!"
"Oh, yes. I am confident of it. You gave your readers, your listeners and
viewers, a remarkably accurate feel of the Red Scorpions-of any regiment. I
know. I was a battalion commander-for a time the regimental commander-of the
Rimla-Dok
Regiment, which was also of the Lodge of Kootosh-Lan. With it to the end, or
within hours of the end. Deactivated forty-six years ago."
Varlik's hostility fractured and dissolved. "You were a T'swa mercenary?"
The old head nodded. "And later a monk-scholar and master of wisdom, for the
last twenty-seven years ambassador to the Royal Court of Iryala."
He smiled, showing strong square teeth.
"And-how did your regiment die?" Varlik asked.
Tar-Kliss's smile became reminiscent, almost beatific.
"In a war between pretenders to a throne, on the planet Grovald. Two princes,
both quite corrupt. It was a lovely war. Each had very presentable fighting
men, in quantities, and some nicely unpredictable allies. Qualities highly
contributive."
Though the smile remained, the old man's expression became shrewd now, yet
kindly, the eyes penetrating but not aggressive, and he shifted the
conversation into Tyspi. "But you didn't come to hear about me," he went on,
"nor to hear me appreciate you. You, have something to tell me, or something
to ask."
"Something to show you." With Tar-Kliss's invitation, Varliks' mouth had gone
dry. It occurred to him that he could never have given his presentation-his
accusation, for that's what it was, without visible hostility, even open
anger, had not the old T'swi set the scene for him with his personal history,

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 135

his little comments. Another T'swa colonel! Or major, in this case. How
Biltong had handled the truculent Lamons that first meeting! In Lamons's own
headquarters, surrounded by his staff, in the midst of his divisions! Using
just the right words, the right tone, all spur of the moment. And Lamons, as
arrogant and stiff-necked as any general, perhaps more than most, had backed
down without apoplexy, in time coming to respect, even admire, the T'swa.
Varlik took the player from his shoulder bag and inserted the "case" cube he'd
prepared for this meeting. "If you'll turn on your wall screen," he said.
As the old man did so, Varlik switched on the player, and they listened to his
recorded resume of the war according to Colonel Voker, then continued with his
recorded talk with Ramolu. Next they listened to the children in Oldu
Tez-Boag.

Occasionally he halted it for comment, continuing through Ban Shum speaking
Orlanthan; barges on the Lok-Sanu River with their cargoes of steel; the three
carloads of steel on the siding at Tiiku-Moks; the siding and arsenal in the
Jubat
Forest, its products without serial numbers; and finally, the unnumbered rifle
he'd taken from the dead Bird.
Once the pictures had begun to move on the screen, a relative calm came over
Varlik. He felt less tense than when he'd presented his "short cube" to Mauen
the day before. And when his little show was over, he asked a seemingly non
sequitur question, not what he'd planned at all.
"So you knew that Central News was going to send someone to report on the
T'swa regiments."
"Oh yes. In fact, I suggested it to your Foreign Ministry. They in turn
suggested it to your employer, and to Iryala Video."
Varlik nodded, saying nothing for a long moment, gathering himself. Now was
the moment of truth, and again his mouth was flannel-dry. "It seems to me that
the
T'swa are behind the Kettle War; that they armed and trained the Orlanthans."
Tar-Kliss nodded gravely. "The evidence, such as it is, seems to point that
way-at least as regards arming and training. But of course someone further
would be required-some smuggler, as you pointed out, and also someone who
provided the
Orlanthans with the floaters they've used."
He paused while Varlik reacted to the last comment. He'd overlooked the Bird
floaters. "The question that comes to me now," Tar-Kliss added mildly, "is why
we T'swa would do that."
Varlik's mind shifted. The old man was playing a game with him, agreeing on
details while preparing to throw up barriers. They'd see how well, or how
poorly, it worked. "The Splennwa could smuggle the arms in for you," Varlik
replied, "and provide the floaters, too. As for a motive-Tyss has a technite
deposit. It must have, to make steel. The Confederation wouldn't ship
technetium to Tyss-not now, anyway."
The obsidian eyes neither flinched nor hardened. "I can assure you," said Tar-
Kliss, is that Tyss has no technite.
All the technite worlds lie within a two-parsec-wide corridor, and Tyss is
nowhere near it."
"Then where do you get your technetium? You make steel!"
"There is a very simple answer to that question. An answer very accessible,
very open to you. Figuratively speaking, it is staring you in the face. I will
let you recognize it for yourself, which you will when you are ready."
It seemed to Varlik that the conversation was slipping away from the real
issue:
T'swa responsibility for the insurrection, and the apparent involvement of
some highly placed faction on Iryala, with their motives, whatever those might
be.
"Suppose I publicize what I found on Tyss, and on Kettle," he said slowly. "Or

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 136

suppose one of the people I left cubes with does. People would pay attention.
They're interested in the T'swa now, and the war, and they respect what I
say."
The old T'swi didn't seem to change, but what he next said flustered Varlik.
"How familiar are you," Tar-Kliss asked, "with the policies of Standard
Management?"

"What do you mean? We learn Standard Management throughout our education, at
whatever point the individual policies are pertinent. And in the fifth level
we have a whole year's course on the principles. We have to. Standard
Management isn't only relevant to government and business, it's relevant to
the individual's management of his life! Especially the policies dealing with
principles!"
Varlik realized he was tense again. Tar-Kliss by contrast was as relaxed, as
casual, as-as a T'swi.
"And who," Tar-Kliss asked, "who in the Confederation is responsible for
foreign affairs? Per Standard Management?"
"Why, ultimately the Administrator General, His Majesty, Marcus XXVII" Varlik
began to recite from "General Principles of Responsibility": "Narrower
responsibilities for specific areas and duties belong ..."
Tar-Kliss interrupted. "That's right. And to simply publicize,
indiscriminately, what you've found, with your suspicions therefrom, would be
to ignore, to depart
Standard Management by bypassing the proper posts. Let me quote from the same
source, even if needlessly: `To bypass any proper post is to degrade the
authority and function of that post and endanger the area of its
responsibility.' In this instance your king, His Foreign Ministry, and the
Office of Intelligence within that ministry. Again to quote, or very nearly:
`Therefore, to bypass any official government post whether local, district,
regional, planetary, or Confederation, when that post is functioning viably,
is a crime. It may be a misdemeanor or a felony, depending on the
consequences. Within a business or family or in ordinary interpersonal
relations, bypassing has no formal statutory standing, but has common law
standing in civil suits dealing with those areas."
"You see, of course, the point I'm making. What you were suggesting is not
only seriously illegal; it is very basic."
Varlik sat chagrined.
"I am not trying to stonewall you," Tar-Kliss continued. "You simply need to
take your story to the proper person in the Foreign Ministry, which for you
would be the Filter Section in the Office of Incoming Communication, via
commfac."
The lined black face was sympathetic. " I realize that you distrust me, but
I'm quite interested in seeing where your investigation leads you. And I can
help you get your information directly to a decision-making level at the
Foreign Ministry without the danger of its being dismissed or backlogged by a
lower-level functionary. If you will resume for a day or two the position of
publicist for the
T'swa, I can properly refer you as my agent directly to the Deputy Foreign
Minister for Intelligence, Lord Beniker. I'm sure he will find your
discoveries very interesting, and quite possibly he will have information of
his own that this will fit with."
Varlik was staring, not knowing what to answer. Could Lord Beniker be an
Iryalan conspirator? When he didn't answer the ambassador, Tar-Kliss reached
to his communicator, his thick fingers tapping keys. After a short delay, a
secretary appeared on the screen. "Lord Beniker's office," she said. "Oh! Good
morning, ambassador."
"Good morning to you, Jaren. I'd appreciate speaking with the Deputy Foreign
Minister, if you please."

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 137

"Just a moment. I'll see if he's available."
The comm screen went black. Varlik sat silent. If Beniker was a conspirator,
seeing him was dangerous. But it was also an opening. In seconds the screen
came to life again, and from some telecast Varlik recognized the long, strong
face of
Vikun Dor, Lord Beniker.
"Good morning, Tar," the image said. "What can I do for you?"
"Good morning, Vikun. I have a young man in my office, an agent of mine, whom
I feel you'll want to see. At any rate, I'd like to send him over to talk with
you personally. He has information that could prove considerably important to
Iryala and the Confederation, and he can present it better than I." Tar-Kliss
paused meaningfully. "His name is Varlik Lormagen."
"Varlik Lormagen! Excellent! I'd like to meet the young man, in any event."
Lord
Beniker turned away as if looking at something, probably a clock. "Send him
over now. It's 08.15. He should be able to get here by 08.65 with no trouble
at all; I'll inform the Routing Desk and they'll have someone waiting to
escort him. Is that it for this time?"
"Yes, Vikun, that's all. Thank you. I appreciate your attention in this."
"I'm happy to oblige. Let me know if there's anything more."
The screen went blank and Tar-Kliss switched off' the communicator. Varlik got
to his feet.
"Why?" he asked. "Why are you doing this?"
"So that hopefully you can learn what lies behind your mystery."
For a moment longer Varlik looked at him, then turned and left. Tar-Kliss
watched him out the door. When it had closed, the elderly T'swi reached to his
communicator and again keyed Beniker's office code.
Lord Beniker watched and listened to the same cube that Varlik had played for
the
T'swa ambassador, and Varlik's comments were essentially the same. When he'd
finished, the Deputy Foreign Minister, tall and rawboned, sat slouched,
introspectively frowning. After a few moments he shook his head, as if to
disperse like hovering flies whatever unfinished thoughts were buzzing there.
Beniker was a highly accomplished actor.
"Mr. Lormagen, that is the most intriguing, and may turn out to be the most
important set of information I've had brought to my attention since I've been
Deputy Foreign Minister. Admittedly, it is far from conclusive, but it
certainly deserves investigation."
He stroked his jawline, one side, then the other. "The most interesting leads
are on
Tyss and in the Orlanthan jungle. In the latter case we have no effective
access, while in the former, we have no jurisdiction--unless, of course, we
decide it's essential to Confederation security. But there are things I can
have looked into here on Iryala, and I'll ask friend Tar to see what can be
learned on Tyss. I'll be surprised if he can't turn up something there."
Varlik frowned. "The ambassador? But if the T'swa government is part of the
conspiracy ..."
Beniker looked at Varlik as if surprised, then the surprise, faded. "I see
your difficulty," he said. "Few Iryalans are aware that the T'swa have no
government."
"No government?"

"That's right. Tyss has no government, nor any nations in the sense of tribes
or states like other resource worlds do. No other world I know of could get by
that way. The various lodges, orders, and cooperatives are each to themselves
a government without geographical boundaries, but without authority over
anyone who chooses to stand outside them or remove himself from them.
Remarkable place. The closest thing they have to an authority is the

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 138

religious/philosophical order of Ka-Shok, and Ka-Shok exercises no power over
anyone. It's the acknowledged parent order of the several religious/
philosophical orders on Tyss, each of them independent, but so far as I know
not differing significantly from the others, or worrying about it. They seem
to have split off in some far past as geographic or administrative
conveniences.
"So it's the Ka-Shok we deal with, in lieu of any government. You've heard of
the
T'sel? The Order of Ka-Shok originated the T'sel--discovered it, if you
prefer-and the T'sel is the basis of human beliefs and custom for the entire
planet. So we've accepted the Ka-Shok as the de facto representative of all
Tyss, and old Tar-Kliss is actually the Ka-Shok's ambassador. He's also an
emeritus member of the largest
T'swa war lodge, incidentally, the Kootosh-Lan-biggest of five-although that
means nothing compared to his membership in the Ka-Shok. At any rate, if he
decides to initiate an investigation on Tyss, he'll get cooperation, I'm sure.
Not through any Ka-Shok coercion, but simply from the attitude of respect."
The deputy minister straightened. "Meanwhile, there is something you can do."
He tapped keys on his desk console; within the desk a silent printer pushed
out paper which Beniker tore off and handed to Varlik. "The address and call
number of Lord Durslan, an expert on Tyss, including T'swa psychology, and
occasional consultant to the Foreign Ministry. He's actually spent
considerable time on Tyss.
Try your presentation on him and see if he comes up with anything. Agreed?
You'll do a better job of it than I"
Varlik looked at the printout and nodded. He wasn't sure, but he thought it
was the same address and number Mauen had gotten from the Royal Library.
"Good," said Beniker, and tapped out a code on his communicator. From his
vantage, Varlik couldn't see the screen, but audio was from a desk speaker,
not a privacy receiver. And obviously, Beniker was answered by a secretary.
No, Lord
Durslan was away just then, but she could set up an appointment; actually, his
calendar was quite open. Mr. Varlik Lormagen? Lord Durslan would be delighted
to meet the young man, she was sure. Would Mr. Lormagen consent to be Lord
Durslan's house guest?
Beniker turned to Varlik, eyebrows raised. "Would you?"
Varlik was flabbergasted. "I-guess so," he said.
"He would indeed," Beniker answered.
"Would tomorrow noon be satisfactory to him?" the voice asked.
Varlik nodded, and Beniker forwarded this too, as if amused at his function of
go-
between. The secretary said a car would be waiting for Mr. Lormagen at the
airport that he should notify them of his expected arrival time-and gave the
same comm number Varlik had already been given by Beniker. The two exchanged
courtesies then, and Beniker disconnected.

"A relative of Durslan's," he commented. "Sister, as I recall. Obviously not
hesitant to commit him to house guests.
"So. Is there anything more, Lormagen?"
"I don't believe so, sir."
"Fine."
Beniker turned to his papers in dismissal, just as Koda would have. Varlik got
up and left, gooseflesh prickling.
And Beniker, too, when Varlik had left, reached again for his communicator.
Beniker wasn't the only one who had a call to make. On the ground floor,
central corridor, were enclosed comm booths. Varlik called Konni's desk at
Iryala Video.
To his surprise she was in. He summarized for her what had happened that
morning, without mentioning the feeling he'd gotten when Beniker had dismissed

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 139

him. It bothered him, but it also seemed paranoid to make anything of it.
Konni might think he was losing his grip.
Konni's desk being one of several in a common work room, her communicator, of
course, had a handheld privacy receiver. When she'd hung up, she sat for a
moment, assimilating the information Varlik had given her. He'd seemed
confident enough, but she was worried. He was looking for the key person in
what seemed a major conspiracy, a person almost surely in some high or at
least highly influential position. If that person learned what Varlik was
doing, Varlik would unquestionably be in danger.
Government crime, and organized crime in general, were little experienced on
Iryala, or on most Confederation worlds, but everyone was well aware of the
concepts from histories, and from news, novels, and holoplays about trade
worlds.
She could imagine Varlik dying in some carefully staged "accident."
It also occurred to her that she was not immune. If someone should do
something to Varlik-it really did seem rather unreal to her-they might suspect
that she too had dangerous information. She decided to put together a report
from the cubes she had plus additional recorded comments, and leave them with
someone-a friend who wasn't a close friend and wouldn't be suspect. She
thought she knew who-Felsi Nisben. Felsi was imaginative, a romantic, who'd
take her seriously and follow through if necessary. If something happened to
Varlik, and then to her, Felsi was to turn the package over to, who?
The Justice Ministry, obviously. But what if ... ? There ought to be a second
person to send one to. She thought then of Colonel Voker, who'd helped her get
to
Tyss, and whom Varlik thought so highly of. Voker had recognized that
something was wrong before either she or Varlik had. So she'd make two copies,
one for justice and one for Voker.
I'll go home and make them right now, she decided, and talk to Felsi tonight.

CHAPTER THIRTY-NINE

When he'd finished his call to Konni, Varlik went to the Planetary Media
Center, to Central News and his desk console, and called first the Royal
Library, then the
Central News files, finding everything he could on the current Lord Durslan
and the current Lord Beniker. There was quite a bit on Lord Beniker, rather
little about Durslan, and in both cases nothing that seemed significant. All
they had in common was their nobility and their attendance at the same private
school. And at school they'd hardly overlapped, probably hadn't even known one
another, for
Durslan was nine years younger than Beniker-about ten years older than Varlik.
After the national university, Beniker had gone into government service while
Durslan had stayed at home to assist with the family enterprises.
Varlik turned off his terminal and called Mauen. "Hello, sweetheart," he
murmured. "I'll be home in half an hour; seventy minutes at most. How'd you
like to go to the conservatory? Shouldn't be crowded on a work day."
"I'd love to. And I have some exciting news for you when you get here."
"Tell me over the phone?"
"No, you'll have to wait. It's worth it, though; you'll love it."
"Hmm. If it's a disappointment, do I get to set reparations of my own choice?"
"On one condition," she answered playfully. "If it's as good as I know it is,
you'll have to pay me any bonus I name."
"Bonus? All right, you're on. I'll see you."
The clouds had broken, forming fast-moving islands of cold sunshine that
coursed like the raw and cutting wind through Landfall's pattern of
subcommunities. Yet
Varlik found himself humming as he strode toward Media Apartments Three. For
the moment he had set tomorrow aside, and Lord Durslan, and the way Beniker

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 140

had dismissed him.
She was waiting for him, grinning, wearing a housedress in which she somehow
managed to be extremely enticing. "What's your exciting news?" Varlik asked
after kissing her.
"What's yours?" she countered.
"Mine? That I'm home again with you. Ready for anything."
"That's not news," she said with a mock pout. "I already knew that."
He stepped back, eyeing her. "Not fair," he said. "I asked first. Tell me, so
that one of us can collect reparations. Or a bonus, as the case may be."
"All right. We're taking a trip together!"
His enthusiasm blinked out, replaced by guardedness. "A trip?"
"A trip. I phoned Melsa Ostrak Gouer, the expert on the T'swa. When I gave the
secretary my name, she asked if I was related to you, and when I told her I
was your wife, she connected me with Mrs. Gouer. We had a three-way conference
and-I got an invitation, too!"
Mauen beamed expectantly; Varlik only stood puzzled. "Too?"
"Mrs. Goner," Mauen nudged. "Mrs. Garlan Goner ... Lady Durslan!"
Varlik stepped backward and sat down. This wasn't at all, all right, but he
didn't know what to say, how to handle it. He'd felt at least somewhat
endangered at the

prospect of going there, to some large private estate out in the forested Lake
District, putting himself in the hands of people who might wish to silence
him.
And now Mauen intended to go with him.
She was laughing delightedly. " I thought you'd be surprised, but not that
surprised," she said. "After I told them what I wanted to learn more about the
T'swa, and Tyss-the secretary told Lady Durslan she'd just made an appointment
for you to see Lord Durslan tomorrow. That you'd be flying in to Lake Loreen
in the morning, and someone would pick you up there. Then Lady Durslan-she
told me to call her Melsa; isn't that marvelous?-Melsa asked if I was free
tomorrow, and when I told her I was, she invited me to come with you. They
even have their own conservatory. And a heated, glass-enclosed natatorium, so
we're to bring swimsuits! Isn't that incredible!" Mauen spun in delight, a
movement learned in dance. "She said she'd love to have us both for two days,
even if your business with Garlan, that's Lord Durslan--only takes an hour.
She said she hoped you'd talk with her about your experiences with the
mercenaries; they're a part of the
T'swa culture she hadn't had direct contact with. And she'd be happy to give
you background on the war lodges that you might find interesting."
Mauen sat down across from Varlik. "We must have talked for fifteen minutes!
And Varlik, she's such a lovely person. In appearance, too. I've already
started to pack."
She paused then, for the first time perceiving that Varlik's reaction might be
more than surprise. "Is anything the matter?" she asked.
"The matter?" From somewhere he mustered a smile.
"Yes. I'm worried about what that bonus is you're going to ask for."
Later, when Mauen decided to go out and buy some things for the trip, Varlik
begged off, claiming need for recovery time and a nap. She laughed, then left.
Tying his robe, he poured himself a cup of joma and called Konni, catching her
at her desk. He told her what had developed.
"It really does sound all right," he said. "Lady Durslan made a big hit with
Mauen, and Mauen's pretty sensitive to people. We're invited for two days. But
if you don't hear from me by Oneday, maybe you'd better pass our information
on to someone."
"Such as?"
"Whoever you think best. The authorities. And it might be a good idea to send
a copy to Colonel Voker, on Kettle. You could send it by way of Captain
Brusin, the mate on the Quaranth. Remember him? Tell him it's from me; I'm

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 141

sure he'll do it. The Quaranth is being refitted; he mentioned it would take
about ten days. And put it in a sealed package; that way he won't be tempted
to snoop. It's slower than a pod, but somehow I'd feel better about it."
"Why?"
"Hmm. I don't know. Uncertified pod contents are subject to inspection, but it
probably seldom happens."
Varlik paused. I'm rehearsing trouble, he told himself. "Not that it'll be
necessary," he went on. "I'll be awfully surprised if it is. But it seems
worth it to cover the possibility."

Konni told him then what she had done the day before, including arranging with
Felsi Nisben as a backup. She hadn't told Felsi the nature of the information
or that Varlik was involved.
Then she paused, hesitating. Varlik waited, sensing that she wasn't finished.
"Varlik," she said after a moment, "I've got a question-a serious one. I like
Mauen, I really like her a lot. And obviously you love her..."
"Yes?"
"So-why in the name of Pertunis are you letting her go with you!? Probably
nothing will happen, but why take a chance?"
He looked at it. " I guess," he said slowly- "Okay. It's because she's so
enthused about it. So pleased and delighted. If I tell her, she's not going to
accept it. She's going to argue, and there'll be a big upset. And I'd have to
make it really strong to support my refusal, make it seem really dangerous.
Then she wouldn't want me to go, and if I insisted, then she'd insist on going
with me. I know Mauen. She's little, and pretty, and sweet and she just
doesn't push around worth a darn.
"Like I said, the odds are good that everything there will be fine-that we'll
have two of the nicest days of our lives."
Konni didn't answer at once. "Lormagen," she said at last, "I hate to say it,
but I
agree with you again. Have a nice trip. And tell Mauen I love her, okay?"
"I'll tell her. And thanks. Thanks a lot."
When they disconnected, a broody Varlik sipped his joma. He wondered if he'd
just talked himself into something he'd regret.

PART SIX
The School

CHAPTER FOURTY

The T'swa ambassador looked up at the white-jacketed serving man. " I will
have bacon, crisp, with four large poached eggs," he said, "and muffins with
butter and norbal. The bacon and muffins should be in quantities appropriate
to four eggs."
He poured cream in his joma then, followed by three heaping spoons of sugar,
while Lord Beniker ordered. Beniker, when he'd finished ordering, put a hand
on the serving man's sleeve. "And Kirt," he added, "the ambassador and I will
need privacy; we have confidential business to discuss. We'll call if we need
anything."
"Yes, my lord." The man left for the kitchen of Beniker's large and
comfortable apartment.
"So," said Tar-Kliss, "what have you arranged? Assuming that Garlan and
Wellem cannot defuse the situation. "
"Well, it isn't the sort of thing I care for, but ... First of all, we've had
an interesting piece of serendipity, and you know what serendipity indicates
about the dynamics of the situation. Lormagen is a professional newsperson,
and his discoveries were of a delicate nature. And of course he is very newly

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 142

arrived back on Iryala. So it may well be that he hasn't shared his
information and analysis with others than ourselves. The likeliest for him to
have talked with is his wife.
Nonetheless, Garlan considered it unwise to call Lormagen and suggest he bring
her along; he's already suspicious, and that could easily cause him to do
something unfortunate.
"And then she, Lormagen's wife, called Melsa! It seems she'd gotten Melsa's
name from a librarian several days ago, as an expert on the T'swa, and the
young lady wanted references she could read. It provided a marvelous
opportunity for
Melsa to establish a personal relationship and then invite her, which she
did."
Beniker paused to sip his joma, which he drank black and unsweetened.
"Now, I have dispatched a team of four agents in my intelligence branch, men I
can trust not to be impetuous or become needlessly physical. They'll be
standing by near Garlan's, and if Garlan isn't satisfied with Lormagen's
progress, he'll let them know. Then he'll have the Lormagens drugged and my
men will pick them up with a light floater. They'll take them to the office of
a psychiatrist in Loreen, who'll psychocondition them. He's been alerted,
although of course he doesn't know yet who his subjects might be. It will take
only a few hours, and when he's done, Lormagen won't remember ever having been
suspicious, and he'll see nothing untoward in the information that right now
has him so upset. He'll even have the idea that he spent the night asleep at
Garlan's.
"I'd prefer, naturally, that none of that becomes necessary."
"Quite probably it won't," said Tar-Kliss. " I have great confidence in
Wellem.
But there remains the young woman journalist who was with him on Tyss.
Presumably she knows at least some of what he knows. And there remains the
possibility that he related his suspicions to someone else."
"Of course. I'm prepared to have the young woman abducted, if necessary. And
regarding a hypothetical further person: in the process of conditioning, I'll
have that looked into. If there actually is such a person, the odds are decent
that we can

have him picked up the following day or evening, certainly before he sees
Lormagen and realizes something's amiss with him. We'll condition him and have
him back at his job the next day, none the wiser."
"It would be preferable to have Wellem and Garlan work on them first,"
Tar-Kliss said. "Psychoconditioning is not, after all, beneficial to the mind,
as witness the billions who've experienced the Sacrament."
Beniker nodded. "Agreed. But it may not be feasible for Garlan and Wellem to
work on them."
As a commercial floatercraft it was small, seating thirty-two. But the season
was late, and today it carried only eleven passengers besides Varlik and
Mauen.
Varlik's dreams had been bad again; he'd wakened troubled and introverted, and
was not a good traveling companion. He had not, of course, mentioned his
worries to Mauen. She assumed that his mood simply reflected preoccupation
with his mystery.
So they spoke little, watching the landscape over which they passed, an
undulating countryside of farms and small towns. There were rectangular fields
and pastured hills, with woods on steeper slopes, along the larger streams,
and around some of the lakes. The lakes were marvelous-blue with reflected sky
for the day, if cold, had dawned clear and bright.
After a bit the land became rougher, though its hills were not high. Lakes
were increasingly numerous; woods spread, became forest that held most of the
ground, trees bare except where enclaves of evergreens stood, notably on
lakeshores.

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 143

The panorama dispelled Varlik's grimness and left him merely grave.
The resort town of Loreen stood beside the large and vivid lake which had
given its name. Or perhaps they'd been named independently for the same lady;
the details lay lost in antiquity. The floater settled on the airfield at
town's edge, where a chauffeur met them at the small terminal. He introduced
himself as Bren.
Bren's good-mannered cheerfulness further lightened Varlik's mood. He picked
up both their bags before Varlik could put hand to them, then, commenting on
the welcome sunshine, led them outside to a limousine that was luxurious
without ostentation, and held the doors for them. Neither Varlik nor Mauen had
ridden in a vehicle like it before.
The travelway he took them on was three lanes wide, smooth and green, its
grass mown short for hay. They followed it through forest broken only
infrequently by small farms, past lakes whose blue they might glimpse through
trees or across an occasional meadowed glade. There were numerous fine homes
here, Varlik knew, but they were not visible from the road, or seldom and
barely. Here and there lanes disappeared into the forest, unidentified by
signs. Most, Varlik assumed, were for removing the logs of trees afflicted or
well past their prime. Other lanes neatly mowed, almost certainly led,
privately, unobtrusively-to the leisure homes of titled and untitled rich.
It was, to Varlik, very beautiful, though he had no least desire to live here.
His glance moved to Mauen; she seemed entranced.
Before long they turned off on one of the manicured lanes. It wound through
forest and down a gentle hill to a crescent of lake shore, to grounds half
groves, half sunny lawn, where a home stood-a literal mansion. It probably was
not Lord

Durslan's ancestral home, not out here, but it was a mansion nonetheless, with
two wings that seemed much too large to be accounted for by family use and
servants'
apartments.
He got just a glimpse of an island close offshore, with a little stone
causeway leading to it like a footbridge. There was a building on the island-a
building too large, it seemed, to be merely for ornament or parties. Its
architecture was something Varlik had not seen before. It was out of sight
before he could sort out the curves of its graceful roof, the carved posts of
its veranda, the sculpted trees and shrubs that framed and partly screened it.
Then the hovercar pulled up before the house.
Bren let them out, and as he did, the large front door opened, a woman
stepping onto the entry porch. By her bearing, Varlik decided, she was either
Lady Durslan or Lord Durslan's sister. She met them smiling.
"Mauen!" she said, taking the young woman's hand, "I'm so pleased to meet you!
I told Garlan-Lord Durslan, that is-that your were lovely, but you're lovelier
still in person." She turned then to Varlik, and the hand she gave him was
strong.
"And you are Varlik, of course. I'm delighted to be your hostess." She
examined his face. "Your picture has graced the cover of several newszines.
Did you know that?"
Varlik's last misgiving expired in the light of her charm, while her
uninhibited and seemingly genuine pleasure left him somehow surprisingly
unembarrassed.
"My name is Melsa," she told him as she led them into the house, "and I hope
you will call me that. I'm sure we all have a great deal to talk about. Right
now Lord
Durslan will want to meet you both. He's in his study, preparing a market
analysis that he looks forward to laying aside."
A man waited just inside. He didn't fit Varlik's concept of a butler, but he
took their jackets and disappeared with them into a side hall. "That's Elgen,"
said Lady

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 144

Durslan, "a man who wears several hats here, all of them extremely well."
Varlik and Mauen walked behind her down a main hall, pausing at a well-
appointed office. "This is where Rennore works, Lord Durslan's sister. She
talked with you yesterday, Mauen, but she's left with her husband on holiday.
Bren delivered them to the airport when he went in to get you."
A few doors farther brought them to a small, intimate parlor. Lady Durslan
seated them, then went to tell her husband of their arrival. Mauen beamed at
Varlik, then, remembering his earlier concern-his mission-tuned down her
smile, keeping only a little of it. " I was right, wasn't I," she murmured.
"She's a beautiful lady."
He smiled at her. "Not as beautiful as another one I know." They reached to
each other, touching hands for a moment, and he wished they could have an hour
of privacy then. I haven't been as horny for years as I've been these past two
days, he told himself, and thought then, unbidden, of plants that produce
large seed crops when dying-an impulse to reproduce before death. The thought
irritated him:
There'd been no threat here, nothing but the warmest welcome. Still, the
notion of danger had resurfaced and would not go away by command. And
interestingly, with it his ardor died.
Then he heard someone in the hall just outside, and got to his feet as Lord
and
Lady Durslan came in. Lord Durslan strode toward him, hand outstretched a

small-boned, slender man of less than middle height who nonetheless failed to
seem small or delicate.
"Mr. Lormagen! A pleasure to meet you! And Mrs. Lormagen!" He half bowed,
smiling. It struck Mauen then that these people actually were nobility, and
for a moment she felt ill at ease. Not knowing quite what to do, she moved her
hand to the chair arm as if to stand. Durslan raised one hand. "Please don't
get up," he said to her. "We seldom stand on formality here."
He seated Lady Durslan opposite the Lormagens, and Varlik sat back down. Lord
Durslan moved to a small desk with console at one side of the room. "I can
turn the video screen on and off from here," he explained, "and access my own
files if need be.
"I understand from Lord Beniker that you have some thing important to tell me,
Varlik, and a video cube he'd like me to see, to do with the T'swa. I must
tell you that he left me quite in mystery. But I'm always interested in
anything new or unusual about the T'swa; they're a marvelous people, as you
obviously know quite well."
"Yes sir, I do, and they are: The most traumatic experience I've ever had, the
worst by far, was the death of the Red Scorpion Regiment. I've had nightmares
ever since. But that's not what I'm here about. I do have a cube with
me-partly about the T'swa, but also about other things."
"Do you mind if I record this," Durslan asked, "so I'll have copies of my
own?"
"Not at all, sir; I hope you will."
Then Varlik played his cube for Durslan, commenting as appropriate. When he
was done, all four of them sat soberly.
"Thank you," Durslan said. "I can see that this would trouble you." He got to
his feet. "And I believe I can shed some light on it, but I'll need a little
time to seek out data and prepare. I'll have cook fix an early lunch while we
show you around.
That will give me a chance to sort the data in my subconscious, so to speak,
or my superconscious, if you prefer."
He gave instructions to the kitchen via intercom, took his guests to get their
jackets, then led them through a patio door onto the grounds between building
and lakeshore. The place was an utter surprise to both Varlik and Mauen. Not
only was there a bathing beach and boathouse, but there was a stack of boat
dock sections piled by the boathouse, and what appeared to be two

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 145

conservatories.
There was also playground equipment-a tall spiral tubular slide, swings,
horizontal and parallel bars .... Varlik stopped for a moment, looking.
"There are young people here much of the time,"
Lord Durslan commented. "About forty of them currently. It's quite a lively
place at times."
From there Varlik could see the islet again, a hundred feet offshore, with its
causeway and intriguing building, and again Durslan, following his gaze,
commented. "A T'sel ghao," he said, "a place where students can counsel with a
T'sel master, initiates can begin advanced procedures, and adepts can pursue
advanced studies under supervision, in preparation for their elevation to
master.
There is, of course, a master in residence here. Would you like to talk with
him after lunch?"

"Oh, yes!" said Mauen.
Lord Durslan looked calmly at Varlik. "And you, Varlik?"
"Why, yes. "
"Good. I'll let him know that you'll be out. He stays quite busy, actually,
with several projects, and I like to warn him of impending visitors. Not that
he minds, you understand; he enjoys people. We have a lot of them here much of
the time, but they're gone just now, for the coming harvest festival."
As they'd talked, they'd strolled. "Would you like to visit our conservatory?"
Durslan asked.
They did, spending half an hour in its fragrant, glass-enclosed galleries. The
groundskeeper had just finished watering, and the air was as damp as the
Orlanthan jungle, though much less hot. Some of the plants were from off
world, and one tall chamber had several extraplanetary birds flying about
among small trees and draped vines. The conservatory served several purposes;
it was a place to walk among flowers in any season and to grow plants of many
kinds. It was a source of flowers for the house, and in season, one wing
produced flowering plants for transplanting around the grounds. Mauen was
agog. She loved the public conservatories at Landfall, and it had never
occurred to her that a household might have such a large one to itself.
They looked into the other glasshouse too-the natatorium, with its 100-foot
pool and its passageway to the manor.
Like everything else, lunch was an experience. The food was light and the
selection modest, but for Varlik and Mauen the quality was beyond any earlier
experience. When that was done, Lady Durslan excused herself, and Lord Durslan
took his guests to the ghao.
Both Varlik and Mauen were surprised and disappointed to find the master not a
black man but white-a sinewy, middle-aged Iryalan in white duck shorts and a
tee shirt, his brown hair cut army short, his blue eyes calm and direct, his
smile friendly.
"Wellem," said Lord Durslan, "I'd like you to meet two friends of mine-Varlik
and Mauen Lormagen. You know of Varlik, of course. Varlik, Mauen, this is our
resident T'sel master, Wellem Bosler. He is one in a line of Iryalan masters
originating from Master Dao of the Dys Hualuun monastery on Tyss."
Durslan stepped back. "I'll leave you to get acquainted. Varlik has brought a
very interesting and seemingly drastic situation to my attention, and I need
to spend some time at the computer, make a few calls-that sort of thing."
Durslan withdrew then. The T'sel master motioned to a settee, little more than
a cushioned bench with back. "Have a seat," he said, and himself took a
matching chair opposite.
"You'd expected a T'swi," he told Varlik in Tyspi. " I hope you aren't too
disappointed." Then he turned to Mauen and repeated it in Standard. "I spoke
Tyspi to let your husband know there's been continuity since Master Dao
trained the first Iryalan children at Dys Hualuun more than four centuries
ago. One of them was my grandmother, fifteen generations removed."

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 146

He paused, smiling, regarding the two. "So you see, this family's interest in
Tyss and the T'swa is of very long standing."

Neither guest had adjusted yet to the unexpected situation. And neither
thought to wonder what he meant by "this family," which could mean his, or
Durslan's, or that he was kin to Durslan. Mauen had wanted to see and talk
with a T'swi of whatever kind, though she'd have preferred a warrior like
those Varlik had lived and fought beside. Varlik, as Wellem Bosler had
perceived, had been anticipating a T'sel master from Tyss. To Varlik, somehow,
Tar-Kliss didn't count; he was an ambassador.
"Have you ever been on Tyss?" Mauen asked; it was all she could come up with.
"Oh, yes. All adepts on Iryala, when they are ready for their master's
recognition, go to Tyss for their ... .
He used a T'swa term, then saw that Varlik no more understood it than Mauen
did. "It means something like `dialog while operating in the reality of
bodies.' It's more or less equivalent to the oral examination a graduate
student has to pass before a committee of professors."
"And you did that?" Varlik said. "Who taught you?"
"My master was Melsa's great uncle, Tamos Ostrak."
Varlik was beginning to put things together now. "And the children who are
away on vacation-they're studying the T'sel, hoping to become masters."
Wellem Bosler laughed, a pleasant laugh. "Yes and no. Only eight of our
present students have Wisdom and Knowledge as their chosen area and will
become T'sel masters. Of the eight, three are currently initiates and three
are adepts. They serve as lectors and do much of the instruction and
supervision of others. Most of our forty-two students are at Games, that being
the area most satisfyingly playable in the Confederation. The games of
business, government, money ... ." It was apparent from the way he ended that
his list was not all-inclusive.
"But talking alone won't enlighten you appreciably on the subject. A touch of
experience will be much more informative, and make the words more meaningful."
He got up, went to a bookshelf, and took down a folio-sized volume.
"A book of photographs from Tyss, annotated," he said, handing it to Mauen.
"They're quite beautiful. Mauen, with your permission, and his, of course"-he
glanced at Varlik-"I'll take your husband to another room for a bit; the
experience works best in seclusion. Meanwhile, you can enjoy yourself with
this."
Mauen nodded cheerfully. "If I can have a turn later," she said. Varlik's
response was uncertainty, tinged with that low-intensity fear called worry.
"Varlik?" said Bosler.
Varlik nodded. "All right," he replied.
"Good."
They left her there with the book already open.
The T'sel master led Varlik down a hall to the opposite end of the ghao, where
he opened a door, holding it for his guest. Varlik didn't notice the door's
thickness or its insulated core. When Bosler closed it, the bottom scraped
dense carpet; there'd been no carpet, no floor covering at all, in the waiting
room or the corridor. The walls inside were figured wood, unpainted and
unstained, hung with simple paintings that were aesthetic but most unstandard.
That the walls were also effectively sound insulated was not visually
apparent.

A person could howl in there without being heard outside; even the windows
were double-paned, of material responding poorly to sound vibrations. All
Varlik knew was that the place felt very relaxing. As he looked around, taking
in the pictures, his tension drained away. They reminded him a bit of the art
he'd admired in the cantina in Oldu Tez-Boag.
There were two chairs, one a recliner. The other, by a small desk, was a

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 147

kneeling chair, like those used at desks. Wellem Bosler waved Varlik to the
recliner, then perched erect and straight on the other.
Their eyes met, and Varlik found nothing in the other man's to challenge, to
flinch from, to avoid in any way. Bosler's gaze was comfortable-direct and
comfortable.
Varlik wondered whether a T'sel master, when he looked at someone, saw
anything that others didn't, wondered and failed to notice how nonStandard the
notion was.
Then Bosler spoke. "A T'sel master's functions include helping others to
command their own lives more easily, and that's always a good place to start.
So let me ask you a question: If there was one thing you could change in your
life, what would it be?"
"Umm. I don't know. I guess-" He looked at the enigma of the Kettle
insurrection, but when he opened his mouth again to answer, what came out was:
"I've never been very able to laugh easily and feel really light about things.
All my life I've known occasional people who seemed really cheerful and happy,
as if they really enjoyed life. It's always seemed to me they had something
important that I didn't;
that I was missing something valuable. "
Beneath his words were thoughts of those others. Mike Brusin was one. Brusin
seemed to notice so much, enjoy others so much.
"All right," said Bosler. "What feeling goes with that inability?"
"Oh ... seriousness, I guess. It's a feeling of seriousness."
"Fine. Give me an example, an incident, of something feeling serious to you as
a child."
"Well ... Once, when I was in the third level at school, we were assigned to
make a little book. They passed out these little books of blank pages, and we
were supposed to fill them up, draw a picture of an animal on the left-hand
page and write about the species on the right. Only I did it the opposite, and
didn't realize I
had it backward till it was too late to do anything about it. When I did
realize it, it really upset me."
"All right. Was there any emotion connected with that?"
Varlik looked back, feeling for it. "Yes. Fear. I was afraid."
"Okay. What were you afraid of?"
"I was afraid ... I don't know. I was afraid the teacher would be angry. Or
scornful. Maybe think I was stupid or something."
"Okay. So imagine, just imagine now, something that might have been done to
you for getting the pages reversed. Something severe."
"Well, I could have been given a low grade -a failing grade." He blushed
slightly.
"Although I was only marked down one grade for it."
"Fine." All right, give me another thing that might have been done to you for
getting the pages reversed. Some punishment."

"Uh, well-I could have been made to stay after school in the disciplinary
office and do the whole book over. "
"All right. Give me another."
"Huh! Those are about the only ones I can think of."
"Okay. Imagine a punishment. Make one up."
"Um ... Well, the disciplinary officer could have caned me in his office, on
the buttocks. That's done sometimes, you know, for flagrant misbehavior."
"Right. Remember now, we're imagining. It doesn't necessarily have to be
something Standard, something actually done to children at school. Give me
another thing you can imagine being done to you."
"Okay, I'll try. I could have been ... I ..." Varlik shook his head, looking
apologetically at the master. " I can't think of anything else."
"All right. Imagine that this was on a world where they didn't know about
Standard Management or Standard Technology, and people had to make up things

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 148

as they went along. Imagine what might have been done to you for getting the
pages reversed. Some severe punishment. "
"Well, they could have ... they could have ... they could have taken my recess
privileges away for the rest of the dek!" He said the last with distinct pride
for having come up with it.
"Good! All right, another one."
Lag. "They could have ... caned me in front of the class!"
"Very good! Another one."
"Uh ... They could have caned me in front of the whole school, on a world like
that!"
"All right! Another."
"They could have ... They could have hung me, like they do on some resource
worlds. They punish people by hanging them up by the neck so they can't
breathe.
After a few minutes they die."
"Excellent! You're doing great! Give me another."
"They could have tied me to a stake," he answered promptly, "and piled
flammables around me dry wood-and set fire to it."
"Barbaric! Another."
"They could have thrown me in the tiger yard at the zoo, after not feeding the
tigers for five days!"
"Fantastic! Another."
Varlik was grinning now. "Thrown me into a pit of scorpions!"
"Horrible! Another."
"Put me in a kettle of water and brought it slowly to a boil!"
"Ghastly! Another."
Varlik's grin was ear to ear. "Cut xes on the ends of my toes and peeled my
skin off them and right up my feet and on up my legs and body and off over my
head!"
Varlik laughed at that one.
"Good grief Gruesome!" Bosler paused. "How do you feel about having reversed
the pages on that third level assignment?"
Varlik laughed again. "Not very serious, I'll tell you that." Actually,
serious seemed a remote condition to him just then.

"Good." Wellem Bosler smiled broadly at Varlik. "All right, close your eyes.
Now, with your eyes closed, turn around and look at yourself "
Varlik's hair stood on end. He didn't know what was happening; all he saw with
his eyes was the inside of his lids, unfocused, dark purplish, overlaid with
vague afterimages. But something was happening, something within that he
couldn't describe even for himself. Externally, it felt as if his skin had
drawn tight, the goosebumps pointed and electric.
"Fine." Bosler's voice sounded casual and far away, though easily heard and
understood, as if it spoke directly into his mind. "Now, erase your on-site
personal history."
The words were like a trigger. The electric feeling discharged in waves,
Varlik's body twitching and jerking like a faint version of that
unrememberable but always present time as a little boy when technicians had
carried out the Sacrament on him, the conditioning ritual, with their
strap-equipped table, their drugs and electrodes and chant. But this time,
that and much else were being erased from mind and psyche. He cried out once,
hoarsely, not so much in pain as in surprise and release. It was something
like a series of electric shocks, though not severe, and somewhat like an
immense, too intense, whole-body orgasm. The phenomenon continued for a long
half minute as he twisted and jerked, then gradually it tapered off: When it
was over, he opened his eyes.
"That," said Varlik, "was the most incredible thing that ever happened to me-
whatever it was."
The T'sel master was smiling at him. "Congratulations!" Bosler said. "Your

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 149

handled it admirably." He got up, opened a small refrigerator in a corner,
took out a tumbler and a jar of fruit juice, and poured some for Varlik. As
Varlik drank, the
T'sel master took paper and a pen from the desk. "I'm going to draw you a
little diagram, and when you're done we'll continue."
When they entered the waiting room, Varlik was looking bemused but happy, his
mind aswirl with strange unsorted experiences and concepts.
"Hello, Mauen," said Bosler. "I'm returning your husband, not too much the
worse for wear." She had looked up, interested. "Varlik," he continued, "why
don't you lie down on the couch for a bit. Let yourself sleep, and give old
equations a chance to balance."
"A nap?" Varlik grinned. "Great idea."
"And Mauen, if you'll come with me ..."
When she was settled on the recliner, Wellem Bosler addressed her. What, he
wanted to know, was the principal barrier to satisfaction in her life. What
would she most like changed?
"Lack of talent," she told him without hesitation. "I'd love to be a real
artist, but I
don't have much talent at all."
"All right. Tell me something bad that might happen if you had a great amount
of talent ... ."

CHAPTER FOURTY-ONE

Melsa Ostrak Gouer, Lady Durslan, led Varlik and Mauen to Lord Durslan's study
and ushered them in. As they entered, Durslan stood and seated his guests,
then sat down across from them, crossing his legs comfortably.
"Varlik, Mauen," he said, "you came here with evidence of a conspiracy. I can
tell you that indeed there is one."
Varlik did not tense as he might have earlier, but he straightened slightly,
alert.
Durslan paused, seemed to change directions. "Tell me, what do you think of
the
Confederation as it now stands?"
"Well," Varlik said, "they taught us in school that we're in a `golden age,'
and when you compare recent centuries to history, I'd agree with that."
Durslan nodded. "A fair evaluation, speaking comparatively. Comparatively
little strife or corruption, comparatively high living standards, government
that is stable and, as governments go, rather efficient. To what would you
attribute that?"
Varlik shrugged. "Standard Management, I suppose. As far as I know, Standard
Technology was around during the crazy days before history, and during the
Empire."
"And looking at history, when would you say this golden age began? Or at least
approached its present level?"
"Hmm. I don't know. Probably during the last two or three hundred years. Since
the abdication of Fenwis IV in-the Year of Pertunis 371, I think it was."
Durslan nodded. "More than three hundred years after Wilman IX declared
Standard Management into law. Right?"
Varlik nodded, eyes intent on his host.
"Standard Management was a definite and major factor in our present stability
and prosperity, true enough," Durslan went on, "but by itself it was by no
means sufficient. Among the Confederated Worlds we have hereditary monarchies
with a great deal of power vested in the sovereign, as here on Iryala. There
are meritocracies, in which the ruling echelon rises from the bureaucracy; and
electoral democracies, in which the leaders are chosen by popular vote-all
using
Standard Management. Standard Management simply defines, regulates, channels
the administrative activities of the management machinery. In a sense, that

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 150

computer tank of seemingly immutable policy directives that constitutes
Standard
Management, those long shelves of sacred books-they are the management
machine.
"But the topmost level in government-king or premier or president or first
council-that authority which sets goals and aims the machine-arrives at his or
her or their position in a variety of ways. Some of those people have been
highly corrupt and self-seeking, and others highly ethical; some have been
wise and some foolish; but most have been somewhere in between. And Standard
Management has served them all, providing each with relatively efficient
service.
"As you may be aware, some Confederate Worlds are better places to live than
others. Their people enjoy cleaner and more aesthetic environments, better
economies, greater justice and social stability. Some of this, of course, is
due to

planetary resources, but some of the most prosperous worlds are rather poor in
physical resources. In fact, much of the difference reflects the goals and
decisions of rulers. And much of the rest depends on how well their
governmental machinery operates: Standard Management is more efficiently
applied, its policies better understood and more honestly followed, on some
worlds."
Durslan paused, regarding his guests calmly, as if setting them up for what
would follow. "Do you suppose the Confederation would be enjoying this `golden
age' if
Rombil was at its hub, and Rombil's First Council its administrator general?"
Both Varlik and Mauen shook their heads.
"Exactly. The golden age derives from Iryala, and on Iryala it derives from an
association of people who call themselves `the Alumni'-persons who shared
certain special training that goes beyond Standard Management."
And this is their school, Varlik thought. That has to be the connection.
Durslan continued. "By ability which reflects their training and experience,
some of its members rose to levels immediately below the Sovereign and were
able to see to it that the administrative machinery ran more efficiently, more
ethically.
And in time, beginning with Consar II, they recruited and trained the king.
Every prince since then has been educated and trained by the Alumni in one of
their schools."
"Some of them right here, I suppose?" Mauen asked.
Surprised, Varlik glanced at her. She never before would have interjected
something like that into a conversation with a man of rank. The experience of
the day was changing her as well as him.
Durslan smiled. "Actually, no. There is a less venerable school more suitably
located. But both teach the T'sel. There are eight such schools on Iryala now,
and several on other Confederation worlds."
Varlik's eyebrows rose.
Durslan unfolded his legs and steepled his fingers. "There is a flaw in this
`golden age,' however. If our environment was as unchanging and self-contained
as is generally assumed, it might not be a major flaw. But our environment is
neither unchanging nor selfcontained. You see, we, the humankind of this
region of the galaxy, are not all the humankind there is. Nor is humankind the
only intelligent life form."
"I've read about the concept," Varlik put in. "Generally, it's ridiculed. Do
you have actual evidence for it?"
"You can read the evidence for yourself when we're done talking here. I
believe you'll find it interesting. Basically, though, there is history which
predates what the Confederation knows about-a great deal of such history.
"Now, about this matter of not being alone in the galaxy: It poses a danger,
one which the Confederation as it presently stands is seriously unsuited to

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 151

deal with, should it present itself, as it surely will. The conspiracy you
detected, and the insurrection on Kettle, are, the beginnings of a program to
correct that deficiency."
The hands steepled again. "That is only some background to what I'll tell you
about the conspiracy. But the rest must wait until you've read the outline of
that

`prehistoric' history, and talked with friend Wellem again. How does that seem
to you?"
Varlik grinned. "I'll let you know when I've read the history and talked with
Wellem."
"Good enough," said Durslan grinning back, and they all got up.
Varlik's changing, thought Mauen, just like I am.. He'd never have said
anything like that to a nobleman before. It'll be interesting, getting used to
each other again.
But she had no qualms.
For supper, Konni Wenter commonly used the meal service in her building, even
though it was somewhat more expensive than preparing meals herself. She seldom
felt much like cooking after a day's work anymore. Being a team leader was
more demanding than being Bertol's assistant, especially with the green
assistant they'd assigned her. Also, it paid somewhat more, making the meal
service more affordable.
She was eating in front of the video-braised beef cooked with gondel pods,
over steamed barley with a side dish of steamed vegetables. There was a pint
of ice cream in her locker for dessert. But tonight she was out of sorts,
wasn't enjoying the meal. She should have invited someone for supper, she told
herself-either a chum or the new guy in the sports department who'd taken her
to lunch yesterday.
Her communicator buzzed and she got up to answer it. The face on the screen
was a grinning Varlik, with Mauen beaming over one shoulder.
"Are you free tomorrow?" Varlik asked.
Tomorrow was Sixday, and B-crew had the weekend duty. "Yes," Konni said, "I'm
free."
Great! We're calling from Lord Durslan's. And look, things have sorted out
beautifully up here. Can you come up? You have an invitation from Lord and
Lady Durslan to get a rundown on things. We both really hope you'll come. "
Their faces seemed to peer out at her as if, she thought, the screen were a
window.
"Why, I suppose I can." Somehow she felt muzzy-headed, as if shed just wakened
from a nap.
"Good. Look, Lakes Air Transit flies up here. I'm not sure what their weekend
schedule is, but call and make a reservation. I'll call you back in an hour
and you can tell me your arrival time. There'll be a car waiting for you at
the terminal." He paused. "You okay?"
"Yes, I'm okay. This is just kind of sudden."
He looked back over his shoulder, as if someone was saying something to him.
"Konni, Lady Durslan says forget calling for reservations. The flight is on
her and
Lord Durslan; she'll arrange your reservations from here, against her credit
print.
I'll call you back and tell you the flight and time. How's that?"
"Uh, fine. That's fine. I'll be here."
"Good. I'll talk to you again in a few minutes. Oh, and pack your swimsuit.
They have a big natatorium here," he added, then switched off.
She stared at the blank receiver, then went back to her meal. Something's
strange about that, she told herself. That was Varlik, no doubt about it. And
Mauen. And they both looked all right. But there was something different about
then. Not as if they were being forced to call; there was no one off to the
side pointing a gun at

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 152

their heads. She tried to consider possibilities. Maybe they've been drugged.
She didn't find the notion convincing, though. Things like that only happened
in novels or holo dramas.
She returned to her meal. They were all right, she told herself. They'd just
taken her by surprise. Getting all that stuff explained and straightened out
could easily affect Varlik like that, considering how it had troubled him all
these deks.
She finished eating and had just disposed of the debris when the communicator
buzzed again. It was Varlik, and he gave her the flight number. He seemed just
fine, but his grin was still not entirely real to her. She supposed she'd seen
him grin before-she was sure she had, she could think of instances-but not
like that.
After he'd hung up, she tapped in Felsi's number. It took a moment; Felsi
answered with tooth cleaner on her lips.
"Oh, it's you," Felsi said.
"Who'd you think it was going to be-Reev Stoner?"
"I should wish. What's going on? Anything about ... ?" she asked suggestively.
"Sort of. Look, Varlik Lormagen and his wife are up in the Lake District,
guests at the home of Lord Durslan. Lord and Lady Durslan are very interested
in the
Kettle insurrection, and the T'swa. And I'm invited to go up there; I'll fly
up in the morning.
"Now, I have no reason to think anything will happen to me while I'm gone, but
it's possible. So look. I expect to be back Sevenday evening; I'm supposed to
be at work on Oneday. If I don't call you by Oneday night, something will be
wrong, and you know what to do. Okay?"
Felsi nodded, big dark eyes staring out at Konni.
"Fine. Like I said, I'm about ninety-nine percent sure that nothing's going to
happen to me while I'm gone. I just don't want to take any chances. And
thanks."
When she'd hung up, Konni stared worriedly at the wall. She'd deliberately
tried to put Felsi at ease. It seemed to her that in reality, the odds that
nothing would happen to her while she was gone were more like sixty-nine
percent than ninety-
nine.
After "visiting" again with Wellem and talking with Konni, Varlik and Mauen
retired to their room, but not yet to sleep. Lord Durslan had given them books
from a classroom-books the children studied there-on the history of the
Confederation, of the T'swa, and of T'sel. Hours passed before they went to
bed, and the world changed even more for them.
In his sleep, Varlik was once more with the regiment the platoon, actually-and
they were in the sawmill in the Jubat Hills. But it was too noisy there,
almost impossible to talk (although afterward, remembering, Varlik could not
recall any actual audio sensation; it was the concept of noise). So they were
somewhere else-
not went somewhere else but were somewhere else-in a beautiful, quiet
landscape of neat lawns among wooded, storybook mountains. And the platoon-led
now by
Colonel Koda-examined him with questions. It was an incredibly warm and
beautiful experience. And for every question they asked, he had the answer, an
ideal answer, lucid and brilliant.

He awoke at last, sat up in the darkness of the room with tears running down
his cheeks. There was no grief, though, only a joy of reunion which seemed no
less real for having been experienced in dream.
Of the dream, he could remember nearly all, with images of the world where
they had tested him, a world not Tyss or Iryala or anywhere he knew of. He

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 153

could remember how good it had felt to be there with them. He remembered
everything except the questions and the answers, and their absence didn't seem
important at all.
Because somewhere, he told himself, he knew. Smiling, he lay back down, rolled
over, and went to sleep again, this time dreamless.

CHAPTER FOURTY-TWO

The night had brought hard frost, and a thin ring of ice along the lake edge,
not at all like a night on Kettle or Tyss. But by a little past midmorning,
when Bren drove up in front, the sun had raised the air temperature to over
fifty, and in the virtual absence of breeze it felt even warmer.
Mauen had ridden in to meet Konni at the landing field. By the time they
arrived at the estate, Konni was feeling relaxed; it was obvious that Mauen
was all right, so Varlik must be, too. Mauen had smoothly avoided saying
anything of substance about what had happened, slipping questions, letting
Konni think she hadn't been privy to Varlik's conversations with Lord Durslan.
Melsa and Varlik greeted them on the porch. And no, Konni admitted to Lady
Durslan, she hadn't eaten. She'd slept too late for breakfast. So she had a
late breakfast at the manor while Varlik, Mauen, Lady Durslan, and belatedly
Lord
Durslan, kept her company over joma. They'd already breakfasted.
Konni, of course, was unwilling to question Varlik while the Durslans were
present.
When she'd finished eating, Lord Durslan suggested she get acquainted with the
situation in the same order that Varlik and Mauen had, and they all trooped
over the causeway to the ghao, where she met Wellem Bosler.
She'd taken Bosler a bit longer to open up than had Varlik or Mauen; her
distrust had reactivated, a distrust more deeply rooted in personality than
Varlik's had been, but a half hour later she'd emerged in much the same state
that Varlik and
Mauen had.
Then Melsa had shown her to her room and left her for a short nap. All three
guests had spent the afternoon with books. Briefly, The Story of the
Confederation had upset Konni, and Wellem had guided her into and through a
brief, gentle procedure that had taken care of her problem with it. That
evening, Lord Durslan had given her approximately the same rundown he'd given
Varlik and Mauen the day before, with the others sitting in. Like Varlik,
Konni came out defused.
The next morning, Durslan promised, he'd give them the full story of the
conspiracy.
Felsi Nisben had had a date for that evening, but he'd called to say he had to
work.
So she'd had a solitary supper followed by a solitary drink. Then she thought
about the mysterious package Konni had left with her, and the strange, danger-
spiced instructions.
It seemed to Felsi that if Konni expected her to do something like that, she'd
owed it to her to tell her what it was all about.
Actually, Felsi resisted temptation for more than an hour until drought hit
the video and she'd had another drink. Then swiftly, not to argue herself out
of it, she unwrapped one of the two packages, fitted the cube into her player,
and turned it on. A quarter hour later she told herself she wished she'd never
thought of it, wished Konni had given it to someone else. Actually she was
thrilled; Konni and

her friends obviously were in very real danger. Why Konni hadn't taken it
directly to the authorities was more than she could understand.
She took Konni's folded instructions out of her handbag. The business of

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 154

taking a package to the spaceport and getting in touch with some Captain
Brusin sounded altogether too difficult and complicated. And this Colonel
Voker, deks away on the planet Kettle, wouldn't be able to do anything in time
anyway. But the
Director of Enforcement in the Ministry of justice-he was only minutes away.
Then she reminded herself that Konni had said to do nothing before Oneday
night.
If she hadn't heard by Oneday night, then she could do something. She also
reminded herself that she'd broken faith with Konni by opening the package.
Again swiftly, not to change her mind, Felsi rewrapped the package and
returned it to her closet shelf. Then she had a double drink and went to bed.
The sign said "Cool Drinks." It was in Bird, and that surprised Varlik, even
if it was in the middle of the Orlanthan jungle. Sergeant Kusu, wearing
camouflage fatigues and his original chin, stood in the cantina door beckoning
to him, and
Varlik went over.
The cantina was much bigger inside than out, not very wide, but long. And
hazy.
Lord and Lady Durslan were there, wearing only breechclouts. For a moment
Varlik tried not to look at Lady Durslan's breasts, and realizing this, she
laughed.
They were much bigger than Varlik would have thought, jutting roundly. The
sling on her rifle passed between them, and it seemed to Varlik that she'd
have real trouble unslinging it in an emergency.
All six of them then-Mauen and Konni were with him too now, walked along
inside the cantina looking at the artwork. One of the pictures was of the
arsenal in the Jubat Forest, and in it he could see Konni and himself looking
out of the picture at him from behind door posts; both were waving to him from
the picture, which seemed to Varlik very unusual. Kusu also saw them waving
and, winking, nudged Varlik. Kusu was wearing a breechclout too now. Varlik
took a rifle from one of the cases and looked for the serial number. Instead
of a number, the words
Made on Tyss were engraved on it.
As they walked, it was no longer the cantina, but a long, greenly lit aisle
through the jungle. Varlik was impressed because, as he reminded himself, he
didn't usually dream in color. All along the aisle were small stone steles
marking the places where men of the regiment had died. Kusu named them off as
they passed.
At each one, Lord Durslan saluted and laughed, and as he did, a holograph of
the
T'swi who'd died there rose out of the ground and laughed good-naturedly back.
But they were only holographs, Varlik knew. He asked Tar-Kliss, who was with
them now, why holographs? Tar-Kliss told him the bodies had decayed, so the
T'swa were using holographs to greet visitors with.
At the end of the aisle were the lake and the causeway, but the lake looked
like the Lok-Sanu River and the causeway was a bridge. A bargeload of steel
was passing beneath it, and Varlik looked down at it. Then Wellem Bosler
called from the ghao, and they all hurried across and went inside. The whole
regiment was there waiting, their new bodies looking just like the old ones,
and General Ramolu was with them.

Ramolu came up to Varlik, shook his hand, then told him good-naturedly that
he'd screwed the whole thing up. No, Varlik answered, it will all work out.
Wait and see. It will all work out. Kusu laughed. It always does, Kusu said.
Either way, it always works out.
With that, Varlik awoke and sat up. The moon had risen, and the curtains
glowed with it. Very briefly he remembered the whole dream as a panorama, then
most of it slipped away. All that was left, beyond some general impressions,
was himself telling Ramolu that it would all work out, and a laughing Kusu

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 155

saying it always did; either way, it always worked out. Varlik chuckled and
shook his head. He didn't know what it was all about, but it felt right. He
went back to sleep hoping to dream some more, but if he did, he didn't
remember it afterward.

PART SEVEN
Resolution

CHAPTER FOURTY-THREE

Felsi Nisben woke up knowing what she had to do. Hurriedly, she got ready and
left for the transfer stop with one of the packages Konni had given her, not
taking time for breakfast. She often skipped breakfast on Sevenday anyway, and
besides, she might think as she ate, and she couldn't afford to think. Right
was right, and it was not okay to sit around rationalizing the way she'd done
last night.
It was a matter of withholding evidence, and delay could endanger Konni's
life-if she wasn't already dead. The thought sent delicious shivers through
Felsi.
She'd gotten off the bus outside the Tower of justice before it occurred to
her that there might be no one available to see her. This was Sevenday, after
all; that's why she was here instead of at work. Though this takes priority
over work anyway, she reminded herself. It's a matter of-Planetary?
Confederation? --
Planetary security at least. The concept was so exciting she had another rush
of shivers. They'd better be open here on Sevenday-this Sevenday, at least.
The lobby was different from any she'd seen before: there was no receptionist,
though a solitary security officer eyed her thoroughly and impersonally as she
passed him. There was no place to sit, just a long hall with a row of elevator
doors down each side, each door marked with a single floor number.
There was a register; the Office of Enforcement was on the sixth floor. She
went to one of the elevators marked sixth floor and touched the decal. The
door opened at once. The elevator had been waiting for her, she told herself.
A good sign; she was doing the right thing. She hadn't had to wait for a bus,
either. It had come within fifteen seconds, a minor miracle; usually it took
at least a couple of minutes-as many as ten on a weekend.
She wasn't aware of the electronic units that scanned her for various
materials as she rode up. Had one of them detected contraband, the elevator
would have taken her not to the sixth floor but to building security in the
basement. And had she known that-duty be damned: Clean though she was, she'd
never have gotten on the elevator.
But she didn't know, and psychologically fortified by good omens, she exited
the elevator confidently into a reception area. Here security, though not a
dominating presence, could clearly be seen-three officers sitting in little
corner booths. The receptionist wore civvies, and watched politely as Felsi
came up to her.
"How can I help you?" the receptionist asked.
"I have a package I need to give to the Director of Enforcement. "
"Fine. May I have your name and registry number?"
"Felsi, F, E, L, S, I, 686 Nisben, N, I, S, B, E, N, 25463129-3217 Iryala."
As Felsi spoke, fingers moved on a keyboard, then the woman looked up and
reached out a hand. "I'll see that the director gets it."
Felsi's expression hardened with unwillingness. "I'm supposed to give it to
him myself. It's very important."
"I'm sure it is, Miz Nisben. But there are Standard policies we have to
follow.
Otherwise, this place would be a madhouse and nothing would get done." She
kept her hand out, expectantly.

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 156

Felsi shook her head stubbornly. "It's an emergency. And important."
The receptionist nodded. "Are you reporting a crime in progress? If so, we
need to inform the local or district enforcement authorities."
"No, it's nothing like that. It's-special. Different."
"I see." The woman made a decision. "Let me show you something on my screen.
I'm going to write something into the computer, and I want you to see the
read-
out."
She swiveled her screen enough that Felsi could see, then her fingers ran over
the keyboard again. Suspiciously, Felsi watched words form on the screen:
SITUATION: IMPORTANT EMERGENCY, NOT A CRIME IN PROGRESS.
PERSON REPORTING SITUATION WISHES TO REPORT IT TO THE
HIGHEST PERMISSIBLE POST. WANTED: IDENTITY OF HIGHEST
PERMISSIBLE POST.
The receptionist touched a final key and the words vanished, replaced by a
short block of text. Her fingers moved again, isolating a line and enlarging
it:
THE REPORTING PERSON MAY BE ALLOWED TO SEE THE
EMERGENCY ALERT OFFICER ON DUTY.
"That's as far up as I can send you," the receptionist said with finality.
Felsi stared at the line. At least this would get her closer to the top, and
she still wouldn't give up the package if she didn't want to. "All right,"
said Felsi, "I'll see the emergency alert officer."
The receptionist pressed a button. A moment later a young man arrived and led
Felsi to an office door. He made no move to knock, only stood there by Felsi
until a buzzer sounded. Then he opened the door and ushered her in without
following her; the door closed. A sturdy, pleasant looking woman was seated at
a desk.
"Miz Nisben," she said, "how can I help you?"
Felsi repeated her request.
"Felsi-may I call you Felsi?"
Felsi nodded.
"Felsi, I'm not unsympathetic toward your feelings about this, but I'm
required to follow policy; it's a matter of Standard Management. I'm simply
not allowed to let you see the director except under very, special
circumstances. And at any rate, he's not in today. On weekends one of the
assistant directors serves as acting director."
For a moment Felsi froze, didn't know what to do. "Will he be in tomorrow?"
she asked.
"Almost certainly."
"Then I'll come back tomorrow."
"Wait a moment." The emergency alert officer regarded Felsi thoughtfully. "How
important is this?"
"Extremely important. It could even mean life or death for a friend of mine."
For a moment the woman's eyes withdrew in thought, then returned to Felsi. "If
your information is that important-for example, if someone dies because you
withheld it, or if any major felony results-the act of withholding could
constitute a felony on your part."

Her fingers too moved over a keyboard, and when she was done she swiveled her
screen so Felsi could see the law she'd called up on it. The language was
straightforward; Felsi read it.
"That's not a threat, dear," the woman went on kindly. "It's simply something
that, under the circumstances, you need to know. Let me ask you another
question:
What is the nature of your information?"
"It's about--a conspiracy against the Confederation."

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 157

The emergency alert officer's expression didn't change.
She doesn't believe me, Felsi thought. If she did, she'd look shocked or
something.
After a moment the woman asked, "Where did you get the information?"
"It's from a friend of mine with Iryala Video, who worked with Varlik Lormagen
on Kettle. Both of them were wounded there. He gave it to her because he
thought something bad might happen to him, and she gave it to me because she
thought something might happen to her; it's all on the cube."
This time the woman's lips pursed for a thoughtful moment, and she drummed her
fingers. Then she reached to her communicator and held a privacy receiver to
her ear. "Monti," she said, "I'm bringing a young lady down to see the
assistant director .... Right now. Yes.... I'll let her tell you that."
She hung up then and stood. "Felsi," she said, "this had better be good,
because
I'm sticking my neck out for you. The assistant director for internal
operations has the duty this weekend-he's the highest ranking person here
today. I'm taking you to see his secretary."
Hand on Felsi's arm, the woman led her out the door. "I'm allowed to deviate
from protocol if I consider a situation sufficiently urgent. Standard
Management allows for it. But if this is bullshit, I could be busted down to
the secretarial pool."
The woman's words numbed Felsi for a moment, but she regathered her certainty.
On another hall they stopped before a door, and the emergency alert officer
opened it without hesitation. A lean, dark, youngish man sat waiting,
hard-eyed and skeptical.
"This is Felsi Nisben," the woman said.
"All right, Felsi," the man said, "what have you got for us that's too
important for normal routing?"
Felsi repeated what she'd said before. The man glanced at the emergency alert
officer, frowning, then back at Felsi.
"So I repeat: what is there about all this that can't go through normal
routing?
Why does the assistant director have to handle it?"
At that moment she got an inspiration. Of course! she thought. She'd known
there was an important reason why Konni had addressed it to the director.
"Because it involves a foreign government and an Iryalan nobleman."
The man's eyes sharpened. After a moment he reached to the privacy receiver on
his communicator. "Sir," he said, "the emergency alert officer has brought a
young lady in. I think it best you see her."
Fifteen minutes later the assistant director, another lean and humorless man,
was on his own communicator to the director, Lord Ponsamen, at his home. "And
involving as it does a lord of the realm," he said, "perhaps two of them, I
felt it

best that you be informed. Personally? I see your reasoning, sir .... Within
the hour, sir; I'll bring a squad."
Twenty minutes after that, with Felsi in tow, the assistant director was on
the roof of the tower with a squad of armed marshals, loading into an
unmarked, armored hover van.
"To Lord Ponsamen's residence," he ordered, then said nothing more.
Lord Ponsamen was waiting, not willing to fly away without first seeing some
evidence. So while the squad lounged on an enclosed veranda with the driver,
Ponsamen, in his study, viewed and heard the cube with the assistant director
and
Felsi. Lord Ponsamen watched the screen while Felsi covertly watched Lord
Ponsamen. Tallish, he verged on portly, a man blond and pink, with pink, beefy
hands. He was immaculately manicured, Felsi noted; she'd been a manicurist
once. She had no idea what he was thinking; he looked as if he found the cube
fairly interesting but not very exciting.

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 158

Yet when it was over and he went to his study closet, she saw him don a
shoulder holster before putting on a casual jacket. He paused briefly to draw
the weapon and examine it, as if making sure it was ready for use, ejecting
the clip to see if it was loaded. "Haven't carried this for, hmm, more than
six years," he commented, holstering it, then redrew it three times more,
swiftly, as if reinstalling old trained reflexes.
He looked at the assistant director and Felsi. "All right," he said, "let's go
see what
Lord Durslan has to say about all this."
To Felsi, he sounded as blasé as if he were going out to walk the dog.

CHAPTER FOURTY-FOUR

The pool was cooler than Konni had expected, not something for lolling in. In
middle and upper school she'd been on the swimming team, and now began to swim
laps, smoothly, powerfully, enjoying the unaccustomed feel of her muscles
pulling and stretching. But she tired rather quickly, and hands on curbing,
hoisted herself out of the pool without using the ladder. Varlik and Mauen
were splashing each other while Wellem Bosler swam strong easy laps along the
opposite side.
That Varlik's got almost a gymnast's physique, Konni thought, and Mauen looks
like a dancer. She'd have to get her own weight down, she decided.
The one that surprised her was the T'sel master. His face said forty-five but
his body suggested a vigorous thirty-five. She wondered which was closer. The
face, she supposed. Konni, she told herself cheerfully, you need to get
yourself a boyfriend and stop this secret ogling. Too bad Wellem doesn't live
in Landfall.
Bosler too climbed out of the pool, and walked around to sit down by her. "How
do you like it here?" he asked.
"So far so good," she answered." I know for sure I like what's happened to me
so far; I expect I'll like it even better when it's had a chance to settle in
more. It feels as if things are changing in me that I don't even know about. "
"That's the way it works," he said with a chuckle. "It's especially noticeable
with adults. I had one call me up to tell me he'd just realized he hadn't felt
regret for at least a year."
The concept startled Konni. Regrets were part of her standard repertory of
feelings, or had been. She wondered if she'd regretted for the last time.
They were interrupted by Melsa, who announced that if they'd had enough of the
pool, Garlan was in his study, ready to give them a rundown on "the
conspiracy."
She said the last two words with an emphasis after a pause, then waited.
Varlik and Mauen swam to the ladder and got out, too.
"I'm ready," Varlik said. "How about the rest of you?"
Konni had already gotten up. "Me, too," she said, and looked at Bosler, who
grinned back at her.
"I'll sit in," he answered, "although I'm probably familiar with most of it."
They separated to the two dressing rooms, dried, groomed briefly, and dressed,
then regathered in Durslan's study. They'd just sat down when Elgen, in his
role as butler, looked in without knocking.
"Excuse me, sir, but a hover van has just landed in the yard and armed men
have gotten out."
"Thank you, Elgen. I presume they'll be coming to the door. Let them into the
entry hall and then call me. I'll pretend surprise."
Elgen departed. "Well," said Durslan, "something unexpected to spice the day.
Why don't we postpone my little seminar until we see what this is about."
They waited. Varlik wondered if the armed men had anything to do with the
conspiracy. It occurred to him that for most of his life, a situation like
this would have made him tense, guts tight, perhaps feeling half suffocated.
Now he simply felt alert.

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 159

Konni wondered accurately if it had anything to do with Felsi Nisben and the
packages.
Distant door chimes sounded. A minute later Durslan's intercom buzzed, and he
pressed the receiver switch. "What is it?"
Elgen's voice answered; Durslan was taking it on the speaker so his guests
could hear. "A group of gentlemen from the justice Ministry, sir," said Elgen.
"Lord
Ponsamen, a Mr. Jomsley, a Miz Nisben, and eight armed personnel."
Shit! thought Konni. I blew it! How in the galaxy do we handle this?
"Armed personnel? Indeed! I'm with guests just now, but I suppose- Make the
armed personnel comfortable in the front sitting room. They're no doubt on
duty and can't drink alcohol, but have edibles brought out for them, and joma.
Is Lady
Durslan at hand?"
"She just came into the entry hall, sir."
"Good. Ask her if she'd kindly bring Lord Ponsamen and the two other persons
you named to my study. A Mr. somebody and a Miz somebody."
"Yes, sir."
They could hear Elgen talking briefly to someone. More faintly others spoke.
"Madam will bring Lord Ponsamen, Mr. Jomsley, and Miz Nisben down at once,
sir," Elgen reported.
The comm went still then. "Armed men," said Durslan. "Curious." He sounded
utterly unperturbed. Again no one spoke, and in a minute Lady Durslan opened
the door. At that point, the three men present stood up-Durslan, Varlik, and
Bosler.
"My dear," Lady Durslan announced, "Lord Ponsamen, Miz Nisben, and Mr.
Jomsley." She ushered them in, then left. Jomsley was dour and Ponsamen
genially businesslike. Felsi looked at Konni and almost cringed; clearly,
Konni was perfectly well after all, and so were her friends.
"Good morning, Durslan," said Ponsamen, and looked around. "Seems we're
interrupting something. Can't be helped, though; I'm here in an official
capacity, and I need to speak with you."
He eyed Varlik. "You're Varlik Lormagen, aren't you? And one of you must be
Konni Wenter," he added, looking at the two young women.
"I'm Konni Wenter," Konni answered. "I'm afraid I don't know what your
official capacity is, Lord Ponsamen."
"As well you might not; I'm not exactly renowned. Lord Durslan knows me; I'm
the Director of Enforcement, in the Department of Justice."
He turned his attention to Durslan again. "I'd like Lormagen and Miz Wenter to
stay. Feel free to dismiss the others if you'd like, though if they leave,
I'll require that they join my men in your sitting room until we're done and I
approve their further departure."
"Perhaps you'd care to tell me first what this concerns," Durslan answered.
"It concerns information on a certain cube made in part by Miz Wenter and in
part, I believe, by Mr. Lormagen. "
Durslan nodded. "I see. In that case I suggest they all stay. I believe
they're familiar with the information you're referring to. There's no use
their sitting in my parlor wondering what's being said about it in here."

So dreams can be prophetic, Varlik thought to himself. He remembered what
Ramolu had said in his dream last night: "Lormagen, you screwed the whole
thing up." Funny that I picked Ramolu to say that in my dream. And Kusu said
it would all work out.
Varlik's chuckle was soft, yet every eye in the room turned to him.
"You've something to tell us, Mr. Lormagen?" asked Ponsamen.
"Not really. I was just looking at how this all came about."
One eyebrow raised, Ponsamen's gaze stayed on him for a moment, without any

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 160

hostility that Varlik could sense. Then the director looked back to Durslan.
"Please turn on your wall screen," he said, and Durslan complied. "Mr.
Jomsley, prepare to play the cube."
Jomsley had brought a player from his office, a quality machine. For the next
ten minutes or so they all viewed the by-now-familiar scenes, heard familiar
words, with Konni's paraphrased summary of Varlik's suspicions and
conclusions, and her concern about Varlik's safety here. When it was over,
Ponsamen cleared his throat quietly.
"Now I believe you understand the presence of armed marshals. And while it
appears that Mr. Lormagen and Miz Wenter are in fact quite well, that leaves
unanswered the implications of the material recorded offplanet. Tell me, Lord
Durslan, how do you account for what appears to be criminal conspiracy?"
Durslan leaned back in his chair, arms folded. "Let me begin," he said, "by
stating that I serve as a consultant to the Foreign Ministry. And as we just
heard, Lord
Beniker referred Mr. Lormagen to me-not because Lord Beniker is unfamiliar
with the facts, but because I am more fully conversant with the details. The
Foreign Ministry has been aware of the enigmas described for some time now, as
also in part the army has been. And you can see why the Ministry has given
them a top-secret rating.
He gestured casually at Varlik. "Mr. Lormagen encountered certain
peculiarities and, being particularly energetic, thorough, and persistent,
took them to Lord
Beniker, who found himself confronted with the distinct danger of someone
knocking over the soup, so to speak.
"So Beniker arranged for Varlik to visit me here. I was to explain matters to
him, and make him privy to whatever data and work in progress I saw fit-which
is a good deal more than I am free to do for you, I might add. From me you'll
have to settle for a summary.
"At any rate, as it occurred to me that Mr. Lormagen might have shared his
information and suspicions with his wife, she too was invited. And when he
learned the facts, he called Miz Wenter, who had shared both his
investigations and suspicions. She arrived yesterday.
"And now here you already Without your swimsuits, I'm afraid, though well
equipped in other respects." Durslan smiled perfunctorily.
"The Foreign Ministry has activities in progress on several worlds, directed
toward the solution of the enigmas pointed out. And as I've indicated, I'm not
at liberty to discuss them. Perhaps Lord Beniker will be willing; certainly
the authority is his. You might wish to ask him ..."
"As I will," Ponsamen put in.

"One thing I am free to tell you about," Durslan continued, "is the matter of
the
T'swa arsenal, which is not, I hasten to add, to be talked about. It is,
however, less sensitive information than the rest, being rather peripheral.
Some centuries ago the Sovereign, in his role as Administrator General of the
Confederation, agreed that the T'swa could manufacture steel for their
domestic use, and allowed them to import small quantities of technetium for
the purpose. Then, several years ago, our present Sovereign licensed them to
manufacture their own light weapons-
indeed, the only kinds of weapons they use-for their own use. Existing
regiments, of course, still carried weapons of Iryalan manufacture, but new
regiments were to be equipped with T'swa-made arms as available."
"About three years ago, the T'swa requested a rush shipment of Iryalan-made
arms to Frey Marzanik's World. It seems that a supply of T'swa-made weapons
had been shipped there for a T'swa regiment en route-a virgin regiment on
contract to one of the warring states there.
Unfortunately, the supply base was overrun before the T'swa arrived, and the
weapons were lost-weapons which the T'swa themselves weren't prepared to

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 161

replace quickly. Thus their urgent request for replacement arms."
Durslan shrugged slightly. "From there the T'swa made arms obviously found
their way into some as-yet-unidentified smuggling channel, and thence to
Orlantha, a fact of which we were well aware prior to Mr. Lormagen's
independent discovery in the jungle. Our own intelligence branch is sorting
out possible trails, which quite conceivably may provide us the identity of
whoever made possible the Orlanthan insurrection.
Durslan straightened. "And that, Lord Ponsamen, is the story in a nutshell.
Meanwhile, let me point out that even had there been some details in this
mishandled by our government, I, as a consultant, would scarcely be liable.
And as you can see, the Lormagens and Miz Wenter are quite well, so I believe
your business with me here is at an end. I regret that your weekend was
disrupted by this misunderstanding, but as we know, this sort of thing happens
in government service."
Durslan stood then, signaling the end of their audience. He'd completely taken
charge. " I trust you will keep all of this scrupulously confidential. To leak
it could seriously compromise our investigations, and your positions as well,
no doubt. I'll also trust you not to copy the cube you played here; I
recommend you give it personally to Lord Beniker."
Ponsamen raised his large body from the chair more easily than might have been
expected. A sour-looking Jomsley and an embarrassed Felsi got up, too.
"Indeed!" Ponsamen spoke a little stiffly now. " I shall personally take these
matters up with Lord Beniker this coming week." He turned and followed Durslan
from the room, accompanied by Jomsley and Felsi Nisben.
When the study door had closed behind them, the Lormagens and Konni looked at
each other; while Wellem Bosler sat back smiling. After a minute, Konni spoke
quietly. "I told Felsi to do nothing before Oneday night. She must have gotten
curious, opened a package, and played the cube. And got all excited and
worried.
She may also have delivered a package to Captain Brusin."

"The Quaranth won't leave before Threeday, at the soonest," Varlik replied.
"You'll have time to get it back if she gave it to him."
Lord Durslan returned several minutes later. "Well," he said, "they're off the
ground. Now. Where were we?"
"You were going to tell us about the conspiracy," said Mauen. "Or was that it?
What you told Lord Ponsamen?"
Varlik grinned. "I thought I detected some fictions in your story, sir. For
example, in my experience, admittedly limited, a T'swa regiment travels with
its weapons.
They're not shipped ahead."
Durslan nodded. "No doubt. I thought I did rather well for spur of the moment
fabrication, though." He held up an audio recorder. "I have it all on here,
incidentally. When one lies, it's well to have a record of what one said."
"Maybe you'd better get a copy to Lord Beniker," Konni commented. "It sounds
as if Lord Ponsamen is going to question him."
"I will get a copy to Beniker. But Ponsamen won't question him -- not in any
official sense, certainly. What Ponsamen and I said here was to mislead
Jomsley, let him think that all of this was being handled and that Ponsamen
was going to verify it himself. So that Jomsley could dismiss it all from his
mind as a good
Standard bureaucrat should.
"Incidentally, Ponsamen's an excellent actor, wouldn't you say? He needs to
be.
You see, he's an alumnus of our school here, as I am, of course. A classmate
of
Beniker's, matter of fact, and knows a good deal more about the conspiracy
than you do. Which, if you will all sit and listen, I will now remedy."
He looked them over, smiled, and began.

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 162

"First of all, let me say that the conspiracy grew out of the T'sel, the Way,
but began here on Iryala, not on Tyss. The T'sel is the T'sel anywhere, but
persons who know the T'sel will create different activities in different
environments.
"Until 630 years ago, interest in the T'swa was simply in their value as
mercenaries. Then a son of the Ostrak family, Barden, decided to travel to
Tyss and see how T'swa mercenaries were trained; it seemed to him that
something of value might be learned there. He'd heard about the T'swa climate,
and had planned to stay only two or three weeks, less, if it was too
oppressive. He ended up staying four deks, though it was summer, retreating to
his lander for sleep, some of his meals, and at any other time when the heat
threatened to overcome him.
"On his return, to his wife's dismay, he arranged to send their second son,
age five, to Tyss to learn the T'sel. They supplied him with an
air-conditioned sleeping chamber, which, incidentally, the lad outgrew the
need for. Within three years there were three Iryalan children on Tyss, and by
the time the eldest was ready to come home there were seven. They returned
wiser than their parents, by criteria Iryalan or T'swa, had already recognized
the need for thorough going change in the Confederation, and had begun to
develop the basic features of a plan.
"Of course, they mentioned none of this to their families. Instead, with the
backing of Barden Ostrak, they established a school on the Ostrak estate,
which was later moved to this more secluded and aesthetic location.

"The alumni of the school, and of other schools which were established later,
came to refer to themselves collectively as `the Alumni,' as I mentioned to
you yesterday. We do not have a formal organization, but we collaborate and
keep one another informed.
"Incidentally, it's extremely unlikely that any other such illegal,
conspiratorial society could have existed unknown in the Confederation for six
centuries, or even six decades. Perhaps not for six years. There'd be
dissension, group suppression of dissenters, desertions, and dissident
splinter groups, and secrecy would be lost. And of course we are very
nonStandard, and therefore susceptible to psychiatric imprisonment.
"The keys to our continuation have been the effectiveness of the T'sel in
unlocking human potential, and the fact that its truths are sufficiently basic
and self-discoverable that we act with a very large degree of agreement, to
which are added mutual trust and respect.
"We impose no truths, incidentally, require no Beliefs or Standard behavior,
preach no Basic Premises. Each of us discovers his own truth for himself or
herself, but these have a high commonality from one person to another, and at
the least are compatible. The T'sel drills simply make it possible and more or
less inevitable that we do discover them. One person may come up with a talent
or cognition that most others do not-to each his own, we say-and there are
different levels of attainment, especially for those who play in the field of
Wisdom and
Knowledge. But there does exist that large area of commonality, of mutual
experience and wisdom."
Varlik interrupted. "You said drills. What about guidance by questions, the
sort of thing Wellem did with us?"
"What Wellem used with you are mostly techniques developed by Iryalan masters
to help non-T'swa adults or older children. When children grow up in the
T'sel, few such procedures are necessary. Mostly they grow up open and
knowing, with few barriers to be removed."
Durslan drew his thoughts back to his dissertation. "At any rate, the early
Alumni soon began to assume prominent positions in government. Firstly, they
were very largely of wealthy, or at least well-to-do families, well connected,
as is commonly still the case today. Secondly, their T'sel education and
training allowed them to excel both in learning and decision making, and of

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 163

course they were emotionally very stable. So when they left our school for
college or the universities, they invariably did exceedingly well. And
thirdly, their understanding of human behavior and their ability to deal with
human emotions allowed them to manage human activities with unusual skill."
He grinned then at his audience. "There's a fourthly, too, but I'll leave you
to discover it for yourselves.
"Unfortunately, though, because of the Sacrament and the social strictures and
laws that grew out of it, the Alumni have been unable to break Standard
Technology, despite the various high posts held-including the Crown for these
many years."
"You talk about breaking Standard Technology," Varlik said. "What about
Standard Management?"

"Standard Management is remarkably viable; it needs relatively little change.
The limitations lie in Standard Technology and the psychconditioning that
underlies it."
Durslan paused, as if shifting gears.
"You've read now that humankind exists elsewhere, in the home sector from
which our ancestors came, and you've also read about the garthid. There are
other races, too, some of them wanderers, which our seers and those of the
T'swa have perceived. Some of those cultures, human and nonhuman, are
predatory, with the ability to conquer or ravage worlds and peoples no better
prepared than ours to cope with them. There is physical evidence, as well as
observations one can make while in advanced T'sel states, that certain of them
visited this sector of the galaxy before our ancestors came here, with power
that dwarfs anything the
Confederation has."
"Can you give us an example?" Mauen asked.
"Certainly. There once were much more extensive seas on Tyss. Millions of
years ago they were removed, drawn off to about the present level, by a race
which for some reason wanted and was able to take that remarkable quantity of
water." He scanned the others. "Consider, if you please, the technology
required to accomplish that!
"So far as we know, however, none of them has the T'sel. While we, having it,
have the apparent potential to grow beyond their force and to raise a
civilization like no other we know of. Yet as it stands now, we're cemented
into technical and cultural immobility. So our first challenge has been to
break the grip of Standard
Technology on the Confederation.
"The conspiracy is the second step in that; the first was to quietly gain
widespread positions of influence and power in the Confederation.
"It has been necessary to move carefully, which in this case has also meant
slowly. Nearly three centuries ago, Orlantha became the new technite planet.
Rombil was given it in fief, and decided to use slave labor, which was their
legal right per policies on the exploitation of resource worlds. Foreign
affairs, as you may not know, is a field rather largely outside the purview of
Standard
Management. The administrative machinery is Standard with a capital S, but the
purposes of interplanetary relationships, and in part how they are carried
out, are not covered by Standard Management.
"Early, there had been a trickle of slave escapes which the Rombili didn't
take seriously because replacements were easily gotten, and the Rombili
correctly considered the condition of the fugitives so desperate as to render
them no threat.
"But the Alumni saw opportunity there. Standard Technology has it that steel
cannot be made without technetium. We already knew this was false, but dared
not say it. The falsity was attested by the tiny steel industry of the T'swa,
which the Alumni knew of early and which for millennia had made steel without
technetium.

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 164

"If this had become known in the Confederation two centuries earlier, it might
have brought down aerial attacks on the T'swa, and the destruction of the
material progress they had made, setting them back into primitivism and
hunger-depending on who was sovereign here, and who his advisors. At the
least, Tyss would have

been embargoed-quarantined as unfit for human contact. While here, the
knowledge of steel without technetium would have been encysted, walled off as
a singularity, an unimportance not allowed to influence Standard Technology.
Steel made without technetium would have been described falsely as very
inferior, not fit for civilized use.
"But if the Confederation's supply of technetium were cut off; and the need
for steel became serious enough, non-technetium steel might be accepted if
properly introduced. The people who provided it would have to be considered as
somehow outside of Standard Technology, and thus free of the stigma of
apostasy. And if somehow they were already admired, they might even be
regarded rather as wizards, a concept from antiquity meaning, loosely, those
who operate beyond understood reality."
Durslan scanned his guests, noting their lack of conviction. "At any rate,
that is the basis we've operated on-and with promising results. For example,
Varlik, because of your very effective help, the T'swa are already admired in
the
Confederation, most particularly on Iryala and Rombil.
"As for acceptance of non-technetium steel, and of whatever other nonStandard
introductions and innovations we may undertake, who do you suppose has
controlled the Sacraments on Iryala the last twenty-three years? Indirectly,
of course. Twenty-three years ago last Sixmonth we obtained a Crown decision,
written but of course not publicized, that Standard Technology did not require
the hypnotic drug to be prepared at the individual Sacrament Station by the
station's
High Technician. The rationale was that absolute Standardness was better
served by preparation at a central laboratory, run by Alumni, as it happens.
So a generation of children on Iryala, and increasingly on other worlds, has
been treated not with the hypnotic drug but with a strong soporific that puts
the person into a sleep too profound for hypnosis."
Durslan scanned his guests for any sign of difficulty with that knowledge.
There was none.
"That small alteration of Standard Technology," he continued, "in its guise as
a bolstering of it, seems to have been the first since at least the Amberian
erasure.
"As a result, there are billions of young people in the Confederation today
whose attitude toward Standard Technology is social only, not enforced by the
Sacrament. The attitudes of most of them toward Standard Technology are
presently pretty much like everyone else's, but they are much more susceptible
to change.
"Incidentally, the Sacrament and other psychoconditioning is not irreversible.
You lost yours, and a great deal of other burdensom mental baggage, in your
first session with Wellem.
"But that is only groundwork. We also instigated the insurrection and its
step-by-
step escalation. Recently, technite production began again on a small scale at
Beregesh; a pod arrived with the news late yesterday, and the jubilation has
begun. In four or five days another pod will bring news that the refinery
there has been destroyed again, along with the mine head, by intense
bombardment with superior lobber rockets of a design not known to Standard
Technology, launched

from well outside the new Beregesh defense perimeter by Standard infantry

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 165

lobbers whose range is supposedly somewhat too short.
"You can imagine what the effect of that reversal will be. The technetium
shortage has already become desperate. Steel mills have shut down entirely on
several worlds. Then, by a major and highly publicized effort, the situation
seemed to have been brought under control. And suddenly the primitive gooks
come up with an unexpected resource, this one beyond Standard, and the
situation suddenly looks hopeless."
"One of the weaknesses of Standard Management, let alone of Standard
Technology, is its severely limited ability to adjust to the needs of
large-scale emergencies. Take my word for it, throughout much of prehistory in
humanity's home sector, an insurrection like that would have been suppressed
in far less time.
Normal procedures would have been suspended and all necessary ingenuity and
resources concentrated on handling it."
Durslan grinned wryly. "Consider. The resources of all twenty-seven member
worlds could have been mobilized to handle the Orlanthan insurrection, and no
doubt would have been if Standard Management allowed. While in the absence of
Standard Technology, the resources of either Rombil or Iryala alone would have
been enough, although in that case the situation would never have come up in
the first place.
"But getting back to reality. A few days after public announcement that the
refinery has been destroyed again, a T'swa metallurgist will arrive from Tyss,
imported by the Crown. He'll bring with him the T'swa formula for making steel
without technetium. And under the circumstances, he and his gift to the
Confederation will be gratefully accepted and abundantly praised.
"Beyond that, our program is mostly rather loose and conditional, depending on
events. But we Alumni are serendipitous, and accordingly optimistic. There
will be an offer of autonomy to the Orlanthans-their technite will still be
valuable, just not essential-and much rewriting of law concerning the rights
of resource worlds in general. We'll continue to publicize the T'swa, expand
our T'sel schools, and further defuse the Sacrament network. And we'll begin
to introduce, little by little, the concept of science, which you encountered
in your reading here and which will come to mean more to you, I'm sure."
Durslan spread his hands in front of him. "And that's about all there is to
that, unless you have questions."
"You haven't told us how the weapons were smuggled to the Birds," Konni said.
"Ah! Of course! Sorry I overlooked that. Even on most trade worlds we have
Alumni in at least a few positions of power or influence. On Splenn, for
example, there is the large and wealthy Movrik family, which owns the planet's
only interstellar merchant fleet, eleven ships. The other Splennite
interstellar carriers are one or two-ship operations, and it's those small
carriers who've earned the
Splennites their reputation as smugglers.
"But it's the honest and highly reputable Movrik family who hauled arms to
Orlantha. Before the insurrection began, Rombil had no surveillance or
security system on Orlantha. None was considered necessary. So smuggling was
simple, and precautions rudimentary. The smugglers needed only to avoid
encounters

with the ore barges, which was easy because the barges followed very regular
approach routines.
"Since the insurrection began, of course, smuggling has required extraordinary
procedures and been restricted increasingly to ammunition and medical
supplies.
It has involved landings on an island safely outside the area monitored by
surveillance platforms, and uses modified harvester submarines protected from
detection by the high turbidity of the larger jungle rivers. On the lesser
rivers they operate on the surface, under cover of bank forest."
Varlik nodded; the picture was developing for him. "And the T'swa trained the

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 166

Birds?" he asked.
"Centuries ago the T'swa educated an Orlanthan cadre-educated them as
children, on Tyss, in the T'sel.
That cadre then went home and trained a larger cadre, the foundation for the
new
Orlanthan culture, the jungle culture. Much later, when the time came, a new
Orlanthan cadre, a military cadre, was trained on Tyss.':
"How did the Orlanthans become so numerous?" Varlik asked. "Our military
command on Kettle was continually having to raise their enemy manpower
estimates."
"That was a matter of smuggling, too. We've been working on this for a long
time, you understand. It was T'swa who found early escapees and led them south
to the jungle. Later, T'swa trained recruiters from the tropics were flown
north to recruit additional Orlanthans. On some coastal islands, far to the
north, lived tribes driven there from the mainland by rival tribes. Island
resources are limited, and population pressures can develop which can't be
successfully alleviated by emigration because the neighboring shores and
fisheries are occupied by stronger tribes. Some entire island tribes were
transferred south two centuries ago-several thousand people. Most of the
insurgents are descended from them."
"It sounds to me," Varlik said slowly, "as if a lot of people have been
manipulated."
Durslan's calm eyes met Varlik's without challenging. "Oh, definitely. Since
the first Sacrament was delivered on the refugee fleet, hundreds of billions
have been manipulated by coercion of the most extreme sort, and in early
childhood at that."
"Touché," Varlik answered. "But I'm talking about Orlanthans. "
"Ah. Of course. Since the first slave roundup by the Rombili..." He grinned
abruptly. "Yes, we've manipulated them, too, in a manner of speaking, but
never coercively. It is axiomatic in the T'sel that persons be given the
broadest self-
determinism appropriate to their ethical level. The island tribes were given
an alternative to oppression and chronic hunger, and accepting it, were
brought south to serve our purposes. By other Orlanthans, let me add, acting
on their own determinism. For by that time the Orlanthans had made the idea of
insurrection their own.
"You see, you cannot successfully manipulate people, once they learn the
T'sel, but you can collaborate with them on the basis of overlapping interests
and mutually held reality."

Varlik didn't respond for a long moment. His attention was elsewhere. When he
spoke again, it was slowly. "All right. I can see that." Again he focused on
Durslan. "There's another question that bothers me though."
"What's that?"
"The regiment, or regiments-sacrifice of. Why?"
"From our point of view and the viewpoint of our program, the use of T'swa
mercenaries permitted strong and favorable publicity of the T'swa. From the
mercenaries' point of view, it provided a good war."
Durslan leaned toward Varlik, forearms on knees, a pose unexpected of a
nobleman. "Tell me, Varlik, are you familiar with a chart known as the Matrix
of
T'sel?"
"In a general way. It's been explained to me, but I forget the details. I
probably have a copy somewhere."
"Good." Durslan got up and stepped to his desk, where his slender fingers
tapped keys on his keyboard. The wall screen lit up, and a moment later a
chart appeared on it, the now-familiar Standard translation, with an arrow.
The arrow moved to the top row, the right-hand column. "Does this entry fit
your impression of the

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 167

Way of the T'swa warrior?" Durslan asked.
Varlik nodded. "Right. `War as play,' " he read aloud, " `victory
unimportant.' "
Then the words of Usu, the T'swa medic on the hospital ship, came back to him,
clearly, almost as if he were hearing them again. " `If you are truly at
Play,' "
Varlik quoted, " `death will not matter to you.' A T'swa told me that on the
ship to
Tyss. And I accepted it as a concept, but it wasn't really real to me. It
still isn't."
It struck Varlik then what made it unreal. "How can the T'swa," he asked, "how
can anyone, find satisfaction in a war without purpose? Without a purpose
meaningful to them? On Kettle, did the T'swa know what was going on-that they
were being used?" Or would they have cared if they'd known? he added to
himself.
"They may have known," Durslan said, "but I rather doubt it."
He stroked his chin contemplatively. "You asked how they could find
satisfaction in a war without a purpose meaningful to them. Recognize first
that you asked that from a particular point of view. Now let me ask you a
question-a very personal question. Do you have children?"
The seeming non sequitur stopped Varlik, "Not yet. We hope to, though. We've
recently gotten clearance."
"Fine. What was the purpose of your sex life before you got clearance? Was it
a source of joy and happiness? A form of pleasure without regard to production
of offspring? Sex as play?" Durslan paused to smile. "And now that you have
clearance for children, do you go to bed with the attitude of a worker going
to his job?"
Varlik smiled back ruefully, then unexpectedly laughed. "Okay, I see what
you're getting at. I've had several T'swa, two at least, talk about the matrix
to me. But you're the first one to find an approach that worked. Or maybe I
was just ready this time."
Durslan grinned. "Maybe you were. Now, one more thing while I have it on the
screen: Where do you fit on this chart?"

"Huh! Well, when I first went to work I was at `Work for Survival'-payday, the
weekly credit transfer. Then I moved to `Work for Advantage'-promotions and
raises. "
"Fine. And very valid, both of them. But right now, does it seem to you- Can
you imagine yourself operating at the level of, say, job as Play, with reward
unimportant? Not `no reward,' but `reward unimportant.' "
"I can imagine it, but it's not entirely real to me."
He turned from the screen to look at Durslan again. "Where are you on the
chart?"
Durslan moved the arrow. "Games as Play. So is Beniker. So are Tar-Kliss and
Wellem, even though, as Masters of Wisdom, they were at Study as Play for
years. They moved to Games as Play when they agreed to take part in the game
of overhaul the Confederation. At any lower level-say, at Compete or
Fight-they couldn't hope to succeed in a game like this one."
Varlik contemplated the chart, and the things that had been said to him by
Durslan, Usu, Kusu, Bin. To T'swa mercenaries, war was an activity as pure as
healthy sex, and apparently as satisfying. Eventually, through death or
wounds, they lost the ability to play at war any longer. That would happen to
him with sex someday, through death or age or whatever.
And the people that the T'swa fought and killed? They were people at War, too,
participating in it at levels of Fight or Work, most of them, though
apparently not the Birds. That's why the T'swa warred as they did-very
personally, knowing who they shot at, not killing indiscriminately, but so far
as feasible shooting or striking only those who'd chosen war or allowed
themselves to be coerced into warring.

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 168

"Okay, I can see it intellectually," Varlik said, "and I'm beginning to feel
it at a gut level."
Durslan reached and the screen went blank. "Fine," he said. "Can I interest
you in employment?"
Varlik's brows rose. "What do you have in mind?"
"Formally, you'd be self-employed as a free-lance writer. But the Foreign
Ministry would contract with you confidentially to write certain types of
articles, scripts, and books that would help prepare the people of the
Confederation for changes to come. And it would be best if you stayed here;
you could have an apartment in our guest house. Information and consulting
would be more readily available to you, and Wellem could work on your
education. Mauen could be your secretary." He laughed again. " `Reward
unimportant' wouldn't mean you couldn't afford to pay a secretary. You'd be
well paid."
Varlik looked at Mauen; her eyes were bright and on his, expectantly.
"Garlan," Varlik said, "consider me your free-lance writer." Job as Play! By
Pertunis! It was beginning to feel real to him.
Durslan turned to Konni. "And as for you, Miz Wenter, in the new phase the
program is entering, we have need of a video photographer, director, and
producer. I'm sure that we-you and Wellem and I--can develop some attractive
projects."
She laughed. "If you hadn't offered, I'd have refused to budge until you did.
This sounds like the best game around."

"Good. Then let's talk about terms and timetables. I'll want you available as
soon as possible."

CHAPTER FOURTY-FIVE

He was in a little two-seat floater, flying over steep, forest covered,
storybook mountains, and remembered seeing them before in a dream. And I'm
dreaming again, he thought. Even if this is in color.
Below was a large fjord like lake, richly blue, the mountains rising directly
from its mostly beachless shores. Ahead, around the shoulder of a mountain, a
broad park appeared, open and grassy, its green as rich as the lake's blue.
Here and there were small colonnaded marble buildings with rounded roofs, and
marble walks and benches. Not a typical dream setting-not a stage with props,
so to speak. It was rich with detail.
The floater bent its course toward the lawn, where a large number of children
were playing. Some of them are T'swa, Varlik told himself. Some are black and
some white. The children stopped as the floater approached, watching calmly,
not quite motionless. It seemed to Varlik that somehow they'd expected him.
Strange dream, he told himself. But what dream isn't? He knew who the children
were, too. The regiment. Black or white, they were the regiment.
The floater was on the ground, on the lawn, and he got out. There was no sense
of his feet impacting the ground, and he told himself that proved it was a
dream, if proof was needed, or made any difference.
The place was holding remarkably stable for a dreamscape, though. As detailed
and stable as reality.
Then the children began to play again. He got the impression of voices
laughing and chattering, but without the normal playground shrieking. Of
course not.
They're the regiment, he reminded himself. Several came walking up to him-his
old squad, with Kusu. "We've been waiting for you," Kusu said, looking up at
him.
A marvelous dream, Varlik thought again: The impression of sound is almost
real, almost sonic.
And Kusu's face was Kusu's face, though he appeared to be perhaps nine years

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 169

old. "Are these your new bodies?" Varlik asked. "You look half grown already,
but you've been dead less than two deks."
Kusu grinned Kusu's grin. "Rules like those don't apply here," he said. "Time
here is different. But that has nothing to do with how we look to you. We look
like this for you."
A recollection came to Varlik then, of something he'd read as an adolescent in
a book of myths from prehistory. Is this heaven, then? he wondered. He didn't
want it to be. He wanted Kusu and the others to have recycled, to live again
in bodies, back in the universe of reality.
But they were here and they were dead. And if they were dead... "Am I really
here?" he wondered aloud.
Kusu laughed happily. "Of course. You're always here."
"Then-I'm dead," said Varlik slowly. The thought didn't upset him at all.
"No, you're dreaming."

That's right. This is a dream. It's not supposed to make sense. This is my
superconscious playing.
"It doesn't feel like an ordinary dream. It's so detailed. And it doesn't
shift around." Varlik tapped his foot on the ground, and this time felt the
impacts.
"Why am I dreaming this?"
"It's the clearest way for us to communicate with you. Look!"
He pointed, and Varlik turned around. Another child had walked up behind him,
and Varlik stared, recognizing him at once: Himself, also about age nine.
Himself grinned at him. "We wanted you to know we're here," Himself said
cheerfully. "You've-you and I have-taken on an interesting game, but don't
expect everything to go smoothly."
"Know consciously," Varlik echoed. "Does that mean I'll remember this dream?"
It was Kusu who answered. "The parts you decide to. When you're ready for
them."
"Will I come here again?"
"Probably. But like I said: Yourself is always here."
Of course! Turn around and look at yourself. Varlik nodded and changed the
subject. "Some of the regiment is white now, but you're still blue-black. Are
you going to be a mercenary again?"
"No. I'm going to play at Wisdom and Knowledge next time." Kusu laughed.
"More knowledge than wisdom: I'm going to be a scientist. It'll be lots of
fun, and open the doors to all kinds of neat games and jobs. Science is going
to be the big thing to do in thirty or forty years, and I want to be in on the
ground floor."
Science. Varlik recalled the term from some reading Lord Durslan had given
him, but the meaning was vague yet.
"And will you remember after you recycle? Remember being a mercenary? Being
Sergeant Kusu?"
"Possibly. But that isn't important. On this side I'll never forget. On the
other-it depends on several factors."
"Will I ever see you again?" Varlik asked. He found he didn't want to lose
touch with Kusu now that he'd found him again.
"Oh, yes. We'll see a lot of each other. I'm going to be Iryalan my next
cycle; In about eight deks."
"Will we recognize each other?"
"On one level, certainly. But the life one is living is always the important
one.
"I hope you get good parents."
"I will. I will. I've got my penalty slate quite clean; that allows me to
choose."
The blue-black face grinned up at Varlik, the eyes friendly and touched with
playfulness. Then the storybook world began to fade, the face fading with it,
and as they disappeared, child Kusu's voice was saying, "Parents? I've picked

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 170

the best, my friend, I've picked the best."
Then Varlik awoke. He knew he'd been dreaming, though he didn't remember what.
Something good. Maybe it would come back to him.
He sat up in the dimness and looked at Mauen asleep beside him. She stirred
restlessly; perhaps she was dreaming, too. He leaned over and softly kissed
her, and her eyes opened. She smiled and reached for him.

ABC Amber Palm Converter, http://www.processtext.com/abcpalm.html

Page 171